·BHARATIYA VIDYA BHAVAN योग- A CONCORDANCE-DICTIONARY T-42-477647-7019 TO THE YOGA-SUPRA-S OF PATANJALI AND TIIE BHASHYA OF VYASA BY BITAGAVAN DAS (11. A., Calcutta University; D. Lítl., hon. cau., Benares University; D. Litt., hon. cau., Allahabad University). THE KASII VIDYA-PĪTHA BENARES. 1938.

·FOREWORD Some thirty-five years ago, the wish came to me to study tho Yoga-Sutra-s of Patanjali, and the Bhaslıya thereon of Vyasa, in the original Samskrt. But I was very busy, in those years, with the work of the Central Hindu College of Benares; which had been founded in 1899, by Mrs. Annie Begant and Indian colleagues, to form a centre for the rationalisation, liberalisation, and solidarisation of what is now called 'Hinduism'. This 'Hinduism' is obviously something very degenerate now. Formerly it was Vaidika Dharma, 'the Religion of Knowledge, of Spiritual and Material Science', 'Scientific Religion; Arya Dharma, 'the Noble Religion', 'the Religion of the Philanthropic and Nobleminded'; Sanatana Dharma, 'the Eternal Religion', 'the Religion of the Eternal Spirit, the Supreme Universal Self'; Bauddha Dharma, 'the Religion of Baddhi, Rational Intelligence', 'Rational Rolígíon'; Manava Dharma, 'the Religion of Man, the child of Manu the Thinker', 'the Human and Humane and Humanist Religion'. It was a spirituo-material, psycho-physical, scientific, far-sighted, comprehensive Code of Individuo-Social and Socio-Individual Life; & scheme of a fourfold Educational Political. Economic-Industrial Organisation of the whole Humen Nace, calculated to secure, for that Race, the maximum happiness possible, individual and social, this worldly and other-wordly, here and hereafter. But for some conturies now it has been, and is today, an unsightly heap of conflicting superstitions, a dazing turmoil of hundrods of struggling sects, mostly senseless, some foul also (as, indeed, unhappily, are the other great living religions too, though in a lesser degree); its followers, an amazing jumble, a jostling welter, of between two and three thousand mutually 'touch-me.not', mutually exclusive, mutually abusive, petty castes, sub-castes, and yet further sub-divisions, to the fifth or sixth degree, all utterly disorganised, The honorary secretary-ship of the Board of Trustees and the Managing Committee of the institution was placed upon my shoulders. We wore all working hard, Mrs. Besant hardest of all, to build up the college and make it a fit instrument for realising our ideal, víz, gradually restoring the old 'order' in place of this disorder, of reorganising the disorganised. The hundreds of branches of the Theosophical Society, dotted all over India, in the large and small towns, became committees for collecting funds. This was onto main cause of such success as was ·( achieved. Part of my duties was to go round, in the winters, with the President of the College, Mrs, Besant, on the tours she made to enlist sympathy and secure financial aid. In such conditions, I was not master of my time I could not arrange to study the original Aphorisms and Commentary systemati. cally, day after day, with a Pandit acquainted with the traditional meanings. Also, the subject hag fallen into neglect among the Panditscholars of Benares, because of lack of the requisite earaest inclination for such a difficult thing as 'Yoga'; which, moreover, is a matter, not only of theoretical discussion and intellectual argumentation, but of heart-discipline, mind.control, persistent introspection, and 'practical exercises of other kinds as well. And, even as regards the theoretical part, the Bhashya of Vyasa, in particular, has been largely avoided by the Pandits, for centuries perhaps, because of its often peculiar syntax and strange and obscure diction. I am told by a friend who has specialised in Buddhist literature, that it has points in common, with the earlier Buddhist works in Samskrt. This is not surprising when we remember that Buddha studied Sankhya and Yoga with Alara Kalama and Rudraka Rama putra, in the course of his strenuous search for Truth. Buddhist writings have practically not been touched for six or seven centuries now by the orthodox Pandits. It is no wonder then that thoy should find the style of tho Bhashya not easy to follow; Sanskrt stylo having taken a rather different direction after the disappearanco of Buddhism from India, some time about the 12th century A.C. A reliable teacher of even the thicory, very much more the practice, was not easily available therefore, in the town of Benares; and I had neither the needed reckless courage of passionato seeking, nor the opportunity, to wander forth asearch in the jungles and tho mountains for such a true teacher; thoug'i the air of even present. day India is full of rumours that auch 'mystic persons' aro to be found, not only in the distant and legs accessible places, but oven in the easy laants of mers, now and then, in disguises not easy to penetrate for the half-hearted seeker But though, unfortunately, I was not much more than balfhearted, nor gifted with ans special mental capacity, yet my interest in the deep ultimate problems of philosophy and psychology was and is constitutional, unabateable, eyor since I can remember. Life, without a 'philosopby of life', individual and social, las always ap. peared to me unsatisfying, ever since I have been able to think, at first semi-consciously, then more and more clearly, with the passing ·(vii) of tho years. Right administration of human affairs, individual or social, planning out of the single life, organisation of the collective life, is impossible without right knowledge of the fundamontals of human nature, and of the origin, nature, meaning, purpose, and end of life. Sound practice is not possible without sound theory. So my studies in the wholo subject, and my craving to know something of the theory, and if possible, a touch of the practice also, of the Yoga-system, as important part of the whole subject, persisted side by side with tho noed to attend to the executive work entrusted to me. I decided to be content with an endeavour to learn, by myself, something of the Yoga-theory, from the recognised current main toxtbook, however abscure; and to do this by reading it over and over again, (it is a small book ), in the intervals between the spells of other unavoidablo work. 1 800n found that the technical terms, tho peculiar Samskrt, the use of common words in uncommon ways and senses, created extra ordinary difficulties in addition to those inlierent in the subject. But it is well known that to seo or ficar an oven wholly unknown word, written or spoken by others, in a number of varying contexts and situations, lightons up its meaning and inakes it even familiar. That, indeed, is how wo all learn our mothertongues. I resolved to make a Concordance. This kind of work did not requiro continuous uninterrupted day by day application. In the course of three to four years, by the end of 1907 or 1908 (-my memory is not clear now), tho manuscript was completed. It was full of defects. Bye and bye, I made a fair copy. Then the work was put aside. Other work occupied me. Twonty yoars and more passed. The Central Hindu College liad grown into thg Benares llindu University, (which was formally founded on 4th February, 1916, when the Great War was at its heigut ), and had long passed into other management. Astonishing epoed had been put on by human history all over the world. Its march had become an overwhelming rush. Extraordinary, undreamt of, events had actually occurred on gigantic scales. The World War had been fought; empires had toppled over and been replaced by republics; an opidomic had killed more human beings in four months of 1918-1919 in India, than the Great War had in four years in Europe; leviathan Communism and titan Fascista-Nazism were glariog at each other and preparing to grapple in a greater World-War; diplomatic imperialistic Democratiem was sitting on the fence, trying to play off the two against cach other, primarily for its own self-defence, but always keeping one oso 'on the main chanco' also. India too had been struggling moro strenuously for politico-economic emancipation from ·(vii) subjection. The Civil Disobodience Movement was raging througliout the country in 1930 and again in 1932. My elder son had gono to prison for the second time, in the latter star, together with other members of the Kasbi Vidya Pitha. This wholly non-official edu. cational institution, of which I was President, then, (and which is now publishing this work), had been closed by, and was, then, in the custody of the Police, But the small private lives of individuals had to be lived and were being lived; small personal interests had to be looked after and were being looked after, when not directly made impossible to attend tos; even while enormous events were sbaking the human world like vast earthquakes; though to Mother-Nature, the destruction of somo millions of human beings, or of a whole continent, or a whole planet or solar system, must be the same as the destruction of an ant-hill. India was fortunate, in this that fiere the violence was confined to the side of the Government only; and that too was perforce reduced to'a minimum, because of the non-violence of tho pcoplo. Bat on the other hand, there was a violent outbreak of ongineered communal riots, accompanied with much murder, bloodshed, and destruc. tion of property, in many towns, including Benares, especiallgin 1931. To keep my mind occupied in some mind-resting work in the intervals between distractions and alarms of various kinds, I began, in 1932, to take the long-sleeping Concordance through the press. It was not increly a Concordance. It was a lexicon also. I had endeavoured to explain each complete word, simple or compound, in English; very doubtful though I frequently way, of the accuracy of my explanations. But, for various reasons, the work was interrupted after only 56 pages liad been printed. I could not take it up again until this year, 1938; though the Civil Disobedience Movement was suspended by its leaders in 1934, and it was decided that the Indian National Congress should send members into the Legislature under the changing Constitution. I had to attend to some other more urgent literary work. I had also been forced into the Central Legislatire Assembls of India by kind friends, from the beginning of 1935. Hence the interruption. I have been allowed by them to resigo only now, barely in time. I am very near the completion of my seventieth year, ailments incrcasing, all mental and physical powers decreasing. Study of Vedanta and Yoga is specially appropriate for the last years of life; though, if the principles thereof were studied early in life, particularly by statesmen and rulers, and applied by them to the administration of affairs, as in ancient India (-as I have endeavour·od to explain in my ather books, most recently in the science of the Self, or the Principles of Vedanta-Yoga ), they would be found' ex: cccdingly useful for all, would appeago and allay tho raging passions of nations, point out tho way of rational social organisation, minimiso Jealousies, betrols, competitions, maximiso co-operation, betwcen all peoples, and save them from the horrors of war, and tho scarcely legger horrors of perpetual preparation for war, and hairbreadth escapes from outbreak of universal war, such as tho world has experlonced on the 30th Septomber, 1938-an cscape socured, for the moment, by tho disruption of Czecho-slovakia. I liavo now managod to take the rest of the work through the Proge, in the belloſ that it may perhaps bo of some use to co nato souls fooling diMculties similar to wino. Naturally, I have beon in somowhat of a hurry to'wind up affairs', at this timo of my lifo, and have not bcon able to give it as thorough a revision as I blould liava liked to. The work theroloro remains full of all sorts of defecta, omissions, wrong figures of reference, superfluous entries, erroneous interpretations. Ono merit only it can claim--that of a Concordance. Tho student of Yoga-Darshana has now, what was not available so far, the means (1) to readily find out all the places in which any word, whoso uscs he wishes to tracc, has been used, (2) to comparo the gevoral 1908, and (3) to decide the moaning for himself I should acknowledge tho help received. Shri flari Govinda Borvankar, thon a student of the Kashi Vidya Pitha (founded by Shri Shiva Prasad Gupta), prepared another fair copy for the pross, from tho ono made by me. I havo made many revisionary changes in the English explanations in this last cops, and more in the proofs. Shti Mukundi Lal (to some extent), and again Shri Gopal Shastri (to a greater ), both then belonging to the staff of the Kabbi Vidya Pitha, tested this copy and detected some mistakes and omissione, in the catries and reference frumueringa, here and there, before I began rovision. Maha-maho-padhsaga Pandit Gopinath Kaviraj, M. A, retired Principal of the Government Samskrt College of Bonares, kindly consonted to look through ono proof and suggest modifications of the Euglish cxplanations where they seemed desirable. It would have converted my diffidence into confidence, in offering tho work to the student-public, if this arrangement could have been carried out. Unfortunately for the hook, he was not able to scrutinise the proofs of more than one or two eight-page forms. He had to leave Benares repeatedly on distant journeys; and I could not keep the work pending. A promising young student of the Kashi Vidsa Pitha, Shri Kumara.pala (alias Kanwar Lal) B.A., has helped mo in ji ·(1) of the fact that nothing 'unfamiliar', 'ab-normal', 'super.physical', is or can be more wonderful than our familiar psycho-physical experionces of every day; and (2) of tho maxim or axiom, that the law of Analogy roigns suprome throughout Nature, that was the small, 20 the largo", "as tho microcosm, the Kshudra-virat, so the macrocosm, tho Maha-virat" Reasons for such views I have expounded in my other writings, mainly The Science of Peace. That the subject of Yoga, (Suluk, in the language of Sufism; 800 my book on The Essential Unity of All Rcligione ), in its different aspects, is beginning to 'occupy' oven the 'professorial' or 'oflicially sciontific' mind, as something gorious and worth investigation, and not as merely juggling' and 'sloight-of-hand', ( though, unhappily, most of its 'professional' exponents in India are undoubtedly frauds), is shown by works liko Migg Coster's above-montioned, and by passA. ges like the following which occurs in Dr. Joad's Guide to Modern Thought (pub, 1933), c), rii, 'Abnormal Paychlc Phonomena: "TO ono and anothor, hero and thore, access may bo pormitted to the full hidlen pourers o/ his own being. Somo may even havo found a way of access for thomgolvos, and by discipline and meditation, have learned to top tho scaled store of their jonato vital endowment. It is in this direction that wo may look for an explanation of the powers of the yogi and the mystic; and the humblor faculties of tho crystal-gazor and tho clairvoyant may bo traced to the same source...... Most Toported cases of tclopathic communication occur in times of great mental stress": pp. 189 190. Yoga inay, not inappropriately, bo dolinou as tho Science and Art of intenso Attention, mental stressing of 'inhibiting', all distrac. tions, and 'exhibiting tho mind, turning it towards, somo ono objoct, 80 orclusively that that object is nocessarily reflected, imagod, in tho mind, as a thing is in a mirror, or an object on the rotina, whon there is no veil between, and no disturbance or clouding or rumling of the surfaco of the mirror or tho rotina. Yoga, (Skt, vui, Lat. jugare, to join, to 'soko', the mind to an object), is thus the essential of all educational work, simplest to most complex-'Attond I','Concontratet'. Animal, 'freezing' to escapo detection by hunting prodacean, or crou. ching moreloss to intensely watch prey beforo pouncing upon it; burglar, financior, diplomat, commandor, planning a coup, or detective tracing a crime, sign by siga, in mind; child mastering its a, b,c; artist absorbed in painting or sculpting from morn till eve; selontific genius forgetting food and drink whilo intent on making great discovery; philosophor lost in thought for days and nights, determined to golvo a problem; Rshi or Nabi or 'Son of God' seeing with opened'innor ose ·ihe happenings of distant posti present, future, oven as the owner of * good tadioplione can catch music or speech broadcast from any quarter of tho globe, by 'tuning' the Instrument properly:-all thero ang performing 'yoga'; only the objects, the purposex, the degrees of dorciopement of Intelligences and content of consciousness differ, It has been well olisorved by L Kopp, quofed. by Maeterlinck in his Life of the White Ant (p. 183), that "all our machine ato morely organic projections, I. e. uncovecious imitations of models supplied by naturo", in tho organs of living animals, which serro tho samo purposes for the animals as tho marhines for man. Yoga-discipline, Yoga-training. Yoga education, is intended to dorclopo tlic powers latent, hidden, in eced, in man. Il ho ruccocds in unfolding and cxfoliating thom, ho mas become largels independent of machines, may become Sell-dependent and put aside sordid diplomacies and brutal wars, and achievo Spirjtiual Fraternity and Equality, Social and Economic Equitability, Political Liberty, Somo friends ask, "Why havo you tried to explain the Samskrt words in Englisli, rather than Hindi, far more widely known in India, and your own mother-longue ?". I laro partis apswered such cengure' of my dear and patriotic Indian friends, at the close of tho preface to my buok on The Science of the Emotions (3rd. cdm.). Imas add a few words here. When I first began literary work, over forty years ago, I felt #ub-consciously, and since then havo realisod moro and moro clearly, that the Indian People have largely forgotten the true, liberal, farteaching, and most liclpful meanings of the most significant and most valuabla words and phrases of Samskrt, and have put in narrow and misleading ones lastead; and that these true meanings can be testored, sometimes directly, often indirectly, by study of modern western thought, through some one of the three or four most highly developed European languages, of which English is the nearest and most easily and fully available to Indians at present. Tho hereditary treasure-louse of Butts and levels of spiritual and deschical science is ours; and the eyes aro ours. But the eyes aro blinded by the thick darkness of petty selfishness, narrow-mindedness, and fissipa- Tous separatism; tho gems and jewels are covered deep with dust and dirt, and tho storehouse is filled with cobwebs, all created by what the Yoga-Sutras describe as the "fire-jointed, evil-bearing, sorrow, laden, iniserg-bringing, 'original sin' of Primal Error and Untruth, Egoism, Lust, Hate, and Infatuate Clinging to the tbidge of sense". To clear away the thick deposit of dust, dirt, and cobrebs, the strokes of tho strong.sweeping brooms of western critical habit aro :

·( xlii) needed; and to light up tho darkness, the lamps and lanterns of modern estonsive and intensive science, and researvh ip, and record of, History' in the broadost sepse (of the Purana-Itibasa), cosmogonic, biological, anthropological, sociological, economical, political, religious, is necessary. But we must not forget that these are only means; tho eyes that will ultimately ace, are and must. bo our own; and the gems and jewels of spiritual and psychological scienco aro and will continue to bo thoso loft by the ancient scers and sages of Bharata-varsia; and left for the use of not only tho Indian People, but of all mankind; for they wero not motivated by any narrow nationalism but by Humanism; to them, all the branches of the Aryan Root-stock were equally their own descendants. Perhaps that is why the Ultimate Mystery, which thoge Sages and Seers behold with tho 'vision-arg' inner 'third' oye of true Vision; which, in their rocords of Vodanta they havo called Brahma and Paran-Atma, "the infinite and Supreme Self''; and in the teachings of Yoga havo named the Kevala Draghta and Chiti-Shaktih, "the One Seer of all, the Omni-scient, Omni-potent, Omnni-present Storeholder of all cxperiences, past, present, and future, the Principle of Universal Life and Consciousness":--that is why that Mystery bas Bent tho western peoplos, latest and most vigorous offshoots of tho ancient Indo-Aryan Root-Race, back to the east generally and to India specially; Bo that both the eastern and the western latest descondants of that Root-Raco may ultimately benefit by the contact and 'ro-union', after long partition and separation; however rough, unpleasant, painful in the beginning, however full of trials and tribulations, that ro-union may have been. The vast amount of admirablo industry and research that has been bestowed upon tho Samskrt language and literature by tho scholars of Britain, France, Germany, U. S. A., Russia; the permeation of cultured western thought by some of tho deepest spirituo-psycliical ideas and beliofs of the cast; and tho rapid corresponding absorption of western physical scienco and of the ways of living of the west by the intelligentsia of the east; these are proofs of the inherent affinity and Attraction betweon the 'cousins' descended from the same Root. 'ancestors'. Some persona talk of the difference between cast and wost. But it is even patent that each and every country is both east and west. America is cast to Asia; Asia is eas: to Europe and Africa; Europe and Africa are east to America; Asis je west to America; Europe and Africs are west to Asia; America is weet to Europe and Africa. The One Sun illaminates them all, turn, by turn. The only difference, if any, is that of earlier and later, before

·And after, old and young. All lovers and mell-wishers of Humanity
cannot but with and pray that there may be cser lear and for
antagonism and over more and more sincero fraternisation between
cast and west,
I pray that this Concordanco may bo of greater korrico to thoso
who consult it for help in understanding the ancicat doctrines of
Yoga, than the labor of compiling it has been to me, and I sincerely
offer all good wishes to them.
Benarrs 1-10-1939, A. C.
Vijay Dail.ani,
18, Ashrinn, 1995, Solar, A. Vikrama.
BIIAOAVAN Das.

·। निवेदन भालोचक समन! पतंजलि के पनाये योगसूत्र और व्यास नाम के विद्वान के लिये भाष्य के सब शब्दों की, वर्णमाला के क्रम से इस अनुक्रमणी और उन शब्दों की अंग्रेजी मे व्याख्या का, क्यों, कय, किस प्रकार से संकलन किया गया, इस की कथा अंग्रेजी मे लिखे 'निवेदन' में कही है। थोड़े मे यह कि, इसमें, सूत्र और भाष्य का प्रत्येक शब्द जिस जिस स्थान में आया है, उसका अंकन यहां कर दिया है। विविध सम्बन्धों मे अज्ञात शब्द का प्रयोग सुनने देखने से उसका अर्थ ज्ञात हो जाता है; सब मनुष्य अपनी अपनी मातृभाषा इसी प्रकार से सीखते हैं; योग के कठिन भप्रसिद्ध संशयितार्थ शब्दों के अर्थों का निर्णय इसी प्रकार से हो सकता है। अपने हिन्दी-प्रेमी 'हिन्द पासी' 'हिन्दी भाइयों के लिये उसके कुछ अंश का रूपांतर हिन्दी शब्दों में लिखता हूँ; विशेष कर इस हेतु से कि ऐसे कई प्रिय मित्रों ने मुझ से पर्यनु. योग (भभियोग, शिकायत) किया है कि तू अंग्रेजी मे क्यों लिसता है, हिन्दी में क्यों नहीं। उसर थोदे मे यह है कि भारत जनता को, अपने पूर्वजों के दोप से, भौर अपने पूर्व जन्म की भूलों से, 'चौदह वर्ष वनवास' के विविध दुःखों को भोग कर के ही, नये अनु. भवों को प्राप्त कर के ही, प्राचीन शान का जीर्णोद्धार और प्र-णवी-करण साध कर के ही, 'राम-राज्य' प्राप्त हो सकेगा-ऐसी 'पासना घासुदेवस्य' जान पड़ती है। उसी 'घासना' ने पाश्चात्यों को पूर्व देशों मे, विशेष रूप से भारत मे, भेजा होगा; और इसी शुभेच्छा भनु- महेच्छा से, कि परस्पर गुण-ग्रहण, परस्पर दोप-मार्जन करें। दुर्भाग्यवश, अविद्यापश, दोनों के उत्कट दोषों के कारण, भय तक ऐसा कम हुआ, परस्पर दोप-ग्रहण महुत हुआ। पर सर्वथा दोप-प्रहण ही नहीं हुभा, गुण-ग्रहण भी कुछ हुभा । पाश्चात्य जातियां भी, अंग्रेज, रा. सीसी, जर्मन, रूसी, भमेरिकन, सव मूल आर्य जाति की ही शाखा प्रशाखा है उनके विद्वानों को, भार्य जाति की मूल भाषा संस्कृत और उसके लौकिक वैदिक साहित्य की भोर, भारी आकर्षण स्वभावतः हुआ, "व्यतिपजति पदार्थानान्तरः कोऽपि हेतुः", और जैसा परिश्रम उस पर, और उसके जीर्णोद्वार पर, और लुस अन्यों के छपाने पर, उन्होंने किया, पैसा भारत में, सापण-माधव के पीछे, चार सौ घर्ष से, नहीं हुआ, और भय उनके अनुकरण से ही होने लगा है। तथा, उपनिषदों के, गीता के, आध्यात्मिक भाव, पश्चिम के शिक्षितों में फले; और पुनर्जन्म, कर्म, इत्यादि के विचार पहां महतो ने अपना लिया । एवं, भारत मे, पाश्चात्य आधिभौतिक विज्ञान अपनाया गया है, अन्ध-श्रद्धा कम हुई है, नई नई गवेषणा करने की, परीक्षा करके विश्वास करने की, "पुराणमित्येव न साधु सर्व" की, पुद्धि यदी है। दार्शनिक ग्रंथों के, तथा इतिहास-पुराण, स्मृति, आदि ग्रंथों के, एवं घेदों के भी, प्रचलित अधों की इसी परीक्षा-बुद्धि से यही जांच करने की आवश्यकता है; और पाश्चात्य वैज्ञानिक मल से, ऐसी जांच में सहायता देने वाली सामग्री भी पहुत एकम हो गई है, जो सापण. माधवादि के समय में उपलब्ध नहीं थी। उनके शब्दों के मार्मिक, गृह, अर्थों का पता, बिना ऐसी जांच किये, नहीं चल सकता । पुराणों मे, येदों में, अर्थवाद और रूपक भरे पदे हैं। उनके शब्दों का अब अक्षरार्थ ही कर लिया जाता है, और प्रभ अयया शंका करने पर ·(xvi) दिया जाता 'नास्तिकत्ता' का निश्शंक अध्यारोप किया जाता है। इनका तात्विक अर्थ समझने के लिये इधर उधर पुराणों मे, वेदों मे, निरक्त में, ही, संकेत रस दिये हैं। पर उनकी ओर ध्यान नहीं बिना पहुश्रुतता के इन संकेतों का पता नहीं लगता, और अर्थ का अनर्थ ही किया जा रहा है। "विभेत्यल्पश्रुताद् वेदो मामयं प्रतरिष्यति".। वेद को, पुराण को, पंचना प्रतारणा हो रही है। यह 'बहुश्रुतता', विविध ज्ञान विज्ञान के शाखों की जानकारी, इस काल मे, भारतीय को, बिना पासात्य अंग्रेजी, फरासीसी, या जर्मन भाषा के ज्ञान के नहीं हो सकती। निष्कर्ष यह, कि भास हमारी ही है, पूर्वजों के संचित परम्परागत रस भी हमारे ही है। पर आंखों पर क्षुदस्वार्थपरायणता, शीलाभाष, परस्पर भेदभाव का अंधकार छाया हुआ है; रनकोष रजस् तमस की धूलि के नीचे दशा, मलाच्छर, अदृश्य हो रहा है। रत्नागार में 'अविद्या-अस्मिता-राग-द्वेप-अभिनिवेश' की .मकड़ियों के झाले भर रहे हैं। बिमा पश्चिम से मानी और दीपक मंगनी लिये, और उनसे अभी कई दशादियों तक काम लिये, यहाँ का भेदभाव, ईप्यो, मत्सर, अहंकार का अंधकार, और यह क्षुद्रस्वार्थपरता दुःशीलता रूपिणी लूता का सर्वाच्छादक तन्तु, दूर नहीं होता देख पड़ता। पर, इसके दूर होने पर,.अपनी ही आंखों से देखना होगा, अपने ही रन पहिचानने होंगे। अंतःप्रेरणया, , ऐसे भावों से, पहिले अनुहुद्ध अस्पष्ट अव्यक्त . प्रसुप्त-तनु-विच्छिन्न' रूप से, और पीछे अधिकाधिक बुद्धिपूर्वक प्यक्त रूप से, भावित होकर, चालीस वर्ष से, संस्कृत भावों का, आंग्ल भापा के द्वारा; जीर्णोद्धार करने का, अपनी अति क्षुद शकि और भत्यल्प बुद्धि के अनुसार, प्राचीन महाकारुणिक महावरसलं मन्यादि महर्षियों का हृदय से भावाहन शुश्रूषण करता हुआ, यस कर रहा हूँ। खेद सदा यह बना रहता है कि अपना ऐसा पुण्य नहीं, भाग्य नहीं, तपस् नहीं, शौच नहीं, हृदय मे शुद्धि और बल नहीं, टीक टीक स्वाध्याय भी नहीं, कि साक्षात् 'सिद्ध-दर्शन ग्रोह हो जाता, और अधिक निस्थय के साथ इस कार्य को कर सकता । योग शास्त्र के विषय पर कुछ लिखना तो नितराम् पृष्टता ही है; मेरे ऐसे जीय के लिये, जो उसके किसी भी रहस्यांश को प्रत्यक्ष नहीं कर पाया है। प्रस्तुत प्रयल के लिये अपना आश्वासन इतने से ही कर लेता हूँ कि, स्वयं भाष्यकार ने, लिखा है, "योगः समाधिः, स च सार्वभौमः चित्तस्य धर्मः"; क, स, सीसते हुए धजे भी 'मनो-योग' करते हैं, और उनके शिक्षक उनसे समय समय पर कहते हैं कि 'ध्यान दो', 'मनो-योग' करो; इसी भाव से मैंने योग शास्त्र की ऊपरी बातों के प्रारम्भिक 'क', 'ख' को आप सीखने का प्रथन किया है; छापने का विचार इस लिये किया कि स्यात् मेरी ऐसी दशा में पड़े हुए भन्य किन्ही,सजनों की इससे कुछ सेवा हो जाय ! • संस्कृत भाषा सभी आर्य भाषाओं को प्रापतामही है। पर अति वृद्ध हो जाने के कारण निष्णाण सी हो रही है। उसकी सन्तति रूप भाषाओं मे अभी यह सय 'संस्कार', परिष्कार', एक एक शब्द मे अर्धपूर्णता, भाध्यात्मिकता, नहीं सम्पन्न हुई है जो 'संस्कृत', मे है, किन्तु नये शरीर मे. प्राण अधिक है। घृद्ध प्रपितामही को अभी बहुत शताब्दियों तक आर्य की आदि-जननी के रूप से, मूर्तिमान् आशीर्वाद और पारसल्य के रूप से, सादर, संस्नेह, उच्च स्थान पर बदाये रहना और उससे उपदेश लेते रहना आवश्यक है, किन्तु नई दुनियों मे,जिनमप्राण वर्दमान है, सवागीण सौरवका सम्पादन, भीर उनका अलंकरण संस्करण ·( xvil ) भधिकाधिक करते रहना भी आवश्यक है। 'अंग्रेजी' से 'हिन्दी' को इस कार्य में सहायता मिल सकती है, मिली है, और कुछ काल तक मिस्ती रहेगी; उस सहायता को लेने से मुंह फेरना, यही भूल होगी। मेरा निजी अनुभव है कि मुक्ष को कितने ही दर्शन, स्मृति, पुराण के प्राचीन संस्कृत शब्दों और वाक्यों के उन उदार भावों के पहिचानने में, जिनके स्थान पर अब अति संकुचित संकीर्ण अर्थ ही प्रसिद्ध हो रहे हैं, अंग्रेजी दर्शन, अंतःकरण शास्त्र, राज शास्त्र, समाजशास्त्र, इतिहास, विज्ञान आदि के अन्यों से यहुत सहायता मिली, और यह भान हुआ कि, यद्यपि आधिभौतिक विज्ञान मे हमारे पाश्चात्य भ्रातृव्य यहुत भागे यह गये हैं, परंतु उनसे अधिक भाष्पारिमा और समाजव्यवस्था संबंधी प्रशान हमारी परम्परागत मंजूपाओं मे पड़ा है, यदि हमसे यह खोलते यनें । उनकी कुंजी यनाने मे हमको पच्छिम के विज्ञान से, और स्यात् उसो से, अन्यथा नहीं, सहायता मिल सकती है। तथा उनको भी, हमारी पुरानी मंजूपाओं में से निकले प्रज्ञान से, प्रवर्तमान और प्रवर्धमान घोर राग-द्वेप के महा तमस् के महा भय से छूटने मे सहायता मिल सकती है । स्यात् इसी लिये 'पासना वासु. देवस्य' ने पूर्व और पश्चिम फर भारत में 'योग' किया है। काशी, विजयादशमी, आश्विन, १९९५, वि० भवदासः भगवदासः iti ·NOTE of the Rules followed in Printing.. 1. The words of the Aphorisms are printed in larger type. 8 2. Words, which are parts of compound words, are printed with dashes, before, or after, or on both sides, of them, according to their position in the compound. They are not explained in English, except rarely; the explanation will be found under the complete compound word, which may be traced by the figures of reference given. 3. The figures are for the chapter and the aphorism, or corresponding commentary, 4. Sometimes a word occurs repeatedly in the commentary on an aphorism; it is given only once in the Concordance. . 5. 'Simple words of very frequent occurrence, like pronouns, conjunctions, indeclinables, which have no technical meaning, are not indexed completelr; only one reference, for each of the four chapters of the work, is given. 6. English equivalents are usually not given for the declension. al variants of the principal word, when its nominative singular has been explained. 7. Inverted single commas are used now and then to draw attontion to the literal significance or the etymological identity; thus Air, yoga, Skt. yuj, Lat. iugare, to 'soko' to 'join'; orary, snayu 'sinex. Important words are begun with capitals.

·46 ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA 28. After "afaezt, add "slaailaart, iii. 13 of the unporishing." 87. To cxplanation of eatin:", add "engagoment; occupation.'' 39. Below"-ara:”, insert "1969:, Brent jii, 18". 39. After" --$174: iv.6", add "(211 +57t, to sleep). 'Sleeping' instinct; 'dormant propensity; tendency; disposition; inclination; proclivits; bent; thought-root; wish.secd; embryonic idea; rudimentary desire; that which is meant (as in the English expression 'What do you mean ? i. o, 'What is your real purpose ?). (See IV. 9, Bhashya FETET: ETTERAT: 8772747: Freix:; and tho separato words in this Concordance ). 49. After "seraga", add turns away; is finished; is eatiefied." 56. After "***", add "desert, deservingness of reward or punishment earned by good or bad deeds respectively; also, in grammar, the object of an action, the accusative." 59. After "Tett iii. 43," add " -Tang ii. 4. ( Some editions read faroqram, which seems erroneous ). 62. After "Ers:", for "aii 52", road "ili. 26, 52". 68. After "geti", add "leading to pain; pregnant with misery; big with sorrow and suffering; hence 'sinful, ferring from the right path." *74. To the explanations of "guir:", add "( See nila, 7127, 460, प्रवृत्ति, क्रिया, स्थिति ॥ गुणयंति, आमंनयति, आग्नेयंति, आग्नति, प्रलोभयन्ति, महुलीकुर्वन्ति, पंचशारिमकाभिः यासनाभिः जीयं चेष्टयंति, यान्ति, इति गुणाः । Because they tempt and invito with their attractivo qualities, over and over again, and create variety and multiplicity in place of unity and simplicity, and twine round the soul, the cgo, and bind it in the chains of the five-fold, sin-bearing, misery-causing, desires, appetitea, instincts, thorefore aro they called 'gupa-s'. Tho verb-root T, in Skt., has this threefold moaning, to tompt and invite, to repeat and multiply, and to twine round and onwrap). 79. To the explanation of "o", add "This quality is connected with rajas), 79. After "fähafecama", add "(Some editions read agfäufil- #, which is not satisfactory).

·} 80. After "fafaz", Add "awareness ; puro sentience; puro peroi. pience; apporcipience". 82. After "fait", add, (Some editions omit this word in ív. 10). 96. After"----", for "lii. 39", read "lii. 26, 39". 107. After "atta:", for "charactering works" read "characteri.. sing marks." 109. After many", "for contiments" read "continents." 111. After "Än:", add ( Alt hafa ). 118. After "arata", for "uí,54" read "111.45". Below @mia", insert "marito iii.5t": 123. After"-fantani", add "iii. 17". 123. After aland", add "( gfart seems to mean meditation about an abstract concept, but in connection with some concreta embodiment, as, es, looking at a particular triangle drawn on paper, we may think about the properties of all triangles generally, i.o. of the abstract triangle. If so, then fatãeurgr may mean meditation about an abstract concept, witliout reference to any particular concrete embodiment of it, and covering all possible concrete forms of it, past, present, future. See also fa... ETSITRIT)," 124. After "parinki", ada "( See also fa... EVETTRIC)." 126. Above "gfon:", insert "q4%*: ji 24 (See #:)"; and go पाख्यानेन). ii, 24 (See पण्डकोपाख्यानेन )." 147.148. Strike out the explanation given of "sarapan", and read instead, "of (the mind) inclining towards discrimination, of (itself as the focus of) cognitions or ideas, (from the apperceiving self; and no longer indiscriminately and deeply interested in worldly things)." 156. After "start", add " afat , to shine out, to appear in a fash)." 175. After":", add "(This quality is connected with gamas)." 196. Col. 1, 1. 20, for "p. 63", read "p. 35, 68." 198. For ."--विनाशि", read "विनाशि." 236. After "FETTET", "for li. 53" read "111. 53.

·योगभाष्य-कोप। श्रकरणं 1.51 Fig:-ala: योगभाप्य-कोष 254 iii. 54 Successionless; zig: iii, 54 Part; portion. simultaneous; timeless; "Eternal Now." 27 iii. 17 --UFTUTE i. 23 A i. 18 in the non-doer. TEZ# iii. 49 Not "mounted on", entered upon, succes- Anitat 1.-30. Unfitness for sion; non-successive; syn- .. work. {real. chronous; timeless. ofruat iji. 43' Unimaginary: fong i. 5 In the inter- OFFRia iii. 22 Without (percep stices or intervals between the tible) cause; 'why-less', without sorrowless, sinless, (or emana why; suddenly. cipating moods of mind), hů ii. 52 In non-work, ill. --AUT: 1. 5 work, sin. 39777 ii. 51 Unperishingarua: iii. 51 of the not-doing; frac14 ii. 15, 16 of him who abstains. अक्षिपात्रकल्पः ii. 15 -ugat: 1.9 mag ii. 15 In the eye-socket. Forfai, 24 Un-skilful; un -anti. 5 well; non-good; evil. fa: i. 7 Motionless. ATZAT; iv, 30 ATEITI iv. 10 like the rşhi Anteft iv. 29 of one who Agastya, has no interest left. Auktak77774 iv. 16 Of un- AUTHTUTET: iii, 26 Who do apprehended nature. not lay down' (ideate, mental. Furtar i. 20 Un-apprehended. ly create) abodes. an ii. 5 No-cow-hoof-pud- Azarzig ii. 22 With its work not dle; no trille (but a large done, duty undischarged, purº space). pose not achieved. - ii. 19; ii. 17 nicht jii. 51 Having nof-made; std: ii. 28; iii. 45; iv. 19 (ad having avoided. नयति, He who leads on in -~ -कृष्णम् iv.7 front) Fire, Like the ege. Rocket.

·-श्रङ्करस्य iv. 25 17737797-07 (2) अग्निवत्-प्रसनता afgaza iv. 19 Like hre. afa: iv. 31 -fant ii 2; iv. 28 52279 iii. 45 With the finger- - TERET , 28 Of the know tip. ledge of fire. -qề 1, 40 ficar: i. 26 A race of mi. 15; jv. 23 devas; (in the Purīņas, a ang ii. 5 class of pitrs). Hana G. 34; iv. 23 Unconsa -"EU i. 2 cious.' SiteG iv. 19 in (the state of) or, tant ü. 20 Unconscious, on non-apprehension. Sayar: iii. 26 One of the highest FATAH iv. 19 Inapprehensible. orders of gods; the unfalmata: iv, 31 Throatless; with len," the "un-procreating". out a neck, # P. 51 Unaging. -7. 35; 1. 1; iv. 16. FATA: ii 17 Goat's milk; (and Jy iii. 45 also ) “thou causedst to be conquered, or lo be repeatedly **-, 28, 40 recited." (A play upon a word). - rii. 7,8 Afharra: iii 6 One who has 35i, 18 not conquered the lower stage. #T: ii 47 Body-tremor; salka: iv. 31 Tongueless, restlessness of body generally, : ji. 20; iv. 17 Unknown. any limb. -Wa--. 20 545747–i. 31 HIM iv. 17 Forni. 31 Shaking of the -517-i. 2; ii. 34 body. --- . 34 67fe ii. 29 (95, lo go; to amafaga iv. 26 Sloping to. mark; , to mark, to deinclining to, heading towards, marcate, define, depict, della Error. neate, bring into relief. "The RA ii. 34 Non-knowledge; body is the soul made visible" igno-rance; wrong or false, Seen, and 5495) Limbs; knowledge; ne-science; Error organs. ( due to misleading Desire, Rifai. 31 hence), Root-Desire. afat i. 28; 29; ii. I iv. 9 -- ii. 33; iii, 51 -***: i. 11, 43, fara ij 18 --;. 41 (Sec kifa) OT of ·अञ्जनस्य अतिवृत्तः (3) योगमाय-कोष + Tak fii. 13 what is not the truc form of Art: iii. 26 A race of high that (viz., the object of devas. knowledge) i, e., an erroneous -a ii. 4 belief or notion. --=far-iv. 1 श्रतपप्रतिष्ठम् i. 43 mfuateur uia: iii, 45 The afecta: ii. 1 of the non-ascetic. appearance of 'atomicity, etc.:.-a-ji. 26 the development of the mystic Fa: 12; 1. 4, 20; -ši, 23, 53; power of becoming small as an iv. 6, 9 ctc. Hence. atom, amira iii. 13 aliniat ii, 43 Atomicity etc. alama#ta: i 51 Name of faparasaningar i. 26 Passesthe Yogi of the fourth stage, sed of the sovereign powers of who has passed beyond desircs assuming atomic size etc. and meditations. sutara i, 43 Atomic; smaller; fattiganffg i. 26 In past very small; infinitesimal. or previous manifestations, 1.40 cranations, creations, cycles, sy: iii 44; iv. 14. etc. qu: iii. 26, 45 Atom; small; | - Trad, Fa:, Fir: jsi. 13 minute. fantafa ii. 4 Overpass, pass yaralaDeAT i. 43 of the beyond, ayoid, escape; transnature of a special or peculiar cend. agglomeration, grouping, com afastao j. 33 By the very bination, accumulation, of blazing, raging, rampant, furi. atoms. (Compare isomerism, isomorphism, allotropism). afat: iv. 21 Too much 1974: i;. 42 attachment; excessive addic- WYATTA I. 36 Only an atom. tion. ("too much of a good sunt: iii. 26 Of an atom. thing", proving too cauch, 757 iii. 26 Egg; world-eggi seductio ad absurdum). world-system; orb; globe. zaloti ii. 18 Other than; 80- HIGH i. 26 In the middle of ing beyond; reaching beyond. the world-egg or sphere. maar i. 19 Pass; pass WITH ii. 20 Not-that-natured; across; carry over; carry on not having that nature. afatlari. 16 Carried througlo, अतद्पप्रतिष्ठम् i. 8 Established tided over; exhausted. on, resting on, attached to, alega: i. 19 ous.

·योगभाष्य-कोष अतिशय-अत्यन्तासफोर्णयोः . ---Mazrui, 24 watase ii. 14, 15 Of the past. --अतिशयम् .. 25 wajar: jl. 14 The past (p):) -अतिशयः।.50 wariais. 12 The past argi iij. 46 Possessed of and the "not-yet-come", i.e. exceedingly great strength. the future. - fagrar: ii. 15; iii. 13 matamattinata iii. 16 Knowafant: ii. 15; ii. 13 (ufa, ledge of the past and the much, more + Tt, to sleep, to future. rest'; "to rest or stand above wataattagayta i. 54 Past, another"). By or with ex fuluire, and present, cesses ; by or with excellences. Datarantaasiaing iïi. 13 In the fergarà i, 24 Is excelled, sur past, the future, and the pre passed. Sent, afagyota iv. 10 (Two) are sur-atapatrirat: iv. 13 Past and fupassed. ture (pl). afaen for i. 24 Excelling supre- siarar Tarzaniji. 13 By the mely, past and the future. gata, 25; 8. 19; ii. 13 watanz iii. 22 The past; the demata-.36 parted. gatag ii, 16 (afa +5 to go) atatxar# iij. 13 **Much-gone"; past; crossed atfig-i. 25 beyond; transcending, -964-i. 18 ata: ii. 27 HUF ii. 20, 40 Extremely, qata: ii. 13 Past finally, wholly, entirely. - arata ii, 27 graffàg :. 32 In the extermewatahati: iii. 15 The order, ly different. succession, into pastness, ang ii. 9 In the utterly (H = moving.proceeding, pasdull, inert, sing, into change). (The expression is obscure; some edi ayaforaf ii. 35 of very tions read अतीतभावः कमः) different property or nature, iii. 13 The quality atralanadi ii. 6 Of (two) of pastness, or having the entirely separate or different. quality of the past. Sierrafattata iv. 3 Because of aan tuga .13 Possessed of cxtreme opposition. the characteristic of pastaess. अत्यन्तासंकीर्णयोः ii. 35. Of the ·श्रत्यंतासंकायोः अधिकार० (5) योगभाष्य-कोप (two ) extremely unallied, Hexagatart ii. 13 wholly unmixable. 2919: iii. 13; iv. 33 "No-ſault"; Aiardisunt: ii. 6 not-defective; faultless. -1598 1.34 194 i. 32 I saw; I have seen. i. 9; ii. 24: jü, 6; iv.3, 19 #-i. 6 Here TARTAT Äi. 6 In the lower levels, yi. 1 Now; henceforth; hereplanes, stages, grounds. R.2 with; hereafter.(Also 'but if'). ---. 18 19927 i. 12, 17, 18, 23, 24, 27; अधर्मम् iv.3 ji. 9. 44; iv. 4, 32 mar: iv. 3 Not-harma; opposite quotathar: ii. 13 With their of dharma or duty; sin. seed-nature unburnt, germinat- अधर्मात् iv. 11 ing capacity or seed-quality gantial iv. is looking to, undestroyed. depending on, in consequence jag ii. 23. 24; iii. 55 Nonof, due to, sin. vision; disappearance; non- --Át ii. 15 cognition (of the Final Truth). 19: iii. 31 Below, it ii, 23, 25 Aqzjanturarara ii. 24 From Farą iii. 30 Below. affi, 18 Greater; morc. absence of cause of non-vision --*: ii. 13 (of truth) afatet in. 32 -श्रदर्शना ii. 24 -aftmi, 5; iv. 28, 34 Tamara ii. 4 By or from or -AUFITA I. 5, 50, 51; ii. 3: because of non-sceing, non-apiii. 55; iv, 11. pearance. अधिकारः 11. 23 (अधि, अधिकम्, maritata ii. 23 From absence of non-vision, disappcamore or specially to to do; more specific work). Title, rance of ignorance. right; function, office, proafecam. 15 vince ; appointed work, fixed 90: iij. 45 Invisible. duty : power, authority; urge, HEL. 12 momentum; course. श्रदएजन्मवेदनीयम् ii. 13 Hagfràgrita: ii. 12. 13 To be afuritania i. 19 By compulsion of function or urge. experienced, to bear fruit, in some ( future ) birth now after far fara: i. 51 Hostile to unknown. functioning ·THTHIC-IT (6) afratlafaruq-buttifra istefa ften i. 50 Function who possesses , keen intensity defined; marked or characte of urge in the fullest degree. rised by a specific function, --अधिमात्रता i. 22 - ait ii, 2, 24, 27 --अधिमात्रा: 0.34 achtet: ji. 55 -STATEIT: . 34 aferetri: i. I Having the pur- ATAT71972: i. 21 Possessing pose or significance of, being means in excessive or fullest indicative of the subject which degree. is in hand (or is in possession afatatateret i. 22 of, or has the right and title to श्रधिमायोपायानांi.21 engage, attention). - i. 19; ï 10; iv. 11 -अधिष्ठातृत्वम् 1. 49 afrag i. I Taken up (as sub- magram ii. 17 (&T + Fer to ject of treatment); installed, stand) Standing upon or above; put in charge; put in office; occupying. placed on duty --forgiat ji, 5 sfarsi iv. 33 Having regard fügtu i. 25 Having occupied; to; 'making, comparison with. presiding over; sitting on or afüffiga i. 14 May become above; inspiring. entitled or subject to. talà iii. 17 (aft + to go, mfumegfa i. 29; iii. 25 (fe+ to approach) Studies. TA, to go) Finds; approaches; -trag iv. 10 reaches; goes up to; perceives; - al 12; ii. 15'. understands. tar iv. 7 ferta: iv, 23 Understood, per -अध्ययनम् ।.1 ceived, found, HELGA ii. 32 "Going specially अधिगमः 1.29 or more near"; approaching; -gath: j. 32; iii. 36 understanding; close study. firrià u. 41 Is obtained; is-HYTTET . 20 understood HECHTHTG: i. 47 The placidity in i. 48 Are obtained; of the subjective element'; the are achieved. dawning of the inner light and TATT; --, 21, 22 joy which illuminates all; lucianat: i. 22; ii, 34 Of dity of mind. exceeding intensity. Seyidfahrrat: i. 18 Assumed altiATTET I, 22 Of him to have existence; having ex- ..

·अध्यास -अनया ( 7 ) योगभाग्य-कोप istence falsely imposed upon अनन्तः iv.33 Un-ending. them; falsely imputed. अनन्ता i. 2 Endless; infinite. -अभ्यास-iii. 17 अनन्तफलम् .34 Endless fruit; --अध्यासात् iii. 17 (अधि+ अस् unending consequence. (Some to throw, lo cast repeatedly, editions read अनन्तं फलं) to superimpose). -अनन्तफला: 1.34 अध्यन: iii 13: iv. 12 अनन्तरभूमिम् iii. 6 The next or अध्यभिः iii. 13 immediately succeeding stage. अध्यभेदात् iv. 12 Because of अनन्तरा iii. 6..14 Im-mediate: difference of way or path. next after श्रध्वमु.13 -~-अनन्तरेण iv. 21 सध्यसंफरः ii. 13 Confusion or अनन्ते ii. 47 In the Infinite. adulteration of paths. अनन्यिता: i. 32 नन्, not+श्रनु. year iii. 13 Path; way; road. after + to go) Unfollowed; --याध्यान: iii.133; iv. 13 unaccompanied. अध्यानम् 113 -अनभिधात: 1. 48; iii. 45 (अन् अनंगुलि: iv. 31 Fingerless. थिमि, from all sides, + हन् , अनतिकमात् iii. 13 Because of not to strike, to slay). over-leaping, not getting be-afirataret iv, 33 yond. अनभिद्रोह i. 30 Non-hate. अनतिकान्तम् iii. 13 Not crossed श्रनभिभूतः i. 47(अन् + श्रभि + इ, to or passed beyond. be; to be over another, lo शनतिकान्त: iii. 13 overpower). Un overpowered. अतिमान्ताः 1.13 अनभिभूतयुद्धिसत्येन iii 18 With -अनतिवृत्त ii. 19 undefeated cognitive intelli- --अनधिष्ठानम् ii, 17 gence; with invincible power धननुभूतकमक्षणriv. 33 Vithout exof cognition; with irresistible pericncc of the succession of insight. moments, or without passing | अनभिभूतविषयः i. 14 The object through sequential moments. of which is not over-powered. अननुभूतमरणधर्मकस्य ii, 9; iv, 10-थनभिष्वनी ii. 40 OF him who has not experienc- | --अनभिसम्बन्धात् iv. 34 ed the function of dying. --अनभ्यधिक 1, 13 -~अननुरोधी 1.47 -अनभ्युपगमात् iii. 13 -अनन्त-11.47 नया iii,51; iv. 14 By this अनन्तम् ।.36 End-less, (fem:)

·योगमाय-कोप ( 8 ) अनयोः-अनादिकालसंमूर्थितम् at: iv. 15 Of these two. I IT TOTEUR iii. 13 The mark TÜ. 5 In the undesirable'. of the 'not-come', the future; -almii, 26 the character of futurity; the fossat: ii. 31 quality of being yet in the grafa: . 31 (53+1+ future. ferę, to cut off, to limit) Un TamaTYS: iii. 13 Possessed limited, unconditioned. of the character of futurity. -थनवच्छिन्नेषु i. 44 GATITET BATAAT: iii. 14 of the Tagesata i. 26 By non-limita. future and the present. tion. अनागतवर्तमानाभ्याम् ii. 13 -अनवच्छेदात् i. 53 Harta: ii, 13 -अनवधारणम् iv. 20 WATTET , 14 -Tariq ji 13 -729ITTU iv, 21 Non-estab- -TTCTT: iv, 13 lishment; non-indication; non- TAFO . 5 la the not-Self. discrimination ; non-determination, -अनात्मसु 1.5 waaleat i. 10 Unsteady; un- Arif ii. 15 fixed; unsettled; distracted warfa:ri. 24; ü 17. 22 Begintestless; Nuctuating. ningless. wagfeqaret i, 30 Restlessness; अनादिकमलेशवासनाचित्रा i. unsleadiness. Variegated (diversihed, multi- ---अनवस्थितत्वानि , 30 form, complex) with, compo- HACH ii. 22 Undestroyed; ununded of, beginningless desire abolished. germs of (propensities, ten- 9 H i, 20 Undisturbed ; dencies, inclinations, disposiwithout excitement, agitation, tions to) activity and (of or confusion, perplexity, to) "sins", "miseries", "hind- TT --ii, 16 rances". -Jaga-; 25; ii. 19; ii, 13. arfemaalanet . 13 Of 16, 36, 54. (karma) accumulated through ITETET ii. 16 Un-arrived; fu beginningless (past) time. tute; yet to come. matytian ii. 13“Thrown -अनागतम् iv. 12 into a swoon", overpowered. 91T iii, 13; 7. 16. held, gripped, obsessed, per- MITTATTIE iij. 15 From the vaded, clouded, com-pounded. state of {uturity. for beginningless time.

·ness, अनादिकालीनाः-निष्ट योगमाय-कोष Farfetar: ji. 13 Belonging to, non-hiding; not screening or coming down for, beginning covering. less time. qqqIcum iii. 45 In (@kĩsha meran iv. 10 Bezinningless or space) of the nature of the veilless or non-screening, ME TENTAT ii. 15 By the tigarafament: iii. 26 With beginningless stream or current all objects of knowledge (lying) of pain. unveiled (before them). अगादिवाग्व्यवहारवासनाजुविद्धया ii. अनाशयम् iv. 6 Germless; free or 17 By (the people's mind) per devoid of desire-germs; (wlrich meated with the beginningless is not born of, and does not propensity to vocal activity create, any germ or seed). i.e., speaking. Path: it. 13 Lack of assur- Farfurgarglas iv. 10 Per ance; "want of free and peaceineated with beginningless ful breathing". instincts, inclinations, disposi- afar -- i 5 tions afaco: i 43 Non permanent, Hiffamazifalazar ii. 15 By | fact ii. 19, Fleeting, passing. (mind functioning)complicated transitory. with beginningless instincts. alatt 11. 5 fia: i. 4 Beginningless afiralamay ii. 13 relation or connection. facalaots: . 13 With or of Jafferma ii. 22 By, from, uncertain maturalion or fruition. because of, beginningless con- अनियमविपाकस्य ii. 13 junction, gfogate i. 35 Amongst the un- 391fa ti, 15 Of the nature fixed, unsettled, unrestrained, of non-enjoyment, con-iaclinauncontrolled, random. tion, non-tasting, -अनियमात् ii. 13 parafera: i. 47 Unperceived, -. 26 unsensed. maafheimarTTÜ. 26 With false WATurlara iii. 41 By from, or illusory knowledge unwithbecause of, (the fact, of our) drawn, unabolished. seeing (that the formless does & i. 5 (ET) Day not cause and lias) no limit or and night; 'incessantly, perveil. petually Sigtut iii. 41 Unyeiling; -Ay-i. 18 2 ·OT . योगमाय-कोप ( 10 ) अनिष्टम्-अनुत्पादे ufagy . 34 Undesirable; un: Horari. 34; ii. 11, 12 Accomdesired; unhappy; unpleasant. panying; accompanied; going Alag: ii. 13 Unacceptable. or running through or after; afargarinta iii. 51 From. befollowing; persisting; threadcause of, re-addiction or reing; continuing attachment to revival -~अनुगमाद i. 17 resurgence of, the undesirable.- iv. 8 the evil. #gtxufa iv. 2 “Accompany faggen: in, 51 in catching, holding, supportmitsaret . 55 of the non ing"; "hold along with" ; sovereign, the powerless. pity; favour (pl:) 474, M46-;. 1. 7, 9, 11. arze, wifã i. 23; ii. 15; iv: 11 17, 49; i. 7, 8, 20, 28, 34, Favours; helps (sing: ) 54; i. 14; iv. 8. Agak-. 25; ii. 3, 15; iii. 14. 4. 13 17; iv. 7, 10. air. 4. 54; 1. 38; After; Haku iv. 12 following; behind; in the train Her i. 1 For benefitting, or wale of; together with; helping. -4975 . 14 gaigaltat: iv. 23 (Ag + F7, gera ii. 13 Is “after-known". to tremble; to shake, shiver, inferred, concluded; is perbrate, tremble in company mitted, assented or agreed to. with; lo sym-pathise with) To aggard ii. 17 Is "after-healed": be pitied; piliable (p!:) is distressed sym-path-etically. -99944TT: ij. 54 276774—. 42 OFTAraagt ii. 20 By mere imitation or reflexion. 2011 iii. 18 Unsurpassed. FITRATET41 iv. 22 By pure UTFA: j. 48 Unexcelled. imitativeness. Hart: . 42 Gain of --Whn. 18 unsurpassed happiness. nggar i. 51 Favourable; ugraferunf i. 9 Having the attriagreeable; kind; sympathetic; bute of birthlessness. propitious; "following or 80 Sigrute: ij. 23 "Non-birth":"noning along the bank". development. -Adha iii. 26 SOFITETU iv. 21 For non-rebirth. -Deta: i. 1. 17; iii. 44.47 - care ii. 27 close upon.

·धनुधावतः-अनुवन्ते योगमाय-कोप tra: i. 40 Of the (yogi's emanate, to create). Without mind) running afler. (troublesome) secondary consafafasta iii. 38 Settle down sequences; having no bye-proafter or in company with. ducts or excrescences; (not zarafat ii. 20; iv. 22 Follows. besct with, oppressed by, liable parafin iii. 38 "Fall after"; to, consequences, viz. birth, follow (pl.) life-term, and pleasant and nufaa iji. 13 Following; fallen painful experience). into; undergoing. ATTEUTCT ii. 17 Not having – grafe: i. 32; iii, 53 established, constituted, comzgrala: jii. 13 (377 + 39+ TH, posed. to gain). Non apprehension; Fatigat: iv. 16 Non-present. "non-finding". Artcit ii 15 Without slıying. Crazg i. 43 Undiscoverable; -नुपातिनम् it. 15 impossible to find; unknow -999faat si. 18, 19; . 44 able. -9faat in. 15 274fia: ii. 15 Not-peace; dis - agorfag i. 44 satisfaction; peacelessness; -89aft i. 9; ii. 14 restlessness. nonat iri. 14 “Falling after": 1974: ii, 20 following Agniziata ir. 7 Because of atua: iii. 18 of the behold non-taking, not doing. ing, mirroring, apperceiving. AqTFCHT 11. 32 Non-wish-to- अनुपश्यतिi. 47; ii.20 (अनु +६०- acquire; absence of desire to T4, to see; to see along obtain with; to-sce consciously, as a nei ii. 15 Not (the right) witness; "I know and I know that I know :). Beholds (as a nyataofa sui. 45 Enters with or spectator); apperceives, wit after. (Some editions road nesses. अनुविशति ). agura il 18, 20, 27 Observ wafaufa iv. 3 ing: mirroring; witnessing; 2giafugt iv. 3 In order to apperceiving. cause to enter. अनुपश्यन्तः iii. 51 mama iv. 2 HITAT: i. 29 (214, pot+39, Aug ii. 15 "Jump after"; near + VST to surge, "float, swim after"; pursue. 29924: ii. 20 means. to ·योगमाय-कोष ( 12 ) --अनुभव~अनुविद्धम् -~-अनुभव-i.32,443 1.13 in accordance with a standard -अनुमघः ii.9.15 (premiss); inference. अनुभवकर्मविषयताम् ii. 17 The | अनुमानेन i. 48, 49; i. 15 By state of being the object of inference, the act of experiencing, अनुमापयति i. 9. iv. 18 Causes अनुभवति ii. 28.34; iii. 52 (अनु to be inferred; leads to the after+भू to be) "Becomes inference. like"; experiences. -अनुमित-i.7; ii. 18; in. 14 अनुभवन् it. 13. 14 Experiencing. अनुमितम् ।. 30 Inferred. अनुभवन्तः. 19 -अनुमितम् iii. 41 (Some cditions श्रनुभयन्ति i. 19; ii. 19 read निमित्तं) अनुभवात् i. 11 From experience. | अनुमितः i. 7, 43 Inferted. -अनुभवात् 1.9.15 अनुमीयते iv. 25 Is inferred. अनुभवा: iv.9.21 Experiences. भर्नुमेपम् . 51 Inferrible. -~-अनुभवे i. 10 अनुमेयस्य . 7 OF the deducible. -~अनुभवैः iii. 18 -अनुमोदिता 1.34 -अनुभायानाम् ii. 12 -अनुमायेषु i. 12 अनुमोदिता . 34 (अनु alter+ मुद् -अनुभूत--.93 iv.9; 10,33 to rejoice or to mix) Approved; abetted. -अनुभूतम् ।.9: ii. 18 अनुभूतविपयासम्ममोपः || The -श्रनुरागात् 11. 26 -अनुरूपा: iv.9 not letting go of an object -अनुरोधिनः 1. 17 (which has been) experienced. --अनुरोधिनी 1. 28 अनुभूतभ्यक्तिकम् iv. 12 Of which |-अनुरोधी i. 47: ii. In the "manifestation". "indivi- अनुवर्तते 1.36 (अनु alter +वृत् ।। duation", has (taken place exist). Persists; continues. and) been experienced in the अनुवर्तमानाः ii. 18 Following; past. accompanying; pursuing; per- अनुभूयते iv. 33 Is experienced. sisting. अनुभूयमाने ii. 15 Being ex- अनुवादः iii. 17 "After-state. perienced. ment"; re-statement; te-pro- --धनुमान-1.7.49 duction; rendering: translation; -अनुमान-35,433; il.9 particular mention. अनुमानम् i.7, 49 (अनु after,-अनुयासितः ii, 15 behind + AT measure), अनुविचम् i. 2; ii. 15: iv. 10 *After-measuring"; measuring Pierced through, penctrated; to ·1 अनुपिद्ध:-अनेफस्य ( 13 ) योगमाप्य फोप pervaded, permeated; streak 2016, ii. 29 ( + 747 to ed, stained, colored, affected, stand) Practising, following, tinged, performing; observancc; re. -glen i. 42; ii. 15 solve; "standing up". -uglegar iii. 17 --अनुष्ठानात् ii. 28 fig i. 36, Having known, aggraca ii. 28 recognised. Yoga ji. 28 Are practised. aufanfara: iii. 44 Carriers out -UTET-j. 17 of (his) command; obeyers of tigit: iii. 17 Summation of a (his) law; followers of (his) series; the sum, the net result, mood. the resultant; (concomitant disagfentara iii. 38 Accompany; solution or disintegration, as follow obcdiently. of molecules in physiological sofagma ii. 15 Increase with, functioning, while producing a in the wake of, in consequence result). of. mugarftur: iii. 44 2378: i. 7 "Existing through -23 Fala-i1. 7. 8; iv. 10 or after";continuous; persist magala ni. 38 Fly after. ing (like a thread through an ii. 33 Untruth. beads). syakig ii. 34 ln untruth etc. gamatta iii. 47 Be conscious at si. 13 Not-one; mans i ly ascertained, be apperceived. manifold, -अनुशयोi.॥ अनेकचित्तपरिकल्पितम् iv. 15 For. 2pft ii. 7,8 mulated, imagined, ideated by LAATTI. 1 (+9+TFF. to command, instruci, direci, 7ETATE: iv. 12 Having the teach). Expounding; explain nature of possessing many ing; repeating (ancient teach functions, attributes, ing freshly). wat i, i In many ways. -477774 1. 1; iv. 13 arrayfőt ii. 13 Preceding naura i. 4; iv. 8, 28 (+ut or preceded by (engendering to sleep). "Sleep after or or engendered by) mapy births. with"; follow; accompany; reft: iv. 4 Many-minded; become mixed up with (pl:) having separate minds. -WORK: i. 13 aan ii. 13 Of not one; of -Hugi. 13; ii. 28 iv. 12 many; of manifold. many minds.

·योगमाय-कोष * ( 14 ) अनेकार्थम् -अन्त्याः अनेकार्थम् i. 32 Having many अन्तरापाभावः 1.29 "Non-being" meanings, interests, objects, of interruption; absence of purposes. hiadrances or obstacles. अनेकेपाम् iv. 5 of many. अन्तरालचारिणाम् ii.320f movers अनेकेषु i, 13 in the interspace. श्रोन 1.24; ii. IB iii. 22; iv. 23 / अन्तरिक्षलोक: 1. 26 The inter- By this. space" world; Bhuvah; astral -अनैश्वर्य-1.2 world. अनौपदेशिकम् ॥i. 54 Untaught. --अन्तरिता iv. 1 --अन्त-1.39 अन्तरीयकम् i. 16 Separated by an -यन्त-1.22: iv.33 interval. -श्रन्तरे 1.4, 13, 16, 45 --अन्तम् iv.3 अन्तरेण 1.1.18.28 With-out; by --यन्त: 1.40 an interval from; with omis- --अन्तर-ii. 18: iii. 51 sion of or separation from, अन्तरङ्गम् iii. 7 (अन्तः+श्रङ्गम् )} -अन्तरेण iii. 2; iv. 21 "Inner-organ"; internal part; -अन्तरेभ्यः ifi. 14 internal; inner. -अन्तरेषु ii. 23. 33; ii. 38; अन्तरङ्गम् ifi.7.8 iv.14 -अन्तर-iy. 2, 21 अन्तर्धानम् ii. 21 (अन्तः in +धा -अन्तर-1.7.433; i. 19.27%3B to do. to place), "Going iniii. 13,17 wards"; disappearance; invi- -अन्तरम् ii. 5. 19, 28,54.55%3B sibility. iv.3 अन्तवान् iv. 33 "Vith-end": -अन्तराणि iv. 27 ending; having a final end -श्वन्तराणि iv. 29 without renewal. अन्तराभाव: iv. 10 Existence in अन्तश्छिद्रम् 1.32 Within a holthe interyal, (between two low. : births). -अन्तस्य 1.9 अन्तराय-1.29 श्रन्तिके iv.21 Near. अन्तराय-1.32 div. 33 At the fringe of end. अन्तरायाः1.29 अन्त्यवर्ण-प्रत्यय-व्योपारोपस्थापितम् अन्तराया: 5.30 Obstructions iii. 17 Established by the obstacles; hindrances; inter operation of the idea of the ruptions. final letter-sound. --अन्तराया: 1.30 अन्त्याः iii. 53 Final; last.

·अन्धा--अन्यधर्मस्वरूपापेक्षया ( 15 ) योगभाष्य-कोप ry: iv. 31 Blind. out. defined sharply, made aft iv, 22 Darkness. clcar. -99m i. 51 maagd ü. 53 Recognition. gafast: 1. 8 Blind darkness"; awareness, belief, of difference. blind clinging; obstinate pur- 3194278AAT FITTH iii. 55 blind tenacity. Having only the office or funcgraferet iii. 26 (Name of a tion of recognising (the) difclass of hells, ference (of Purusha and Pra- 379199 i. 15 Food and drink. krți). F4-i. 49, 50; ii. 22 -FREET - . 28 777 i. 18 Another. -अन्यसम् i. 15 ra: i. 23, 32; iii. 14, 35, 50; ac iii. 53 Differentiater. iv. 17. 23. अन्यत्यकरः ifi.53 ofaagchilarda iv. 15 By (a Pantua ii. 28 Cause of thing) framed, fashioned, idotherness, change, or transforcaled, imagined, created, by mation, another mind. अन्यत्वप्रत्ययः iii. 53 (See अन्यता- श्रन्यजातीयपरिणतानाम् iv, 2 of प्रत्ययं) (a body and senses) evolved into. belonging to another great. 32 In or on otherness. type or genus. अन्यत्वेन ii. 13 zgataurù iv. 33 In deciding TTT. 39; ü. 4, 31; iii. 13, or answering for one of the 26; Elsewhere. two. u ii. 23. 28. 31; iii. 13, runt ii. 5. 13. 18; ii. 14 17; iv. 26 Otherwise. Another (neu:) -FIZ ini. 9, 13, 14 Fa: iii, 6 From elsewhere, macc* iis. 14 OF (something) from another. t-j.13 seen by another. HYTH: iii. 53 Experi- YA — Ži49 ence of another place and atmi. 2. iii. 35, 49;. moment; experience of the iv. 27 moment corresponding to an- AUCT i. 2 other space (i.e. another point, hacerata iii. 53 Because position, place in space). of difference, otherness, sepa- rayherdag iij. 15 With rateness not being marked reference or in relation to the -अन्यत्वे ii. 15 ·Dess. cause. योगमाय-कोप ( 16 ) अन्यपुरुष०-अपकर्षपर्यन्तम् own-form of another property | #i. 42; ii. 55 (Plu; of or function. अन्यः). mage ATATEUF27CL ï. 22 Be- raj. 14 By another. cause of being common to Faraji. 45 of others. other egos, souls, purushas. Tig i. 15 In or among others SUTEITETET I. 32 of what has (mas:) been seen by another idea, -ray-. 44, 47 pratyaya, state of conscious- Hiii. 14 mortu: ii. 9 ORANTEET i. 32 Of what ga j. 44 By the word has been developed by or in anvaya, (meaning, "con-con ilanother idea or state of conance" "connection," "per-vasciousness. sion"). F iv. 21 By another (fem:). afaritua i. 43 Material 9961991 i. 49 Having another object or content. mafcat iii. 44 (90+, to go) 247ET Äi. 53 0f (an observer) Going through, concomitant engaged with another. (fem:) frafaretti. 50 Preven metafdátfa: ii. 19 obstructor of other satt iii. 13. 14 Threading, tendencies, proclivities, propervading (mas:) pensitics, impressed or acquir- Tout i. 48 Following the meaned tendencies. ing: true to the sense (of PYNTTTturato . 22 Because the name). of being common to others. -garta: iii. 13, 14 z ii. 14, 45; iv, 15. 16 Oiar: iii..52 anothes, -altara iii. 44 FIFTKOU ii, 17 By or through a fa iji. 9 Follows; soes witły. another form or the form of 74704 ii. 13 (99 away, down another. + to drag). (To) degreto FITT iv, 21 dation, descent, falling. अन्याय्यम् iv. 14 ( not+नी, to afa iv. 3 Draws; drags; lead, to guide rightly). Illogi. carries. cal; unjust; untrue; improper. Tam i. 52 Down to te ii. 4 la or among others extreme iavolution, descent, (fem:) division, separation. tor or ·अपकर्षाय-अपरिणामित्यात् (17) योगमायकोर ATTiT ii, 13 For 'degradation'. #90: il. 13 Another. nullification. -ZITTI-iii. 13 ZTFIT: . 12 Evil doing; iil UTTRY -iv. 33 deed; injury. ZTINTE iii. 2? Knowledge Firtime ii. 33 to the farme of the other or final end ie. doer, the injuror. death. STIRA 11. 34 Acred injariously. ATTA N. 22 Death; the other 77. iv. 3 Being pulled away. or final end. Weedled out. 777777777 ili, 22 77777 ii. 13 Of the unripe. -7777777ET Ü. 9 ('one editions road frien) 797117 Iv. 33 2177177iv. 31 Free of m. Wrig iv. 16 purity. Ig: i. 24' ntouched. ar i. 34 Gone, removed. ?TTIJE: ». 24, jii. 2 counteracted, neutralised. TITT ii, 2 HITTAIT 7. 27. 43; iij. 18 -STTTTT ji. 20 -97511717 i. 31 (omc cditions froT-i9 read TITAT). 17.11 30 (71 +of, from TITT I. 24 Progeny. all sides+ , to seize Non- 777977 ii. 24 Having children acquisitiveness; non-holding, (irm:) non-possession. of property; --TYTT iv. 12 renunciation of property or 277777t: iii, 17 Not of the pnese si n. form of a word: not beins aftur... 39 On the estaba words. bisoment or confirmation of Itaa ui. 39 From or benon-acquisitiveness. cause of carrying away. । -अपरिग्रहाः 11 30 UT: ii. 13 With (the causes 37 frett: n. 15. 18 Unseen; of) misery or afiliction remote imperceptiblc. ed; freed from (the) miscries are afraa7f5a: uii. 26 (A (of sin). face of devas). 971: i. 13 With fusk , waffe TR 1. 20 Unchanging removed. ness: changelessness zgatnit 11 is carried of orgafrutash iv. 18 (9, nolt. away; is removed, aft, all round +78, la bead) STS-9 Because of changelessness. 3 ·1 योगभाष्य-कोप ( 18 ) परिणामिनि-अपूर्वोपजनः ATTENTRĀ Got ii. 17 In the un- | 3T 1. 6, 40 Not-seeing, .changing. --TEATT. 26 afinifrat i. 2; iv. 22 Un- , que fa ii. 13 Destroys. changing, (fem:) -969 i. 32 gitarat iji. 50 Unchanging. i used iv. 14, 16, 21 (They) (mas:). traverse. deny (pl:). aftaraa ii. 34 Because of 299: j. 39 The vital force os . uncountability or countlessness, nerve-current known as apina; -ACETATEA: ii. 18. in-breathing. (Some regard i iii. 53; iv. 10, 23 Others. it as out-breathing). : iv. 21 By those who 914 iv. 3 Of waters. contradict or repudiate. -919-ji, 19 97879a: iv. 14 Those who - Tru iv. 2 traverse, reject, refute, oppose, strugatit: iï. 11 Through discard or in removal and production ---यपवर्ग-1. 18 (of iwo states, respectively). -aari. 21; ii. 44; iv. 24' af ;. 22, 26, 29, 51: j. 9. 20. warranty iv 25. Having a 22; jj. 8, 50; iv. 9, 24, 29 share in, belonging to the divi alti. 2; ii. 1; ii. 8; iv. 3 etc. sion of, destined for, salvation.924-. 33; ii. 14 अपवर्गभागीयस्य iv. 12 agoumii. 12. 13 pueri: i. 18, 23 (29, away + 1:20Tacht: ii. 14 Caused by sin. ht, to shun, abandon, re-AQUTARI I. 33 Towards the nounce, prohibit cut off). į: sinful. (Some editions read Renunciation; ab-solution : li- 1. अपुण्यशीलेपु) beration; salvation. god ii. 5 In sin. --Ignite iv. 34 -YHTE iv. 31 अपवर्गात् . 35 Dan iv. 12 Not (experienced) arang i. 35 la Moksha etc. before ; altogether new; ori- ~: iv. 32 ginal. -Utant ii. 18 अपूर्वावययानुप्रवेशात् iv. 2 Because nouera i. 13(47 away fromt of the coming in of new parts at to speak) Because of ar factors. (contradiction, refutation, re- gitar: iv, Il The creation, pudiation, negalion) excepr ini cntion, origination of some tion, (calumny). thing new, not seen before.

·अपूर्वोपजनने-अप्रयोजकम् ( 19 ) योगभाष्य-कोष Aqafqaat iv. 12 in or for the safarei ii. 5 Un-enlightened, production of the new. gafazar i. 2; ii. 20; iv, 22 gìşà i. 40 (979, away, side- (+57fa + 8 + FX, to move wise + tag to look), Expects, or pass from place to place) looks for. Un-passing; intransmissible; Ta ii. 54, 55 (pl:) not-passing from one to anograag . 23; iv. 10, 15 ther. FAICT: iv. 2 Expecting, de- | ZaraTi iv. 22 pending on, looking to. zafaus i. 38 of the unstable. --Waar iii. 15. 18 gafagr j. 30 Non-establishment; -99: ii. 48 non-fixity. unsettledness; unquat iji. 55 Looking to; expecsteadiness. tation; dependence; need. gafagasati iii. 26 With un- - ariji. 10, 43 defeated knowledge, unbaffled अपेक्षिसात् iv. 17 unthwarted or irresistible inmag ii. 13 Gone away; vasight, nished. FITii. 23 Non-pradhūna: -श्रपेतम् i. 2 not the primary or principal --atu i. 47; ---aft iv. 31 अप्रमत्तः ii. 6 (+म+मद् to gala ü. 13 Goes away; disap be glad, over-glad, mad, inpears. toxicated). Uncareless; --04te-. 18 intoxicated; careful; vigilant; --. 45 alcut. AFFITF iv. 19 Non-luminous; -श्रममाणकम् iv. 16 unperceived; hidden. TAIURI L. B Of the 'non-fact,' wafaata: i. 40 Non-defeat; the unproved, the unreliable. non-frustration; non-counterstroke"; irresistibility; 'resist- FATUITAiv. 14 By the incredible, the unproveable. lessness, asfaatz ii. 38 Indefeasible, à: ii. 40 By the "unrestrainirresistible. ed", unwatchful, uncontrolled gafagfel: ü.55 Non-perception. by the unclean, the impure, gafarement in 35 (3, not+ sofa, 4701774 iv. 3 non-moving, opposite + gier to bind).With non-enetgising; not (directly) out hindrance. causing (stimulating, instigatcause un- ·OT योगभाप्य-कोप ( 20 ) श्रप्रयोजनम्-श्रमावात ing, innate or inherent ten-aft: yaratt iv. 7 Not dedencies) to act. pedent on external means. HVITECTA ii. 18 Vithout notive. Se i. 18 Indefeasible. Re: il. 4 Non-gernsination; 2717Hag ii. 1 Not oppressing; non-growth. not conficting with or going wayfa: i. 30 (4+5+ IT, to against neutralising or exist; to turn round and destroying. round; cf. Lat, vestere) Non ---4-. 33 engagement (in work), non- Acasa iv. 12 If it were; it inclination (for work); inacti would be. vity; languor. HTT# ii. 17 Partless. kaufm: ïi. 35 Not having --. 10. the property of progenition, - : i 29, ii, 25; iv. 11 reproduction, multiplication. --SHIT: ii. 5, 13. 23, 32, 49, na fåt: . 2 Do:(accusa- 50, 51; . 14,55; tive). TATTET: 1. 49; 11. 50; ii. 13 Non- 3104: ii, 26 Non-reproduction. being;non-existence; absence. Paarifa vii. 50 incapablc 1074 i. 30 Non-realisation; of germination, reproduction. "not bringing into being." ELETTEL . 13 Not required to MAMUT , 10 Dependbe proved, accomplished, ing on, resting on, holding wafaa nane ni:54 Of one on'to, the notion of non-being, who has not attained the no-tling; having the notion or discriminative knowledge. 'concept of "rio-thing", 'nonwafa: i. 7, 49 Unreaching; nonbeing". for its object. arrival (at another place). HOSTI. 18 Arrived at the Gataifarisi (or TAGFIFI). condition of, altained to, non- 49 Of the unproved or untrust being. worthy. THICHTH 1.9 Only non-being: -EC-i. 26 mere absence. att: ii. 51 Fairies: nymphs. Tag: ï. 15 Cause of nonchofa: iii. 26 By fairies. being; means of abolition of Latest: i. 41 of the annihilation. (two) non-deaf. --अभावात् ।।. 25 wataifa ii. 23 Un-sterile - Sharq i. 43; ii. 23, 24, 27; secded; resistless; efficient. jij, 23.

·sences. ing. - श्रभावात्-अभिप्रतीत्य ( 21 ) योगमायकोप अभावात् iv. 25 Because of ab- | अभिधास्यन्ते ।.8 Will be declared or explained. श्रभावितरमव्याi.11 That where- | अभिधिराया i. 1 in the object remembered is | अभिधीयते ii. 13, 15, 24; iii. 15, not realised or recognised as 44. Is declared; is said to be. now present and real (yet is afhritrd i. 30 also known to be not wholly अभिधीयमानः iii. 51 Being adimaginary, but as something dressed. which has been actually ex• अभिधीयमाना i. 30 Being spoken. perienced before). यभिधीयमानेः ii. 17 अभावे iv. 11 In absence. -यभिधेयस्य i. 28 अभावे i.30 अभिध्यानमात्रेण i. 23 (अभि + ध्ये, –प्रभावे i. 25: ii. 54,55%; iii. 8 to think). By merc well-wish- भाभास्वरा:-iii. 26 A race of very | --अभिध्यानात् 1. 23 high gods. । अभिनयर्यात 1. 27 (अभि+नी, to -अभिघातः ii. 48; ii. 45 lead, to carry). Carries out.; --अभिघातः 11.45 enacts, shows forth. --अभिघातात् iv. 33 अभिनवस्य ii. 15 of the new. --अभिवातात् i. 31 (some edi- | अभिनिर्वतयन्ति iv. 10Bring about; tions read -विघातात्). bring, into being; produce; अभिजातमणिकल्पस्य 1. 41 Of (a accumulate; store up. mind) like to a highly polished -अभिनिर्वतितम् iv. 25 अभिनिहरन्ति 1. 3 Bring about; अभिजातस्य i. 41 of the well-born, achieve. high-born; well-polished and अभिनिवेशः1.9 (अभि--नि+विश.. refined; transparent. –श्रभिशस्थ i.7,8 to enter; to sit down) 'Permeation', 'close penetration, -अभिशानात् in. 14 -श्रभिशायते iii. 14 'pervasion', 'thorough infiltra. श्रभिदधति ii. 23 (अभि+धा, to tion'; insistent notion; stusdo; to posit; to na me). born idea; pertinacity; (They) declare, say, hold. tenacity; clinging. अभिनिवेशः 1.9Obstinate notion. अभिधातुम् i. 49 To declare. -अभिधान-ii. 17 -अभिनिवेशाः 1.3 अभिधायिष्यमारणानि ii. 28 The |-अभिनिवेशाः i.83; ii. 18 (factors of yoga) now to be afisatez ii. 5 Believing, having declared. understood. gem. 1 ·- योगमाय-कोष ( 22 ) अभिप्राय-अमिसम्पन्धात - fara-iv. 5 Purpose, inten- afici ii. 4 Manifest. tion. -अभिव्यक्तः i. 13; iv.9 अभिप्रेतदेशकालविषयापेतः iii. 48 'अभिव्यकानभिव्यक्तषु iii. 1+Am. Apprehending at will any ob. ongst the manifest and the ject belonging to any place or unmanifest. time. अभिव्यकानाम् iii. 50 of the mani- श्रमिप्लवते . 4; ii. 13 'Floats', fested. 'comes to the top', 'appears:-अभिव्यक्ति-i. 28 on the surface'; is patent; अभिव्यक्तिकारणम् ii. 13, 28 Cause *Rows' or runs through. of manifestation. अभिभवप्रादुर्भावौ iii. 9 •Suppres- अभिव्यक्तिः ii. 28; ii. 13, 14; sion or defeal, and upcoming iv. 8 (अमि+पि+अ. to limn, or appearance'; latence and to delineate, color, stain, patence. tinge. paint, makc plainly अभिभवप्रादुर्भावी iii. 13 visible) Manifestation; (shap- अभिभूतम् i.133;iv.31 Repressed. ing out as a concrete indivi- --श्रमिभूतः i. 47 djal); defnition. अभिभूतस्य ii. 13 अभिव्यक्ति: iv.8 अभिभूयते i. 32; ii. 48; iii. 10 Is |-अभिव्यक्तिः i. 23; iii. 17 overpowered. -अभिव्यक्ती i. 13 -अभिमत-.39 श्रभिव्यज्यमाना iii. 15 Being mani- अभिमतम् i. 39 Agreeable, accept fested. able, thought (well of):. -अभिव्यबफम् i. 13; iv. 9 Mani- अभिमुपम् i. | Face to face; in. festor. clined. -अभिप्यनी ।.40 ----अभिमुखम् ।. 13 थभिसम्बद्धम् iv. 23 Connected: -अभिमुखाः . 27 bound up'. अभिमुखीभविष्यति ii. 51 Will अमिसम्याध्य iv. 17 Having come to the front, face to brought inco relationship. face. (Some editions read अभि- अभिमुखीभूतम् iv. 11 संशध्य). -अभिवादनं-iv. 10 अभिसम्बध्यते iv. 15 1s bound up. अभिव्यकधर्मकेषु i. 44 Amongst अभिसम्बन्धः ii. 5 Connection, re- (subtle elements) whose pro levancy. pertinency. ducts or auributes are mani-|-अभिसम्बन्धः iv.6 fest. अभिसम्बन्धात् iii. 17 ant ·अभिलम्बन्धात्-अमोधा ( 23 ) योगमाप्य-कोष -अभिसम्बन्धात् iv. 34 YTTET iji, 51 Practiser. -अभिसंस्कता iv.9 -hai. 12; ii. 15 fia: i. 31 Struck, oppressed. Tta: iii. 14 Come to; arriv. PTT iv. 12 Not having been. ed at; postulated. --7-. 44 grogunità iv. 23 Is ſound, ad- DUTTAT 1., 32 of the naturc of mitted. accepted, understood. non-difference. Ayat: iv. 20 Hypothesis. at i. 32 By non-diſference; -Tyttar iii. 13 as identical. ZATEUTA P. 51 The place or UITarc: jji. 15 Treatment as abode of the immortals. non-separate. : iii. 26 Immortals. -Hift: iji. 13 FR: ii. 27; ii. 55 Dirtless : puhtaiv. 31 Praised, honored. refuscless; dustless; taintless. -HITECTVI ii. 32 ant: ii. 5 Non-friend; un- Tuta i. 32; iii. 26 May or friendly; inimical. should practise. affattaraq ii. 5 Like 'unret: ii. 50 Practised. friendly','un-cow-hoof' (i.c.,un- *TT: ii. 52 of the practising. trivial) etc; (like the words 2-18 'unfriendly', 'no-joke'). -A-i. 18, 48; iii. 10 afheitura: j. 25 Un-mixed-ness. at 11.4, 34; ii. 18, 51, 52: FITTAA i. 40 Made or creatxv. 13 These. cd by practice. - i. 15 - 90 TL 14. 31 29 iv. 19 Here; there; in the TREATY 12 By persyarga-world. severent practice or "pproach' 794 zi. 34 To this one. and revulsion Agitat 11. 20 In this one. अभ्यासवैराग्याभ्याम् i. 32 m. 13 To these. - i. 32 TR iji. 41 Of the form-less. -a: ii, 15 , -0--. 5 Nectar (of im- WTFT i. 13 (=all round. Tranft ii. 32 Sharer of the mortality). near + आस् to sit or अस् to bliss of immortality, throw) Practice. 1: ii. 5 'Un-dead', immor- : 1. 18 tals. FFUra i. 32 Of practice. JST ij. 36 Not-vain; un-fail- --21T1 I. 16; ii, 52, 53 ing, > ·योगभाष्य-कोप ( 24 ) অন্তী গয়নী -~ï. 26' (Naine of a m. 28, 42; ii. 17. 35; purgatory). iv. 34 24 ii. 19 Go. ---;. 8, 9, 47; ii. 18, 20, 94 I. 1, 10; i. 9; 31). 12; 21; ii. 16. 17. iv. 19 This. munia: ii. 17 Caused by mutual STEFTATORILOR i 4; . 17 need or interest. Like to the 'iron-loved' crystal; ata i. 35 The essence or lodestone; magaet. substance of the meaning. TEHRA fiar: 11. 18; iv. 17 –gia: iv. 13 :: # iv. 17 Having the scent i. 11 same property as iron. par ii. 19, č. 44 syafaatTrata: , 44, -adama j. 21 47 Accompanied by, made up eata ii. 17 of different parts which are --ena i. 49; iii. 35 not self-complete or indepen siunf: i, 42 The properties of dent. objects, meanings'things uyafarma: ii. 44 Not accomplished by mere juxta gurua: ii. 5 The belief, feeling, position or collection of or idea of (a thing being parls; composed of organi 'desired',i.e.,) desirability, cally interdependent parts; ! q. 32; ii. 18. 22; iv. not a mere mixture; an orga 23, 24, compound. -14 ii. 19, 20, 22, 23, 24, A iv, 10 30; iv.31. --Riv. 11 4 i. 1. 27; ii. 17, 25 অবিg 22 Omer अर्थमात्रनिर्भासम् iii. 3 Drly the femmi iii. 22 room omens, meaning, the thing desired or portenis, malefic signs or inconlemplated, the 'object" fluences. shining. appearing. therein. afront: iii, 22 mafferi: 43 Appearing fa: iv. 25 Disinclination, disas only, or becoming wholly taste, indisposition. identified withs, the object. 1. 35 O thout WITH i. 44 Only the object. m.ii. 30 Earning. itd iv. 29 Desires. afsta-. 18; iii. 26 igal ü. 17 Possessed of a - अर्जितम् ॥1.51 meaning meant. 4 h ·अर्थवत्-अलिङ्गस्य (25) योगमाय-योप auto iii. 44 Purposeful. Tā i. 24,"32. 46; 11. 20; iii Tij, 23 Significance: pos- 25; iv. 22. session of significance; import - i. 26; ii. 34; iv. 24 fulness; purposiveness; in-ivi 15, 23, terest-ful-ness; indefeasibility; säg i. 35 indestructibility; effectiveness; acaq 11. 1. Offering up. efficiency, -qiuqi. 32 quara -jï. 44, 47 -alia--ii. 45 -1794 iii. 44 6: ii. 42 (The two) deserve. Triatat iv. 24 Interested, petir . 15 Deserves; is worthy zvlerat iv. 14 Parled from of. scnse; devoid of, 'not accom- maar: iii. 13 Un-noticed, unpanying or accompanied by observed. (a scal) object. 797 17: iv. 33 Not Saving atzizirat: i. 18 Empty of sense or found finality. object. -Tit. 30 29: i. 2. 21 The i. 30 ‘Not finding :i. 1, 7; ii. 19, 21 ground'; the state of not havmiagaa jii. 17 By a convening found a firm footing); nonachievement of (a preliminary) tion as to sense or meaning. - i. 6 slage. Aver i. 7 iii, 17 97. 13 Enough. ::;. 7, 42, 43; ii. 3, 17, 19, WHH i. 10 "Lazy", languid, indolent, dull. 20, 21, 25; ii. 11, 17, 38, AGT:. 30 Non-gain, non-attain. 19; iv. 14. 16 Import; intenment tion, meaning: sake; object; ufagiliuta: ii. 19 Transformaobject desired or intended or tion or change into the 'markprayed for; sense; signiless', the indefinable. ficance: fact; purpose; purport; interest. afaVITATIT i. 45 Ending auf ii. 20, 23 with extending up to, .the qui i. 43 Of the pature of ‘markless', thc 'undefined'. the object. afang i: 45; ii. 19 Without - mai iv. 32 mark, sign, differentiating chaaut: iv. 28 racteristic, --ü i. 5. 30, 31 graget i. 45; ï. 19 4 ·room. योगमाय-कोप ( 26 ), अलिङ्गात्--यवयंचः अलिङ्गात् i. 45 -श्रवतंस-ii.16 -अलिङ्गानि ii. 19 श्रयतिष्ठते 11.13 Stands still; लिहायस्थायाम् ii. 19 In the constops; rests dition of the indefinite. -श्रवदात-1.30 अल्पम् iv.31 Small, little. श्रयदातरूपाम् ii. 30 of perfected, refined, form, अल्पम् i. 25%3 ii. 13 -श्रवद्य-1.40 अल्पायुः 1.34 Short-lived. अवकाशदानात् ii. 42 Frorm or be-अवद्योत्यते i. 27 is lighted up': shown forth. cause of yielding place, space, -अवधारण-1.7; ii. 19, 20 -वफाशदानानि iv.14 -अवधारणम् (श्रय, away. dawn श्रवगतत्वात् ill.6 Because of being +, to hold) 'Hold down in understood. mind; cognise clearly; ideate शयगतम् i.35Understood. definitely) iv. 20. अधगम्यते ।. 9 (घ, near + गम् -- अवधारणम् ii. 18; iv. 20, 21 to go) • Is understood; 'gone |-अवधारणात् ii.51 to', 'approached (in mind). ~अवधारणे iv.33 श्रवचनीयम् iv. 33 Uhanswerable: अवधारणेन i. 50 nor worthy of ansiver; 'not toअयधार्यते iv. 23. 34 Is ideated, be said; unspeakable, defined clearly. अवचनीय: iv.33 Indescribable. अश्वार्यन्ते ।. 29 Are ideated. अवच्छिद्यते i. 43 (श्रय +घिद्. to' अवधार्येत iv. 23 May be cognised cut) Is marked off,' *cut off, distinctly. determined, de-fined, delimited,W: ii. 13 demarcated, specified. -थवनद्धाः.13 अवच्छिन्नानाम् in. 17 श्रवमासते. 20 -यन्टिनाः 1.31; ii. 14 अवभासते i. 233; 1.52 (अय+ अवच्छिमाः ii. 50 Delirnited. भास. to shine, to appear) श्रवच्छिन्नानाम् iii. 17 Shines out; appears. -श्रवच्छिन'i. 44 अवभासन्ते ii, 19 --अवच्छेदात् .. 26: 11.53 -अवयय-ii. 53. 44, 473 अपच्छेदान i. 26 For the puriv.2. pose, or in the way of nature -अवयवः,443: iv. 14 or with the effect, of de-limita अययवः ॥i. 26 (भय+यु to mix tion. and also to separale) An अबस्छेचन्ते . 26 Are delimited. organ. a factor, a constituent.

·. अवयवित्वेन-व्यवस्थाम् ( 27 ) योगमाध्य-कोष अघयवित्वेन i. 43 By reason of-अयसायित्यम्,-यिनः iii. 45 bcing अवयवी. अवसित्ताधिकारम् .. 5,51 With its अश्यविना 1.43By अश्यपी. momentum exhausted. its अवयवी i.43 Organism; the pos. course run. its office expired. sessor of parts, limbs, organs. | अवसिताधिकारे iv. 11 Its func. constituents, factors, tioning finished. -श्रवयवेपु j, 15 श्रवस्तुकः' i. 43 Substanceless%3B श्रवययेषु iti. 22 un-substantial; unreal. शाययव्यभायात् i 43 From absence -अवस्था-iii. 13 of अवयवी. -अवस्था-. 19%; iii. 13 श्रयर्णम् iii. 17 Without varna or अवस्था ।.43; ii. 13 (श्रय स्था, (alphabetical) letter-sound. to stand) State; condition. -छावलम्बन-iv. 15 अवस्थातुम् iv. 32 To stay. -अवलम्बनम् i.32- -श्रवलम्बी 1.52 अवस्थानम् i. 32 Standing; rest- --अवलेही ii. 33 ing; the condition of stand- -अवलोकी 1.40 ing. अवशिष्टकर्मणः . 13 OF tire rer श्रवस्थानम् ॥ 13; ii. 45, iv. 34 maining karma. अवस्थानाम् it. 13; --अवस्थाना: 1. 27 श्रयशिष्टस्य स. 130f the remain. der. श्रवस्थान्तरत: 1. 13 Because of difference of condition. अवश्यम् i. 35_Uncontrollably, श्रवस्थापयन्ति .. 3 (They) estabhelplessly, irresistibly. lish, confirm, set up strongly. अवश्यः iii. 45 (अ+यश, o wish) | अवस्थापरिणामक्रमः iii. 15 Succes- That which is beyond desire, reach, power; uncontrollable. sion of अवस्थापरिणामः अयटन्धे iii. 22 (अव+स्तम्भ, to -अवस्थापरिणामाः1. 13 stiffen up, to hold up as a श्रयस्थापरिणामम् ॥i. 13 coluinn) Being pressed, stif- HEITTQra: ii. 13 Change, fened. transformation, of the condi- अवसाद्यन्ति i. 50 Degrade; tions. lower; make fecble. -अवस्थापरिणामा ii.19 --अवसानम् ।.50 श्रयस्थापरिणामे . 13 --अवसानः 1.23 -अवस्थापरिणामः ।. 13 अवसानेन iv. 33 (अव+सो, to #gifta: iii. 17 Placed; fixed. finish) By end, finish, com- श्रवस्थाभिः iii. 13.17 pletion. अवस्थाम् i. 13 ·state. योगमाय-कोष ( 28 ) श्रयस्थाय प-प्रविशिष्टाम् SHORTIT ï. 19 Having slood. अविद्या--13 -अवस्थायाम् ii.'15.19 are: i. 24; iv. 30 Error etc. HIFTOTE ï. 27; i. 55 In the fandt iv. 15 Dependent on Error. -Av. 13 THET: ii. 4 Varieties, sale. geta sarma ü. 19 Of spedivisions, of Error. cial states, sauna i. 4 zraferar i. 27,30,32 stafella: i. 27, 43; ii. 13 Stayed; afarza iv. 31 Pierced. अविद्यायाम् iv. 25 steady; fixed; standing. erfart ii, 13 faqat . 13 of the un-matur- Affumuri. 51 In the coned, the un-fruited, the unripe. ET ii. 26 'Un-float-ing": dition of) being fixed, steadied. unwavering, unswerving. --affunt: iv. 12 unfuctuating: unbroken; in- --अवस्थेi.3 Cessant; unremitting. mlarge i. 43 of him (or that) Antrat ü. 6 On the attainment of non-separateness. who (or 'which) is free from a fer un ü. 18 Arrived at uncertainty. nama: jj. 52 Non-severance. identily. sfanta i. 42 Vithout separatingai. 16 faut ii. 45 (, not+f, not ing or distinguishing. +72T, like that; not unlike alega: iii. 13 Undisjoined; unthe fact) Not-falsely: exactly: separated. precisely: accurately; not afa.30 otherwise than true. afata: i 30 Non-cessation ulafaacftata: ii. 31 Not (from the pursuit of sense knowing variation or straying for er ii. 55 Unopposedo objects); non-surfeit. afgezet . 4. 15 fanfanget i. 12 Sloping aferar (+ fora, to know, wit) towards, running or inclining i. 8, 11; ii. 4. 5. 15. 23, 28; iv. 11 “Non-knowledge": : in the direction of the domain or the objects of error. the opposite of true knowafafstu: i. 7 Non-different. ledge; positive crror. afgy ii. 20; iv. 22 TH. 4, 5, 24 Error; ne-afafute is. 22 Unspecific; science; mistake; false inox undifferentiated; difference ledge; illusion; delusion. less, ·aferig-UTGUT: ( 29 ) star-tita -अविशेप -2.19 93717 i. 1 May (hc) guard and -अविशेपः 1. 35 protect. -maja-iv. 13 lagen ii. 30 Not-preceded, portTfUTAT: ii. 19 Transfornol-guided..by Science; against rule and law; contrary to mations of the indefinite, the science. generic. -Bizifa ii. 34 alait: i. 19 Non-specific; noniv. 7 Not-white; black; discreto; non-particular; in. evil. definite. alatt i. 19 Burg iv. 7 Non-white and non-black; neither good nor afa Tuta ii. 19 evil. aferint: ii. 19 afazit: ii. 19 ~uf- ii. 5 fang ii. 19 Agfag ii. 5 Impure. mran iv. 23 Not of the 17t 11. 5 nature of object. Fylgstur ii. 43 From or by. sfaget creata iii. 20 Because the 'consumption, decay, abolition, removal of impurity. of its not being the object. Ayfesta ii. 28 On the clearing - langtuan iii. 54; iv. 16 Unaway of impurity. objectified; not-cognised, feaftara: iv. 3 The product wala: jö. 26 From a-vichi, the or result of impurity. 'waveless'. gyffrT 1. 28 of (error of) wala sa i. 13 of the mode-less. the nature of impurity. -~. 2 auf: ii. 1,28 Im-purity; error; ---, 16 inaccuracy i wrong. Ti ji. 5 (see gift and garatuam ii. 43 Dirty fraft:) Un-manifest; inenvelope of impurity. distinct; indefinite अशुस्थावरणमलापगमात् ii. 27 By अन्यपदेश्येभ्य: in. 14 the removal of the dirt of -~अन्यपदेश्य-ii. 14 the veil of impurity. 771-. 44; iii. 49 GUINTUHANDET i. 47 of अव्यपदेश्या: iii. 14 (+यि+अप the intelligencc freed from the +fet, to point out) Indescrib dirty envelope of impurity. able; as yet in the future. tua: i. 28 -Guti iv. 3 1979 ii. 55 Non-addiction.

·योगभाष्य-कोष ( 30 ) SETTEFOTEHN-Harfa: ut i. 29 Eight. ARTEFATTATI . 49 By way of an ii. 39 Non-allachment. in the nature of, all the Seen. 69 . 19 ATTE: i. 47 Unlamentable; not Se: iv. 12 of the non-existent. to be grieved for or over. data i. 10 In case of its) notguru: 3, 7. Whose intention, being; if there were not. meaning, (statenent), is un- -असत्तम् ii. 19 believable, unreliable, incredi- ETR iv. 25 (fem: of stafa) ble, untrustworthy. gafrenta iji. 53 (+*+face, -aiv. 25 to anoint; to plaster and so a: ii. 17 'Horse'; 'thou wentmake vague) By the non-unest'; and ‘not-tomorrow'. The cerlain; by the sure, the cerword has three meanings, two tain, the undoubted. as a noun, and one as a verb. Aggiatora iii. 13 (+++ A play upon words is illustra- 35+21+ TT, to move) Because ted). of non-up-moving, non-mani- A) i. 26 Eighth. festation Farna: 1, (+7+7+97, to set ii. 28; iji.45 know) 1. 2. 11. 18, 20 Unpeata: ii. 25 Non-conjunction. conscious; that wherein no- असंसर्गः ii. 40 Non-contact. thing particular and definite is The . 17 Not having known and which itself is not touched. known. T: iii. 13 Non-mixture. Fata TEAT: i. 18 Unconali. 43 Unmixed, scious trance, (Miany editions unalloyed; uncrowded: not read असंप्रशातः समाधिः) “flung-together'; not confused. -असम्ममोपः, JI (अ+ सम् +4 -असङ्कीर्णयोः ii. 35 +99 to steal) Not letting go: -104): ii. 6 non-abandonment; non-forget- TASTAT: iv. 24 By fulness. countless tendencies, desires, pyti ii. 54, iii. 21 (9+ indwelling propensities. ++95, to join). GATTI i. 13 of the vn 1972 ii. 52 Because of imcountable, innumerable. possibility. getcar i. 34 Uncountable fera: i. 9 Not made possi- (fem:) ble, Realisable, conceivable, Scarf: iv. 24 imaginable. -תס ·• liv. 4 असम्मिनल-अस्मितामानः (31) योगभाष्य-कोप namazifalari TT: 11. 18 With establishment of or in, nonthe distinctions of their several misappropriativeness. powers, forces, functions, un- JH ï. 30 Non-theft; honesty. confused, unobliterated, not wear i. 24 In the 'non-place', mixed up together; possessed the wrong place; baseless; of distinct functions. causeless; ground!ess. dar ii. 17 Meansless; with 79—1. 29 Bone. out means AFTET49 i. 30 Of the form of GET ii. 13 non-coveting. Ag-iii. 26; iv. 1 A kind of WEST 1. 32 I have touched. spirits or jīvas (titans as op afspraai. 36; iv. 27 Am. posed to suras, gods). -अस्मिता -. 17; 11. 3; ii. 47; श्रसुरगवनेषु iv. 1 In the mansions -अस्मिता--18 of the asuras. afea ii. 6 'l-am-ness'; egoet i. 24, 43; . 4; ii. 13; iv. 24 This one. ism; (sense of personality, individuality. separate indi. -771-i. 41 vidual existence as one among -779-ji. 44 and distinct from others)." -27774 1. 19 अस्मिता 1. 17 (एकात्मिका संवित) HERE i. 10,27 (21€ to throw) (The feel or consciousness of Setting; "flung-away-ness'. individual separate uni-quemergence; disappearance. ness; Inn onr'). feTiv. 12 ls ; ex-ists. AFEHOTFIT: 11. 6 The misery or afea i. 9, 24; 1. 4. 13, 14; m. 'sin' of egoism. 13; iv. 6, 12. 33 etc. अस्मितादीनाम् ॥. 4 Of अस्मिता aftafet IV. 33 The action of etc. cxisting DEAMETA: i. 1 Acconpanied -fag iv. 33 by 'an-ness' ie, the sense of -altaat: 11. 18 separate individual existence. -अस्तित्वम् i. 51 afchat#1967EET: n. 26 Re- TET i. 24; i. 20 Let be; may joicing in the contemplation of be; may exist; let it be so; mere 'am-ness', in the mere voluminous feel of being. -77714--. 30 anathT4 i. 36; iv. 4 Merc asfayrete ii. 37 On con- 'l-am-ness'. firmation of or in, or on full femalua: i. 17; ii. 19 inay it be so.

·योगमाय-कोष ( 32 ) FETATII etc. FAST i. 36 (Fem:) moods, modes, experiences of feat4rta iv. 4 From or out the self; therefore the indiviof l-am-ness only. dual, manifest, self is named FACUTA i. 36 In egoism, #67; being the primal nasal affaathay: jii. 47 Having the intonation which may be said to be the matrix of all artinature or character of egoisin. अस्मितालक्षणस्य i. 19 culate letter-sounds from and ferai, 34 In this. into which they emerge and AT I. 40 Of this. merge. As 5(34) denatinates the Universal Sell, so i. 23, 33; 7. 5; 1, 4, 13; 29 le individual self, iv. 8, 11, 16. 33 etc. Of this one (mas:) FEAT. 30 TEST: i. 43; . 6 Of this one after i. 30, 31 (a+ft, to (fem:) kill) Not-slaying; non-violence; ERTETE i. 10 I have slept. non-injury; harmlessness, Tratatu. 30 (+67, self, : ii. 31 Harmlessness own-ta, te make; making a thing one's own) Non-appro- ferrafagtata ü. 35 On estabpriation, non-acceptance, non lishment of or in harmlessness. accumulation. Id: . 1 The lord of ahis, sera श्रद्दवारममकारानुपातिनम् . 15 pents (the wisc ones. Following or running after 'I-ness' and 'mine-ness' (i.e., 3T attaching his egaism and pro- T ii. 28 Up to; till. prietary feeling to the objects 991 i. 35; j. 42 of the senses). iv. 22 SEK: I. 45; i. 47 l-ness ("l ---191C-i. 11, 42: i. 6. 17, maling'; self-assertion; ego 32; ii. 3, 14; iv. 10. 23, ism. arqi. 38; iii, 47 ufa . 31 In or on the day, Ernt: ii. 17 264.i. 10, 32; i. 24. 33. 39; gigfautefa: ii. 6 By form 11. 51; iv. 19.25 1 (u is the or features, manners, or chafirst and the last letter of racter, and learning etc. (Hese. the Samskt alphabet; bet with reference to the Ego, by ween the two are contained all purity of formlessness, by chaverbal expressions of all the racteristic of desirelessness, and ܝܕܝ ܝ ·श्राकारा-पाण्यायते (33) योगमाय-कोप scorsi by consciousnes of the nature og: i. 26 of pure awareness). Alanah ii. 32 (The act of). -TTTT iii. 31 washing. ffa: jïi. 44 By form or atg142. ii. 40 Washing. appearance etc. fazla i. 32; ii. 13, 34; (+ --- i. 41 fer to throw) Drags in; alarda ü. 4 is called up; is Aings at or away; beats down; called up before the mind. runs to; strikes at formulated, supposed. or down; gurpasses; excels; posed, postulated. includes; covers; extends to --A1F iii. 26 or over; transcends; attacks; TH v. 19 Spac contracts. 14.10: iii. 44 (to sound; --AEA iii. 17 F.12,, to shine) Space; vacu- af: 2.51 Contracted or transum; the ākāsha tativa, the cended, substratum of sound; the lumi- arfer iij. 26 Having dragged nifcrous ether, in, acquired, carned. 1F7FiC9;. 36 of the form - ~. 51 of, like, similar to, almost as, sata: iii. 17 A Ring at; a conspace. tacting of;a dragging or bring. Alturfat: iii. 42 Movement in ing in. space; the power of move- magra, ii. 34 ment in space, air, ether, sky, | -94 . 51 heaven. -Turü, 25 A19127197717 ii42 Going in -94m-iii. 17 (Verbs, which space, sky, ajr. 'make clear', 'declare' by ac- FITATOTTRACT: iv. 1 The tion; action throws ex-istence gain of (the occuit powers) of into reliel, brings it out. proflying in the sky, and of miniclaims it; M1 +291, to declare.) mising oneself to an atom etc. -आख्यातम् ii. 20 -Frent: iii. 41, 42 ATENTAH iii. 18 Narrative; story. श्राकाशवाय्यग्युदकभूमयः ii. 19-Feft i. 26 (Names, ben Elher, air, fire, water, earth. cause the characteristic acti Tez i. 45 vity faes the name). at ii. 26. 45; iv. 31 stardi. 1, 2; ii. 19.20. faar iii. 26 iv. 22 is called, declarat 5 ·पोंगभाष्य-कोष ( 34 ) प्रारयायिष्यन्ते-नात्मत्वेन signated proclaimed, ex- . 35 plained. art: iv. 10 (A+TT, to go, -TICO tra i. 19 to act; one who teaches by Taht iv. 12 action, by cxample) Preceptor. -a: iii. 13, 14 Faidaita: ii. 24 One in the Arki. 7 'Coming;' that which place of an acharya; one alhas come down from the past inost as venerable as an achaand from those who knew; rya; not fully qualified but coming into the mind; com nearly so. muni-cation; revelation; tradi- an i1. 13 (1+07, to spread tion). (All scriptures gener Bespread; overspread. ally, including Vedas, Smrtis, ---, 30; ii. 11 Purānas and Itihasas, are -श्रात्मकम् ii. 18 called Agama; the Vedas by themselves are called Nigama). -AFA i. 43; ii. 14, 17. 18, 21: ii. 14; iv. 23. Tha: i. 25 From Agama, the -Am ii. 20; iii. 17 scriptures, the Testimony of the wise, the seers, the rşhis. -थात्मकत्वात् ii. 15 Tatalt: ii. 19 ATAFUR i. 5 By form like that ATHENA 1. 49 Knowledge of the Self, The Ego; by simjbased on Testimony; knowlarity to the Self; as if it were ledge based on Scripture. the Self. THT: 1. 7 AITHFT: 4. 9. 15, 49 Ara: i. 27 Thiose versed in TARTATA iv. 14 the Agama, 7 M. 44 ata i. 48, 49 -श्रात्मकेन 1.3 --श्रागमः ।.9 - i. 33, 43 NETH i. 43 (or Sarah ) ETHETI Fa: i. 5 Awareness, *Smelt'; smelling of; (os cog recognition, knowledge, belief nised or thought of as). ol (i.e. that it is) the Sell. mga i. 2; i. 52; ii. 52 , +4+ MRTVarui ii. 23 For the FIT to declare) (They) declare. sake of self-declaration; " for Meant . 49 Drinking; sipthe sake of making itself ping. known. श्राचामतिi.31+चम् todiink). -आत्मता ii. 6 Drinks in. -THE j. 49 - ·essence. आत्मस्येन- श्रादर्शात् ( 35 ) योगमाय-कोष Ashaa ii. 5 By selfness; in the MFÆSTITCH ir. 5 The misfortune way of selfness; as if it were of oneself. oneself, MEREFTT 1. 5 The prosperity -आत्मदर्शनयोग्यत्वानि ii. 41 of oneself. anadantiue ii, 41 Fitness for SHEETH iv. 19 Self-form; its own form, vision of the Self. -741-1. 32, ima: i. 47; ii. 43 --SEAT i. 43; i. 20; iii. 14, Aa: ii. 19 (Ara:) of Mahat, 17. 44. 47, 52; iv. 33. the large' Self, the Universal 14 î.21 Being; Self; Nature; Mind. -ART ii. 35 ACHAT ii. 4; iv. 15 By (that) HEATAR 1. 36; i. 15; iii. 51 OTT: iv. 13 nature; by (that) self (-characteristic). TAT: iii. 17, 26, 49; iv. 10 -EATA iv. 7, 34 Margherà i. 25 “In the ab- ATRA ii. 14 (Hrarai) Of 'spesence of self-compassion'; in cial forms of being; of beings, the absence of all wish to benefit himself. things. Ararit: ii. 9; iv. 10 (21+ for ii. 19 (mela) to wish) Self-blessing: the in- FAGFeH i. 6 Pelief of selfstinct of self-prescrvation.. ness; the belief, the feeling, -MAF-ii. 15. that 'I am this mind'. - i. 31; iv. 10 traforat ii. 39 W i to tigar iv. 23 By its own. know the way of exist: ice of malign: jj. 17, 25; iii. 50. oneself. Final; ultimate; absolute; आत्मभावभावनाविनित्तिः iv. 25 complete; supreme; extreme: Remission or cessation of re conclusile. flection on the nature of the area i. 15 Final etc. (fem.) Self. 91571a: ii. 33 Taking up. Wha: i. 43 'Become the self'; -#164: i. 34 which is its very soul, its very --9: ji. 19, 31, 33 naturc; its constituenr charac |--Apy iii. 36 teristic; natural. menfa iii. 36 By 'comprehen- THEY* ij. 22 lts own form; sive vision', clear-vision, clairits (continued) existence. Voyance .

·योगमाय-कोष ( 36 ) Siretata - Gufafati Iga ir. 7 -a: iv. 14 - Tu iv. 33 STTTTTTTala ii. 5 Because of -- 45; iv. 10 requiring artificial cleansing. -Am-i. 43; i. 1; iii. 7 -518777197,--. 15 wife ji. 33; iv. 1 Beginning engifte . 31; i. 22; iv. 10 with; etc. Connected with. pertaining or - ii. 20 referring to the self, the sub- Erfa: iv. 14 Beginning: origin. ject; sclf-referring; subjec- -i. 35 The sun (the tive; internal; mental and son of Aditi.) bodilyi.c.connected with mindmatan i. 4 and-body as constituting a livanfaat ï. 18 ing, embodicd, individual self. afzaaiii. 13 Having a begin- Aparadi-j. 52: iv. 33 ning. aparatan iv. 9 Im-mediacy; imattalaang i. 25 The Primal medjate succession, Sage. 197UTC iv. 31 Because of ii. 23. 39 endlessness, - i. 35; ii. 6 heri17 sifag ii. 1 Arra: i. 17 Rejoicing: bliss; - patarg ii. 4; ii. 13 joy. elf iii. 24 PERTERTA: N. 26 Restretfat i. 46 joicing in the, contemplation rati. 26; ii. 19 In the beginning. or feeling of a voluminous ATUL I. Original; primal, bliss. THITH is. 38 To implant. Amatera: i. 1 Accompanied luft i. 31; iii. 22 Per or pervaded by the sense taining to the devas, gods, or fceling of happiness or nature-forces; caused by the bliss. action of superphysical agents. maria: j. 39 Functioning Afiatan , 31; j. 22 Perup to the nayel. taining to the elements; exter - Higuai. 15 nal, extraneous. gafas-i. 15, 16 Enitentiii. 9 (FIT +T to do, to rufanlagd i. 15 (69+*PO put). Are put on or in; are hear) in matters heard or te implanted, nourished, foster vealed, maltess pertaining to ed; thrive. the life liereafter. - ·ed at. श्राप:--अायतत्वात् ( 37 ) योगमाय-कोप #14: ii. 45; iv. 3 Waters. Ara ii. 17 (2717 to gain, -41971-1.47 to find) Obtains, gains, attains, --01: i. 41; ij. 6 finds, undergoes, suffers. mireit iv. 22 On the happen- 91T i. 45 of the aqueous. ing, accomplishinent. giaa-i. 16 (Watered, aigad i. 1, 16, 28, 50; ii. 15 7199719afia iv. 3 Flood; inunnourished, fostered). (M +95 to becotne). Bedate; hl) with water; irrigate, comes; arrives at the condi- -श्राभासम् iv. 19 tion of; approaches; becomes transformed into; falls into. - i. 41 ETAIFATT: iji. 26 A class of gods. - 1974 ii. 18. 47; iv 12, 23-11-. 15 ii. 17, 21 22; iii. 55 art: i. 17 (FT + 3 to taste, Fallen into; brought to; arriv eat, experience) Extent; expanse, magnitude; enjoyment, -21967: 1. 43 appreciation, experience. 219a: iii. 17 Come to; reduced -UTUT, 50, 51 to; befallen. arrafata ii. 32 Internal (neuter), Tari, 43 4127-at: 11. 50 Internal (masc.), --g i. 33 Axtratfeqo: i. 51 Pertaining satzanite: iï. 39 Functionto, having for object, or being ing, existing,, working, down the object of, the internal. to the sole of the foot. MARI: 2. 53 Of two myro- -आपूरात् iv. 2 bolan fruits. metu iv. 2 By overflow; by -t ii. 20 -1977: j. 27 food. M9UH i. 44 A forest of --iv. 22 mango trees. - iv. 13 ISTIOTA iij. 44 Of mangoes, ag: ii. 28 -9197-. 5 drawn-out, stret- -TFCT: iv. 32 ched out; pulled straight; ga i. 7 By one who has 'arriv extended, extensive, large. ed at or found'; one who 3Torta iv. 7 (+4 10 rule, has found and been espoused to place under compulsion) by the Truth; one who knows Because of being bespread, the Truth and is trustworthy. drawn out, extended, Hafia iv. 21 trolled, con- ·योगभाष्य-कोष ( 38 ) आयाम:~-पालोकर till. 26 171107 . 15 Absence of dis- Eglo ii. 13 In the life-term. ease; good health. Hysni. 13 gaan i. 22 Wet clath. 29FECH j. 22 Determinatire rigt ii. 24 Son of the elder; of the life-term. husband Mycra: i. 18 Of the long-lived. SET-1. 37, 41 gertat i51 By the blessed. -Alain i. 38; i. 20 19.-i. 14 SIITRIT Ä. 20; iv. 11 Support; rest; that from or on which -T8: 13 a thing 'lengthens' out, pends. , y: ü. 34 hangs, depends. 14: ii. 13; iii. 22,26 Life-lerm; ATATERT: i. 18. life-time; life-period. - AGRITET iii. 2 #TETT19 ii. 13 Because of GIGIT i. 10 being the cause of experience - arata: i. 17 and of life-term. 27magag iii. 20 Made a supargfá ater . 22 That which port; made object of attenproduces, results in. detertion). mines the extent or term of the startet i 18 is made a life-time, the term or period support, a rest; is rested on. of life; that which governs, ratusan i. 44: iii. 20 Befixes, the limits of the life. come or acting as the support. yt: iii. 26 सालम्पनीभूत. in: 17 --ret: N. 51 Featzarara iv. 23. Because tha i. 11 Begins, initiates, of being the support commences, sels up." mazdi. 17; ii. 4; ii, 20 SEHR ii. 15 (Plural). ~पालम्पनैः iv. 11 TITTHATU: ii. 17,40 Commencing. --MEET- 1.30 17** iii. 26 Having begun: beginning with WITH I. 30 Laziness; lassityta ii. 1. 19, 20, 28 Is comtude. menced. aut ii. 13 ATT YTATT II. 12 By propitiation, mit: ji, 6, 51 MEET i, 47 Haring ascended or' E: i. 47; iï. 5, 25 (+ mounted to os on. * to look) Light; lumino-, -11. 16; 1 49 sity; what makes visible. ARTE- i. 25 -आलोक: 1.5 + ·-Makt: již. 38 Arifáa:--: (39) योगमाध्य-कोष -Hatferd: iii. 47 coming: appcaring; coming 1997 iv. 31 (1+fè to weave) forth, wove, strung. Arfanat: iii. 17 Manifested; ex- MTU iv. 31 By that which ternalised. veils, alfagfest i. 43 (ST+farza to ACTUS. 43; iv. 31, enter) Enter. ATTTT-i. 47; i. 27, 43; argað iv. 31 Covered up. iii. 45 arga:14: iii. 45 With body Hatua ii. 52 hidden. -Watt i. 20; iii. 41 Fliegt ii52 Covering up; enve aratan iii. 43; iv. 3 (297+ loping; wrapping. to wrap) That which wraps, envelopes, covers up, screens. Arzt iv, 19 Doubt; objection, hides, veils, conceals, distorts,-4377- i. 5; ii. 13, 15; t. makes hazy; also a barrier, 38; iv. 7, 9. ridge, bedge. - 2794 1.6 racotta i. 52 -18194 1. 50; iv. 6 Aafwa: i. 23 (ar not, the re- 1977: ü. 12 verse of+s, to shun, to forbid, lo cxclude) Won over; ma: ii. 12, 13, 15 inclined; made to incline ; proatry: iy. 6 -271377 RT I, 5 pitiated. -107T: iv. 30 maria i. $. 19; ii. 24 'Exists on all sides'; rotates; comes 271374T: 1. 24 (AT + vit to sleep) back; revolves round and sleeping places; seed-germs of round, desires, wherein desires sleep, lie latent; vessels; rccepta- 19 FİATTET IV. 11 of the whirlcles; capsules; glands; also ing, revolving, turning. intentions (which 'sleep' in the TarnA i. 13 (1+to sow, mind and in words). to put into the ground) Im- - Mera: i. 24 mersion, sheathing, ETHITH ii. 13 Going into finale: ii. 39 Functioning sheath"; mergence; disappearor existing up to the head. ance; absorption: neutralisation. 5414. iv. 10 (77 to eat) Of atfernia: iii. 11 Becoming apthe blessing. parent; manifestation; dute 10t: ii. 9; iv. 10 ·- योगमाय-कोष (40) Erilay-optafera: play ii. 15 By a serpent. HETA i. II, 12; iv. 3,9 01 Tiv, 11 these (fem.). -1819754 11.36 mata iv. 26 Was. 9789: iv. 11 Substratum ; support arsita i. 28 Let him asit near', --STOU ii. 15. 18 practise. Tera 1.32 May rest in or lean on HIER. 25 To the șshi Ašuri. -STRICT: . 10 fer: i. 14 (M+.2 to - ISR: j. {3 serve.) Served; practised; Murati, 5 'Giving brcalli'; followed; observed. giving life; hilling with life; wa 1 To be served or vitalising; assuring; encourag observed. ing Tan: ii, 2 Being observed, mad i. 28 (They) 'sit near, practised. practise. --TFTC - 36 --R-. 29 SllFiera iii. 36 From superphy- TITE 45 (77F to sit) sical-taste. Posture; seat. 916 i. 32; ïi. 24, 28; . 13 -MIETTA H. 46 Says. ii47 -Sea iv. 24 ATESTAT . 48 From conquest FIETO ii. 28 food. or mastery of posture. merii: iv. 3 22 ii, 49 lo minning. Argi iv, 14, 15, 23 They say. achieving, the (firm) seat, Diezaler iii. 39 Functioning, gigaretta ii. 46 Posture etc. working, up to the heart, - i. 32 IEET I, II, 24; ü. 23 Or; 27 i 19 perhaps; or is it that? MH : i. 21 (PC lo sit) 'Sitting Deat'; clase by: near at hand; imminent. --iji. 26 Sugar-cane-juice. WAR: i. 22 at ii. 34 Desiting; wishing. annat: 1. 22. 23 Nearer. ir i. 55 Araai . 22 Nearest, razt i. 13 Do thou 6 jj. 39; iv. 25 I was, desire. fa: ii. 51 'Caused to sit, ramara: iii. 45 Non-decat brought to a sland'; found. of desire ; success of will.

·- Freefaarata-sfagauto ( 41 ) योगभाष्य-कोष srlaraneta i. 31 Because of T795 1. 20; iv. 7 of others. frustration of desire. इतरेषाम् iv. 6,7 --i. 41; 18. 44; iv. 12, 13. f. 34; j. 54, 55; iv. 34 33 See प्रत्यस्तमित, अतीत, अपेत Finis ; thus, so; this. उपेत, उदित. fai. 1; i. ! ; . ; iv. 1 ; ctc. iv. 12 FYT iii. 18 Thus. -TOH i. 2; ii. 13 TA i. 2; ii. 13;. ii. 9.53; iv. farq ii. 15, 16 To another. 11; etc. This. at: iy. 33 Another. raft i. 44 Now; at present. SE i. 4 Other-where; else --5;. 36 The moon. where; in other states, circum- : . 12 Indra, the sovereign stances, or conditions; on other of the gods. occasions. Sparta ii. 52 By jugglery. Tatarum i. 10 Like other sorcery, magic; phantasmaapprehensions, aware-nesses, goria; ('the network of cognitions, moods, modes, phantasms spread by Indra the notions. king of the gods; ela, shines atro i. 24: ji 55 of another. and reigns supremely aufa iv. 19 Others. patacaena: iij. 17 Accompani- - - . 18, 41, 43 ed by or accompanying each' for i. 41: ü. 54, 55;- other 111. 39, 51 patateTTEET: . 7 of the room 1v. 14 (2 afara! form or nature of mutual re th, the Self, which pervades flexion, imitation. the 'This'; ma nyataa इतरेतराध्यासाद in. 17 Because of । अनेन इति इंद्रियम, that by reflexion, superimposition, inwhich the self is indicated). itation, in, on, of, each other. A sensor or motor organ. Enlarida 1. 15 By mutual --- 41 support. F4FT: 111. 47 Conquest, subqatagaredu ii. 18 By support jugation, control of the of each other. organs. catius ac ii. 54. 55 Like the conquest, subjugation, of any, Fransa: il. 41,55 other organ (separately, one outlet i. 7 By the chanby one). pel of the organs. M. -- - ·योगमाय-कोप ( 42 ) Roman-araf TIL इन्द्रियमावेन ii. 18 By or in the | इष्टदेवतासम्मयोगः i. 44 Union or forn or shape or being of an association with, finding or organ or organs. vision of, coming into touch sloganog fii. 47 On the aspects with, inspiration or stimulation of the organs. by, the wished for deity. frarafela: ii. 43 Accomplish-gfaggyfstraarcuh ii. 18 ment or perfection of organ. The 'holding (before the -इन्द्रियाणाम iv. mind)', 'assuming. 'postula. syurg ii. 54, 55 of the fingputting on', 'imagining', organs. 'ideating', 'conceiving', being Huur . 47. 48 conscious of the pleasant and -aft i. 19 painful fons of (the primal tozarrag ii. 54, 55 ; j. 38; iv. trinity of) attributes. 19 Organs. & ii. 5. 13; ii, 51 Here. fazare ii. 13 sfang ii. 14, 28 GraTg: . 32 Beholding; patifag iii, 13 ently watching and awaiting. onlist i 51 May I make fuel. -ईक्षित्वात् iv. 17 TRETUTTUA ii. 50 By ideation Rwah ii. 45 (870 to obtain) of 'so-much-ness; by the no- Desired to be ob-tained. tion of quantity; by regulation fracan iii. 45 Lordship ; lordlior determination of the length ness; sovereignly; ruling might. or number, i. 1,32 kura: iii. 17 So many. -4847-jy. 3 FTAL I. 2; ii. 5; č. 6, 17; iv. 7: Sa. 23. ii. 45 etc. This (fem:) sat--, 24; ii. I, 12. 32, 45; 212 ii. 50 So much. 2.6. Emaan i. 26 The Purānic name of a continent ; lāsrtam. : i. 24 (17/ 10 pule! Supreme: i. 41, 43; ii. 6. 54; 1. 3 Lord; Sovereign; Omnipotent; As if; like. Ruler. i. 10; iv. 13; etc. isat: i. 23, 24, 27, 29 --t-il. 51 facfiq Tii. 1.32 - - ü. 51 ***PUTATO i. 23; ji. 45 By 174 üi. 42 Desired, placing oneself in God, ·ness ईश्वरप्रसादात्-उत्तमानुफुलामिः ( 43 ) योगसाप्य-कोप (abiding in the Lord); by sub 57:ij. 46 mission, surrender, resignation #fit ii. 1 to the will of, God; by con- ti. 17 templation of God; by placing -7.13 God in one's own conscious Spar iv. 21 Having said. famiga: i. 13 That of which 132Tintza iii. 6 By the grace the sin, the misery-root, the of God. root-misery, has been severed, Farah i. 24 In the sattva, that torn out, destroyed 'finest' or that particular fac- j 3 TUTAF: 11. 9 of the nature tor or attribute of Prakrti of a prospect, apprehension, of which, predominantly cogni annihilation. tive, constitutes the garment, ATTEF: 2. 15 The ensuthe veil the body, the ing or entailment of the docconsciousness or knowledge, trine of annihilation. of Ishwara. Tagfafar ii. 34 Sighs; upbreathes; fazert i. 24, 27, 28; iii. 53, 55 breathes with difficulty: sobs. Of Ishwara. goud i. 17, 36, 47, 48, 49; ii. are iii, 55 4. 42; iii. 3, 4; iv. 23 Is said: sautfingaheft ii. 45 Of him is declared who has offered up, deposited. Farà iii. 17. 48 Are said. placed. assigned, all (his own) JU: i. 24 Uplift ; elevation; moods, conditions, impulses, progress ; evolution. in and to Ishwara; who regards Trafa ii. 38 Uplifts; deve all his moods and acts as or lopeselevates; enhances. dained by God. SPEDIT: . 39 Up-springing; fii. . 45 Prevails; rules; 80- up-going; ascension, ascent. verns; exercises sovereignty. उत्क्रान्तिः ii 39 उ -94-7. 42 #fi. 48 Highest ; best; most 309 i. 25, 36; ii. 5, 25; mi. 6, excellent. 13; iv. 10, 25, 31, 34 Said; 1 -3974: üi. 48 declared; has been said SEAT: iii. 51 (neuter). TAOTEA: jü. 26 By excel- Ji: il. 13; žji. 13, (Mas:) lent and favourable, sympamit 11. 4; ii. 25 (Fem:) thetic, affectionate (nymphs). 4 F iv. 28 ·ones. THIRI-119 ( 44 ) ataficafes --उत्पद्यमानस्य 377faol i. 51 Will uphold, the space-point, and the subre-arouse, upraise, foster. stance-motion (or rest), help -37-. 6, 26 to fix and identify each other). JTCH i. 16; in. 53 ore up JETT: sirg: iii. 26 'The northern wards'; next, second, later in Kurus med legendary happy order (neu: ); what comes people and blessed land. after the query); answer; (the ii. 30; j. 55 Subsequent north). Tat: i. 12. 17, 26 (masc: ) Jaty ii. 17 3arena ii. 52 The new or JT 479 ii. 4 of the subsequent, other or next place or space. the others. ii. 53 In the succeeding sig iv. 15 10g' fa or other place. पाठान्तरः' TOTA: iv. 2 The birth, TA ii. 54; iii. 38 Uprising. origin,' germination, com flying. mencement, of the succeeding galia ii. 54 (sa up + Ta to transformation, aspect, manj fall) Leap up, hy. festation, fri9 BathroG: jf. 52 of the next fe-. 9 occurring (moment). -glar: jji. 13 tence, 3aafATTITH 37. 28 The cause of sa su ii. 53 birth. gat i. 24 Subsequent (fem.) of T I. 9 Of the property JETHTTECTUEUE jii. 53 of birth From the space marked by the safareita ii. 23 The seed of moment, or from the space and birth, production. the moment, associated with graferentieaffifunturturthe other or next myrobalan. 90 , 28 Birth, preservation. [A particular position or situa manifestation, transformation, tion of such an undistinctivelooking fruit as a myrobalan-soat ü. 33 (52+ TC to go, to all myrobalans look alike is happen) In the birth. associated with a particular rad ii. 18,21 (TTT+ logo) spot of space and a particular Arises; is produced moment of time-always. And yard iv. 29 these three, the time-moment, i TT iv. 15 Of the arising. belief, gain.

·उत्पद्यमानाः-- -उदिती . ( 45 ) योगमाय-कोप उत्पद्यमानाः 11.37 Arising, origi- ---उदय: iv.9 nating (plural:) उदयः . 11 (उत् up + ई to go) उत्पद्यमानेन 1.18 Appearance : rise; uprising. उत्पद्यत iv. 16 May arise. --उदयात् ii. 13 ----उत्पन्नम् iii. 54 उदयात् iv. 32 -उत्पन्नता iv. 11 उदये. 16,433; ijj. 33 उत्पन्ना i. 35 Born: produced; उदयौ . 11 arisen. उदरम् iv. 16 Abdomen. उत्पन्नाi.35.36 -उदाचरति i. 4 उत्पन्नाः ।.35 -उदाचरन्ति .4 -उत्पल-1.5%; iii. 26 उदानः ill. 39 The "up-breathing' -उत्पाद:1.23 vital force, nerve-force, prūna. उत्पादः 1. 27 Birth: production. current. उत्पादयति i. 35%; iv. 12 Produces. gutzfacrifa ii. 24 I shall pro- EGTAHUTQ ai. 39 By conquest of duce. the Ulina-force. -~-उत्पादात् 1. 34 उदारःii. 4 (उत् above+भार goad, --उत्पादाय iv.21 above' the need for a 'goad') ~~~-उत्पादे i. 27 Noble; generous: grand, उस्पित्सु iv. 12 Wishing to,' ready -उदाराणाम् 1.4 to, arise (neu:), उदाहरणम् ii. 13 (उत् + या + हर्) उत्सर्गस्य ii. 13 of the general | Citation; illustration, rule. 'the (fiat) gone forth'' Jeneraf: iv. 3 To be cited, or 'sent forth'. brought forward. as illustra- उत्सहन्ते iv. 11.32 (They) dare, tions. उत्सहेत iv. 10 May venture. -दित [-ii. 14 उत्साहः i. 13Assurance; courage; -उदित--1. 44; ii. 27; iii. 49% confidence; enterprise; high iv.33. spirit उदितः ॥i. 12 Uprisen. active. उत्सृज्य iv. 14 Having cast forth, उदितधर्मविशिष्टम् i. 44 Characterisabandoned. ed or defined by the risen or -उदफ-ii. 19; iii. 26 active, developed, manifest उदके iii. 45 In the water. dharma i. e. function or attri- --उदधिना iii. 26 bule. उदधीनाम् iv. 22 Of the oceans. उदिता: iii. 14 उदपरस्यत् iv. 12 Would arise or would have arisen. -उदितौ iii. 12 - ·exposes; ridicules. योगमाय-कोष ( 46 ) उदियात्-उपांचनाति afna iv, 9 Would or may Jeansfargfaasatu ii. 33 By arise. the fever of excited thought =tat: j. 26 Northern. leading on to the wrong path. Sarsft ii. 24 Opens out ; makes 39FTUA i. 34 Instrument; clear; discloses; leads off; means; appliance. - ii. 5 aftan iv. 31 Awakened; un --उपकरणेषु 1.5 covered; opened up -30, 30 3rd i. 12 Is opened up. #fcli. 4: 2. 17 347a: ii. 50 ('34+9 to strike) -3477ftay: ii, 18 *Upstriking, upbreaking'; -34758: j. 43 opening; stage or testing place 3*FTH ii, 55 Transcended; (after an eruption, explosion, crossed; passed beyond; sueffort). perseded; commenced; begun. 36 iv. 33 Having regard to ; -उपक्षयम् i. 25 referring or with reference suferea ii. 16, 53 Is dragged to. up'; is 'put down, put forward, aleg: ii. 1 (34+fen to point, stated to show the direction) De--977 i. 2 clared, indicated. pointed out. -: ix. 14 geferarfir i. 25 I shall lift out, -उपगतानाम् ii. 11 liberate, save. -urray ii, 12 za iv, 25 By the up-break 978: Ži. 4, 26; iv. 20 ing, the shooting out. -TTT iii. 13 genala: iii. 26 'Going-up or - iv, 23 going-out ground'; picnicing -i.20; iv. 22 (Holding; place; play-ground; pleasure seizure : eclipse; shadow). ground; garden-land. Tar i. 31; ii. 30 Tataifa i. 26 Resorts (of pleasualtaat17: iii. 55 Absence sure); gardens. of superimposed, imaginary, la i. 15 Agitates; perturbs; supposititious, artificial. untroubles; jepels. real, spurious experiences. aufa . 3 'Upraise'; arouse ; -3998: jij, 51 stinulate; set going. -उपचितस्य i. 32 Trenta iji. 39 Because of up safarifa ji. 15 Gathers, picks raising. out and together; developes; afa jjj. 45 Emerges; floats. strengthens accumulatively.

·उपजन:-उपरिपात्. ( 47 ) योगमाय-कोष --उपजन: iv.2.1 imputed, assimilated. ----उपजाननयोः 1.1 --उपपत्तिः . 32; iii. 53 --उपजनने iv. 12 -~-उपपन्न 1. 26 उपजनापायधर्मका: . 19 Having उपपत्रान् ii. 18 Ready-provided; the properties of birth and supplied. 'passing away' or death. उपपादयिष्यामःi, 7 We will ex- -उपजात-i.20 pound or explain. उपजातायाम् i. 35 In or on (a उपभोग: ii. 15 Sufferance, enjoycertain state) having been ment, experience. born or arisen. 30tita ii. 16 By experiencing. उपजायते ii. 20, 33; ili. 15 Is | उपभोक्ता i. 32 Sufferer, cnjayer. born, generated ; springs up3; 'taster, eater', grows up. --उपमम् iv. 14 उपजायन्ते 1.19 --उपमः1.51 उपतिष्ठते i. 20, 44.50 Waits on. -उपमेभ्यः iii. 51 attends on, presents itself to, -उपयोगेन i. 19 appears before. -उपरक्त-1.18 उपतिष्ठन्ते ।।.37, iii. 49.55 --उपरकम् iv. 23 उपदर्शितः iii. 13 Shown. -उपरक्तम् ।.37.41: iv. 23 उपदर्शितसन्निधाना: ii. 18 Display- उपरक्तम् iv. 17. 23 Coloured, ing proximity or presence (protinged. stained: affected. minently). --उपरतात.43 उपदिश्यते । 7 Is taught, com- | उपरजयति 1. 44 ; Colours, tinges. municated. उपरमपन्ति iv. 17 -उपदिष्ट-1.35 उपरतस्य 1.31 Of the ceased, the --उपदेश-1.35 become indifferent, the repos- --उपदेशेन i. 25 By teaching. ing, the withdrawn, the retired. --उपदेशः ।.35 उपरता: 1.14Ceased; indifferent. उपद्रघr i. 20 Supervisor; spec. --उपरमः 1.25 tator, witness. --उपरमात्॥.47 उपध्मानम् iii. 40 Blowing up (as-उपराग-iv. 17 of fire); filling out; swelling. --उपरागः iv.15 -उपनिमन्त्रणे 11.151 -~-उपरागात्i.7 उपनिमन्मयन्ते ॥. 51 Invite (pl). उपरि iii. 26 Up; upper; above. उपनीयमानान् 1. 18 (All modes ) उपरिणात् i. 1,7 Further up or on, being 'brought up', assigned, later on, afterwards.

·योगमाग्य-कोष ( 48 ) उपलक्षितप्रचारा:-उपादानम् syaitaat: iii. 26 With ob forth, to emanate) Epi-phenoserved or observable move mena, bye-products, secondary ments. results ; additions; (prefixes); JTUEL j. 18 Found, gained. excrescences : hindrances. experienced, comprehended. 39&TIP: iii. 37 afiy-11.17 -39~1.13 yali: ii. 23; j. 13 ~30-i. I Become secongallo: ii, 23 (54+to gain) dary. Apprehension, knowledge.coga I STEYET ii. 30 Of the genital nition, experiencing organ. trafisz: . 23 -उपस्थानम् 1.37 3472ta i. 43 Is found, perceiv. LITRATA . 19 ed, sensed, cognised. -370TO Bi. 17 उपलभ्यन्ते ।.4 - उपस्थित-ii. I i. 50 In or on a stone. उपस्थितम् iv. 14 3901: ii. 15 Pacification: peace; Jufferter iii. 22 (5T near + TUT stillness. to sland) Present; arrived; JURIT ii. 5 From the (need standing near; come up. * for) support: from (the quality Faixa: 1. 32 of) the nourishment (needed). -9ftuar: iv. 16 ITEETI i. 32 Summing up; --3757 ii. 15 concluding. Teat: i. 4 ceert: i. 49 Conclusion ; sum-safa ii. 15; iv. 11 Kills. mary; summation. JTETTE ii. 15 -~-उपसंहारेi. 25 TTCT ii. 24 STHETIPE AUTR i. 17 OF JOTT3: ii. 33 Come to; arrived; the sumined or gathered up arrived at. successions of sound. Jgrt i. 15 (ST+91 +91) Taken Tapia: i. 46 Enumerated; up; accepted; endured. counted. 1910T24210na: iii. 44 A col- FHUATak iii. 13 Accumulat lection or compound with parts ,,ing; developing or components whose separale- उपसम्पद्यमान: 1.13 ness is indicated or admitted. statuera i. 52 May' atta!n. 3r iv. 10 Takes up; admits; come to achieve. waits on ; depends on. : in 37 (39+ org to cast 'Eelah ii. 15 Taking up, ·ing up. *: उपादानम्-उपेक्षा, ( 19 ) योगभाष्य कोप -39177aq i. 41 AT + lo mount, to grow 397217H ii. 1 159 FOT+q) Tak upon the understanding). -39TEI 1, 9 -99m i. 24; iv. 7 Jarfach iii. 51 Earned. 397777 . 15 In (case of) 39(agit: ii.18 That have taking up, accepting. acquired forms or dehning 3917. 54; iv, 4, 9, 14 Haysheaths. ing taken up उपार्जितसुखदुःखमोहप्रत्ययाः ii. 15 Tretorn ii. 30 Are taken up. Which have acquired the nature ---- i. 15 of (being causes of) plea- Jag ii. 15 To be taken up. sure, pain, and perplexity or TUTO: ïï. 6 Sub-leacher; assis infatuation. tant teacher; guide: coungrata i. 20, 26, 42; ii. 39: sellor. iv. 10 (5T + ZIT + to be, 3919- i. 19,20. to revolve) Comes round; OTT: . 26 returns, recoils, GraTa ji, 53 Is brought a- -TT: i. 18,21; 7. 26, 27, 28 3974: 1. 12. 18, 23 ; ii. 26 (39+ round; is placed. I to go) Way of approach; 1. -395974# ii. 46. approach; means, method; 39724.a. i. 41 From variety device. of the juxtaposed; because Iyyaa i. 17 By a pair of of variation of the setting, means; by two methods; in the supporting substance, the two ways, receptacle. 349HTY: i. 19, Produced; J9TTZE91 T U i. 41 In, with, caused by, (having reference by, the form which is the form to, connected with a belief in), of the juxtaposed, i. Er the means or methods, thing on which the gem or 3TTET , 22 crystal) rests. at: i. 21 -397204 ). 18 उपायानाम् ।.21 agreta ii, 13 May stand in 30TH ii. 54, 55 Another abeyance); ; may keep waita ing. उपायेन . 11 sa i. 23(31 near, or ori all -999 i. 49, 54 sides +fq to see; to see all -347561: ii, 17; i. 52 (39+ sides equally; to stand by means. 7.

·योगमाभ्य-कोष *:50 ) उपेक्षाणाम् ऊह indifferently, Indifference: Hii. 44 Both; the two. endurance; quiet sufferance; 391 i. 44; ï. 51; ji, 12 01 Tesignation, both --उपेक्षाणाम् i. 33, Jesteru ii. 18 Taking to heart; snia: i. 23 By or from reaccepting. signation STÆ , 31 In the chest. उपेक्षाम् ।.33 3917 j. 18 Said; spoke. - Mo~i. 35 (Strengthen agaagaa ii. 46 The camel. ing, supporting. Confirming, scat, camel-posturc. deycloping, expanding, cvaly_. 48 ing). goy: jij, 45 Hot. a.); i. 15 JUTT M. 44 Heat. - ii 32 -iy. 20 70-, 15 inferua i. 30 Touching Street 1.. 24 (Comparative) both sides, points, ends, edges, lack; deficiency; smallness. extremes; swinging between seamlira RTÀ l. 42 On the opposite poles. mere thread of the "wool- HUA: i. 12 Fram or on both navelled" spider. sides; in both or opposite safari ii. 15 Spider-thread, ways. cobweb; wool-thread. FUT 1, 23, 51 In both ways. A . 26 Upwards; above. partear it. 15 in or on plan: jji. 26 Those whose the refutation or repudiation semen, setninal energy, is of both directed upwards; ullerly TUES 1.23 of both abstinent and continent celi- STATE: ii. 51 Preceded bates. (The yoga-doctrine is by contraction, reduction, that by practice, the semiduroinution, transcendence of nal secretion. after forming both. in the testicular glands, is re- Horata; i. 12 Dependent on solved back into the brainsubstance and creates brain- #07770: 49, 50 Absence and-mind-energy). of both. -. 18 (Fil to suppose) Jutt i. 40 To the two, the "Detection of details, pastiduad, the pair. culars, minutiae";postulation i . both.

·- मृच्छति-एकतमस्य ( 51 ) योगभाष्य-योप conjecture; guess; supposi ing, uprising, in one motion; arguing from a hypo ment; all together at once. thesis, Therese data i. 8 By the behold- 75 ing of one moon. rayla iv. 13 (a to go, to garandra iv. 16 Dependent rcach) Attains: comes into, on one mind. aris: iii. 51 He who has faithfcraq iv. 15 Formor is possessed of the truth cd, imagined, supposed, formu. seeing, truth-bearing. truth lated, idealed, shaped, by one yiclding consciousness, or the mind. faculty of intuition or insight. TEFTATO FATT iv. 5 "Ha- ऋतम्भरा i. 48 (तम righly ving going in front", having and to bcar, to hold, to as leader, following after. nourish, to supporr, to main guided and governed by, tain) Truth-apprehending: the purpose or intention or right-bearing. will of one mind. PANT i. 48 Fistilacaparatu iï. 44 OF a: Mi. 26 A of high the (bhūtas, clements) perdevas. vaded, strung together, : iii, 51 threaded by, one genus 7172: ii. 44 (II rat afa generic attributc. शाने, गमने, प्राप्ती to know, to 8o, to reach) They who have that JIA: i. 32 The prac- "arrived". "reached". gone tice of one tattva, being, thing, to, known, attained the Supobjcct; practice with one ob- Zeme); Seers. ject; persistent practice of --. 12 the contemplation of some -:i. 25 one thing (see af) 1919 iy. 33 एकतश्यावलम्बनम् ।.32 That which has for support some one thing; pending from, de- Mi. 2 pending on, fixed on, hanging *: i. 43; iii. 13, 15, 44, 51; on to, some one thing. iv. 14. Onc (mas:) Toate ii. 18 Of one of the 090|1567 iii. 54 ‘Mounted lot; of one of the group: of on, concentrated in, appease one out of the number. race 0% ·one awareness, योगमाय-कोप (52) एकतानता-एकसमया० Tallerat in. 2 "One-stretch-englanfaaiert i. 44 Compreed-ness"; stretching, stream hensible by or in one act of ing, extending unbrokenly as consciousness, cognition, inone; con-tinu-ity; incessant telligence; comprehensible as and rapid repetition. a unity, with the sense or 1997 iii. 4 In one place; toconsciousness of unity. gether; collectively; jointly. The fare ii. 17 Object of one actor एकत्र iii. 16 mood of consciousness, onc -teala iv. 14 intellection; object of the This iii. '15 By oneness. consciousness of unity; ap- Tag: i. 35 One place; one part. prehended as a one. opraelaca iii, 41 The quality agregati i. 43. Arousing, or condition of hearing one commencing, giving rise to place sound' or one and the one cognition. same sound. (Some editions fart: . 13 Single-birthed: read एकश्रुतित्यम्, which seems resulting in, bringing about, only one birth. carlafaz TMEOT: j. 19 Having. respectively, one, 7519 iv. 5 One (Neu:) two, three, four and five cha- Filli. l; ii. 13. 22; ii. 13, 17; iv. 5, 14, 15, racteristics, attributes, quali- CFAFFIT: iy. 4 "One-minded": lics. 1981 i. 13 By one effort, inspired, animaled by. subordinate to, governed by one by one 'knocking together"; mind, one clitta, one soul. at one blow; with one heave; at or by one operation; (by AETATT iv. 9. Because of 'a pul all together"). "one-formed-ness", of having 07444fug: 1.32 The object one form, the same form. of one understanding one TOTSITAT . 13 Jaitiatory cognition, apprehension, idea, of one fruit, product, resultperception, concept, faith. ont, maturation or matured (See प्रत्यय) cffect. 044974 iii. 17 'Flung to a lagathy ji. 4 Having. one gether', dragged in, brought object. up. by one elfort (of the एकसमयासम्मवित्वात् 1. 17 Ber mind), cause of impossibility (i. e.. better). 1 ·पकसमये-एतदर्थम ( 53 ) योगभाष्य कोप being impossible to pronounce på i. 1 In the (state of beall) at one time, in simulta ing) one-pointed. neity, TATTATIT . 6 "One-souledness" CATHÙ iv, 20. In or at one "one-naturcd-ness"; identity. time. i. 17 "One-souled"; ceffat i. 24.32; iv. 20 In one. "one-ness-souled"; of the CATATTUTTUA iv, 21 Non-as nature of oneness, unity, (secertainment, absence of dis parate) individuality. criminate cognition, of each TFTCRA ii. 19 Eleventh. separate reminiscence, each Thinlarimtaia ii. 13 Beact of memory. cause of non-acceptance, non- FEU i. 24; ii. 13, 28; iii. 9, supposition, non-postulation, 34, 15, 17; Of one. of extreme or one-sided or EFEUIH ii. 4; . 13 In one utter (changelessness or eter- (fem:) nity). (Some editions read 0966919: ï. 6 "Altainment Offiliaaraig mata ) of onc-form"; Assumption; gazifahat ii. 34 Of one-and- (of the appearance) of eighty divisions or kinds. identity. # Ü. 23 'Ones': one set or QFTATC: ji. 17 Of one form; class of thinkers; some. of the form of a unity, coa i. 32; i. 52 By one. 4.199 i. 1. 28. 32. 33 "One That il. 13 One by one: fronted" ; "one-pointed": each; (neu:) single-minded; pointed or di- :in. 17 One by one(mas:) rected towards, concentrated! each. on, one object. TEAT i. 34 One by one (fea:);": ---Pagali: ii. 11 each. Centar i. 32; i. 11 One point- Qrafai, 31 (go to agitate, edness; single-mindedness, shake) Shakes; makes iestless; causes to vibrate, tremgynfUT: ii. 12 The consequence, development, qaq i. 24. 32; ii. 1. 18, 25; resultant, product, of one 7. 4, 41; iv. 12, 15, 19. 23. pointedness. This (neuter). QA11997: 11. 11 Of one-point- CAEIA i. 35 For this sake or edness. purpose, bie, move.

·rter योगमाप्य कोप ( 54 ) ऐतया-पेश्वर्याणि at i. 44 By this (lem:) Catalun: ii. 17 Of such spes cies or kind, VAT ij. 9; iv. 15 tant: 1,24; ii. 6 of these two. i 5 "Thus-become": of this nature. -पतव्यम् iv. 19 Tafata i. 23, 24 From or be FA7 1. 44 Of this form. cause of this TY: i. 26 This (mas:). (Some rafat i. 16 OF this. editions make this word part Cara ü. 27; ' 55 In this of the immediately preceding (tem:) Bláshya). tarz iv. 21 These (mas:) 19: i. 18; ii, 13; iii. 13; iv. 11 Cafet . 15; , 36 These out i. 36; ii. 5; i. 13 This (neu:) (fem:) Bana 27 To this (lem:) VAT iv. 11.28 Of these. CITIÆ N. 17 Of so many or 5917 ii. 4; . 17, 29 thus much, qarafat i, 50 By so many or thus much, car: i. 11, 35; ii. 13; iii. 48 fait iii. 22 "Onc-birth- These (fem:) producing"; resulting in one la iii. 13 birth at i. 8; ii.4; ii. 13, 17; iv. 47541.41 10 These (mas:) TFTTH ii. 41 One-pointed-ness. får jii. 13 By this (mas:) OxTIma ii. 55 qaa i. 35; ii, 5; iä. 21 By this. - -- ii. 26 ana i. 30; ii. 4; ii. 17 of asazini, 2 these. arata i. 15, 24;' ii. 35; iii, nag iii. 14 In these, 55 Lordliness; sovercignty: ga: iv. 11 By these. sovereign might , superphy' grat . 18 These two. sical or occult powers. (See 7TH ii. 55 To this sat:) ht: 0.31 By these. draplatafrap i. .2. That to F i. 44, 46; ii. 15, 21; iii. 3; which the ways, the objects, iv. 8 Even; only. the domaias, of power are 1, 2; ii. 4; , 6; iv. 3 ete, dear. gan i. 5; 11. 5; ii. 1; iv. 1 asadki. 24 etc. Thus. asadil jii. 45 ·पेश्वर्यान्तरेण कपालमत् ( 55 ) योगमाय-कोष deazimia i. 24 By another staatfanget: iï, 26 With imsovereignty; by another's agined, ideated, self-made, authority, self-created bodies (not born 371 of parents.) taa-iv. 14 Warmth. šo iv. 33 Yes. (Also the Prunata; this sound, as sound, is supposed to be the prima! 1. 12; p. 4; 13; iv. 10 sound in Nature and the very etc. Wlio, what, first manifestatior of L'niverex ii. 22 In a straw-heap.' sal Consciousness when it, 90 *TT iii. 15 "Speck-earth"; to say, begins to bec the earth composing a small particularised or individualis grain of dust, cd. As tooril, it is the most कण्टक-11.39 mystic of all in Samskrt, being Fiy ii. 17 Of a thorn. composed of +(5)+3+, TT: V. 30 Throat. cach letter standing for one member of the countless triads of Deepa iii. 30 In the throatand quartetles of which the well":(a nerve-centre Orgland world-process is made up). in the throat, some part of -श्रोपधि-iv. 1 (ोपं दोपंदहन्ति, the sympathetic system conwhich burn up faults, disea nected with the esophagus or ses; sinta: allà: sftga 17, the appetitive apparatus; the that in which special energy thymus gland?) resides)" Medicine; chemico- ala ii, 28 How many. physical substance having 4 i. 4; 11. 1; 11. 6; iv, 3 etc. How, special properties. - ओपधि--16 fact 1. 32: ii. 34; iï. 51 elc. A: iv. 1 By zedicina) Anyhow, somehow. substances. mlar-i. 39 (Haw-ness; 371 cause; manner.) Fuileta ii. 39 How indeed. 91T-iii. 17 The letter or Far ii. 5; ii. 51 Girl; virgin. sound 'au'. TATTOTETT iii. 15 "Shell-earth"; åter iv, 3 Aqueous; watery. "pot-sherd earth"; the earth -ौपदेशिकम् 11.54 composing a pot-sherd.

·योगभाष्य-कोप फपाले-कर्म ( 56 ) -410 , 32 (Shell; shard; i. 22 concave fragment; skull}, af i. 18 ata: iši, 51 Desirable (mas:) *4 in. 26 (Some editions wanitar ii. 5; i. 51 Desirable; read फरणीय) lovable; lovely; (fem:) -77cf j. 18 --70arat: iv. 23 TISTOREant . 51 Pos. Figula i. 31 Shakes; makes sessed of means of accom. restless; moves. plishing what has to be done. T: iv. 21 * X. 13, 15; iv. 10 To do. ii. 2; iï. 48 incurred ii. 17 Of doer, deed, and means of doing; - 30; 1. 23, 1. 17. of subject, object, and inscom . 51 trument. (Some editions 099495TRUE ji. 48 By read कर्तृकरणकर्मणाम् ) conquest of the essential eing ii. 18 In the doers. nature of the five indriyas, organs. (Some cditions read E. 24; iv. 30 ETUISTETITYTT) --*mii, 1, 12, 15, 17. 32; Flora iv. 14 In the form of M. 17, 26, 43, 50; iv. 31 instrument. ** j. 22; iv. 7 (E to do, to OTEL , 2, 23, creale). Act; action; deed; mata aii. 17 (Some edi (good or evil decd regarded tions read FIA) as the cause of joy of sorrow Tur ji, 30 to the doer himself, later on, minita: iv, 33 by reaction), - iv, 12 FÅ ii. 13,52; ii. 22; iv, 9 -জন্তু ii. 5 PFA FOUETTFETETT . 50 By ificata i. 50; ii. 2, 13, 24 the form of karma and (sin Will make or do as the cause o!) misery and -1.331 fruits. (See i. 24). * . 23 Pity; compassion. Anfa: . 13 The path, the TOITA i. 23 The power of way, of karma; the operacompassion, tion of karma. Đan i. 33; ii, 33 . trat: iv. 7 Kind, species, of fa ii, 2 karma. mifat i. 1; ii. 13,24, 30; ii. 13, FÅTT: ii. 13; ii. 14, 38; iv. 8. 45; 18. 4 Makes; does. 12 Of karma. & + ·कर्मणा-फर्माशयवशात् ( 57 ) योगमाय-कोष UT R. 13; iv. 10. spirifor i. 24; . 13. for ü. 17. siffattan iv. 25 Matured, PTT ii. 13 Two ( kinds of ) completed, created, fully karmas. developed, by (good) karma. #Fanaiii. 38 By "consump- FIRE 777 iv. 9 Indicator, tion", abrasion, attenuation, manifestor, of karına. decay, wearing away. exhaus- 41T9: ii. 12 Tlie "sleepingtion, of the bonds of karma. place" of karma; the germ, orgata i. l. The bonds of seed, seed-pod, 'ganglion', karma. 'gland', 'cell', reservois, of fxt: i. 15. karma. Trong ii. 21 "To the form- fata: ii. 12, 13, 15; iv. 6 (See Dess of karma": to the condi- . 37774). (The commentator tion of being the "accusative", explains that catråt are, or the acted on, the object of constitute, tha #127T; he all action or activity (of the seems to mean that the consubject, the self). glomerate of the tendencies BATERIET iv. 9 Following to sin and sacrifice, vice and imitating, the form of, being virtue, demerit and merit, is in accordance with, karma and the karma-seed). vüsani, deed and propensity; 124: ii 12. (or, conforming with tendency magzat: ii. 13. to action of a particular kind). HISTO130: ii. 15; iv. 7 The Áfanii. 3; iv. 8 The matu growth of the sced.germ of ration, ripening, fruiting, of karma, its formation, accumukarma lation, shaping, development. Aquamata: dii. 55 Absence of Faisa979 sigar: i, 5 Those fruition of karma. ( moods.of mind) which have ATTĘ ij, 22 To the condi. become the field, the soil, tion of being object of action. wherein the seed-germs of mig ii. 13. karma grows, thrives, is nou- Helena ii. 17 Because of being rished, or developed. (Some "seated", present, in an "accu editions read फर्माशयमचये क्षेत्री- sative", an object in the technical sense, in grammar, of kar- Faiateada ül. 38 By force of ma, viz. 'the object of action'). the karma-germ, the karma- 8 भूताः) ·योगमाप्य-कोप (58)कर्माशयवृत्तिलामवशात्-कल्पसहना nucleus, the instinct or appe fashion, clip into shape ). tite for karna, the tendency Suffices; prevails; becomes to karma, able; becomes fit or appro. कर्माशयचिलाभवशात् iv. 9 By priate; commends itself as fit means, process, force, of gain to the mind; becomes feasible. ing, securing, operation or -~फल्पते.36. functioning as karma-germ; FETCAT: J. 51 "Wishing-trces": or. by force of the karma- "imagination"-trees, (which germ obtaining operance, be yield whatever is desired; the coming active or operant. imaginative power of the mind, FRI i. 32; ii. 5. which devises, ideates, what- FAIATAT: iv, 30. ever is desired, is itself this ifratfor ii. 19 The organs of "Wishing-tree" planted in the action; the motor-organs. "Garden of Heaven", the --- 26. higher mind). --ifa iv. 3. Tiy, 14. कलाम् ii. 42 (कल् to sound. ( कल्पप्रलयमद्दाप्रलयेषु i. 25 (फल्पः, a 'count', move, energise, throw great period, a vast conian about, go, act; whence also cycle. of time, demarcated, काला, "Dark Time," which clipped-off. cut-off, by the counts in succession, drives, Mind of Brahmi, the Ideaand finally also swallows up tor). In kalpa-pralayas and in all). Part; digit; piece; mahā-pralayas, conic dissolu-, portion; aspect; facet; phase; tions or obscurations of a (a portion of the infinite part of a globe or of a whole glories of the absolute, mani globe of a world-system, and festable only by some activity; in great dissolutions of a whole hence, also fine art ). world-system, (solar, sidereal, 7.4,36; i. 17; iv.10.23. and so on, grade after grade). q: i. 9. Fegura: iv. 21 Imaginingi suplat. 4 (Some editions posing: originating: forming; Tead फल्पितानाम्) postulating; positing. E: i. 15. paian iv. 9 By a hundred shi. 18; ii, 6 (4624 to be able, kalpas, tons, cycles. to be able to do, to design, STACRIGT: iii. 26 Living a devise, imagine, plan, ideate, thousand kalpas; having life- ·कल्पस्य -कामभोगिनः ( 59 ) योगमाप्य-कोप times extending over a thou- entot i. 20 Beneficent; benigsand kalpas. nant; auspicious; blessed, FEETPI Of a cycle, (a period of apot: , 13; iv. 22 ( to sound, time marked out by Brahma's hum, sing). The poets; wisc Consciousness, Will-and-Imagi. ones; seers; sages; kaowers; nation, as appropriate for a all-knowers. (Brahmā, the Unimanifestation) versal Mind, is the greatest - iv. 17. and primal Poet, Dramatist, e: i;. 10, 11. 18; iii. 26. and Singer, who manifests in - i. 2. the 'sound-word' primarily). fatiii. 50. sfera i. 23; ii. 24; iv. 30 etc. Feiyr: iii. 26 Living for the Any one; some one. period of a kalpa, a Day of Fifaar: iv. 30 Uprooted. Brahma. & iii. 26 (*14, to rub, grind, - Fyn: . 51. scratch, pull out, kill). Pain; Feqan iv. 14 [magined; assumed. painful. frag iv. 15. Fiart ii. 30 Greatest pain; fra: iv. 33. most painful. (Some editions fagad iii. 43. read कष्टं तमः). frar iü. 43 (Sce also ATT i. 8; i. 4; iii. 6; iv. 9, विकल्प) etc. Why:wherefore; whence; agar iii. 43. from whom. -Tant iii. 43. Site 1. 5; iv. 15 elc. Whose. facag ii. 23. Fireilera iv. 19 Of some one or effetra îi. 2 Will be ready, fit, other. able, competent 1 i. 4. 15 Who (feminine). teor iv, 21. 1977: ii, 26 Golden. TUTTET I. 12 Bearing, carrying, -52-iv. 17. flowing towards good fortune, AETAT iii. 46 (*. to desire), happiness, blessings, blessed Radiant; bright; lovely. ness, (herc) Moksha, the final - jjj. 45. Blessedness. HTT: iv. 1 Able to go any. Fic Torg i. 12 For or towards where at will, as desired. well-being, good forlunc, vir- for jii. 26 Enjoyess of tue, good, merit, auspicious (objects of) desire (sensuous ness, blessing. moksha, and sexual, principally);

·योगमाप्य-कोष ( 60 ) कामरूपीकायेन्द्रियसिद्धि enjoyers at will; having at Fluenc iii29 The organization command whatever objects of of the body. enjoyment they desirc. $790 TESTET N. 29 Knowledge Eiv. 1 Able to assume of the organisation of the body. any form as desired, at will. fragio ii. 40 The purification कामलोममोहकोधप्रसवा ii. 12 Bora of the body. of lust, greed, infatuation, ( TTH24 iii. 45, 46 The wealth. and anger. (Some editions perfection, sichness, fullness, read लोभमोहमोधमभवः) of body, the physical vehicle FTAETH ii. 42 The joy of love, of life. of desire fulfilled, of sense- Falafe: i. 43 Perfection, gratification accomplishmeat, super-power. la i. 24 In the desired. of body. Atlaatuista: i 24 Attainment of IT TEV I. 30; iii. 48. the desired object. Geraretat ii. 40 Examiner, inspector, beholder, discrimi- कायः 1.51 (फस्य ब्रह्मणः अयः, nator, cogniser, of the 'own- आयश्च,गतागतं जीयरूपेण, यस्मिन्, form', the (impure) nature, of that into and out of which the the body. Spirit comes and goes). The body; the tenement, vesture. TTTATTÀ: iii. 42 of the body garment. vehicle, of the jivatand akāsha, ether, space. má or purusha, the soul, the फायान् iv.4. spirit. and also the Paras Parafirtast ii. 40 Unattached mätmi or Brahman, the Su. to the body. (TTT to embrace. preme Spirit, the One Princi Fuati ii. 40 Seeing, perceiya ple of all Life. ing, conscious or cognisant of, --14: lii. 45. the defects, impurities, of the body. 4-ii. 40. Fid ü.5. TOT . 5, 40. a ü. 15; iv. 11. 979 9712477 ii. 21 By medi-. srulicanzan iv.2 The prakſtis, tation on the fom, or the ‘material causes', substrata, of visibility, of the body. the body and the organs. fir46iii. 21 In or on the form, Frfalatut ii. 43 Accomplishor the visibility, of the body. ment, perfection, of the body (Some editions read कायस्थ रूपे) and the organs.

·and the organs. supposed ). फायेन्द्रियाणाम् कार्यस्य स्वभावे ( 61 ) योगभाष्य-कोप frafall iv. 2 Of the body |--ARCUTER ii. 23; ii. 38. profit ii. 28. - i. 40. Torg i. 23 Amongst olher -iv. 10,23. causes; on other causes (being giv, 22. ATT --iji. 17. -Tot ii. 27. FRCFH iv. 20 Doer, actor; that -- iv. 24. which causes another to do or - iv, 22. act; moving cause: (the object fta- . 34. or person in which a preposi- fcat ii. 34 Caused (to be done tional relation resides ). by another: fem). ATTFTTTerit iii. 17 'Subject-expressing"; denoting the factor'. TEORIA I. 25 By.or from or be- -कारित्यात् ii. 20 the mover; meaning something cause of compassion. or someone which or who is --I. 23. the locus of a prepositional Airconeita: 11. 3 The stream of relation (i. e, a noun). cause and effect. -7776747777 ii. 17. Fire TRATTAT iv. 34 of the milita: iii. 17 'Noun-signifying;' ( suņas, primal Nature-attrimeaning an object or person butes, having the) nature of (who or which is or can be cause and effect. (Some cdos. related to another person in read FIT FIITUTAFIA) one of the active ways signified hurg i. 24 To finality, cessaby the various prepositions), tion, coming to a stand-still. EFTTH ii. 17. of all activity. ii. 38. ATTENTarifaa: iii. 44 Follow- TU-1.3, 24, 25; iv. 34. ing the nature of the effects, -TUTA ii. 13, 15, 23, 24, 25, (कार्यस्य सभावं अशुपतन्ति); or 28; iii. 13, 44; iv. 4. permeating, pervading, all ITTH i. 43; j, 13, 17, 19,23, effects which are, and because 28; iv. 3. 30 ( to do, to they are, but modifications, create; that which causes to transformations, transmutado or act). Cause; reason, tions, new shapes and forms, motive. developments and evolutions, Top ii. 28 Causeacss; causa of their own-nature, (7574 lity; motivity; causativeness, स्वभाये अनुपतन्ति).

·योगमाप्य कोप ( 62 ) कार्या-किम्पुरुषम् at ii. 27 To be caused; achie like" silence (i. e. avoidance vable by effort; (fem:), of all expression), and avoidruia i. 50. ance of only speech or oral - i. 52. expression ( as distinguished # ii. 5, 44. from sigos or gestures). Erit iv. 3. engt i. 16 Stage. grade, degree; --i. 14; ii. 31, 50; iv.9. final goal; quarter of the hea- --8-i. 44, 51; ii. 13, 51; vens; one of the four or six ii. 14, 18, 48. or eight) directions (of space); (a measure of time equal to -ICF iii. 14. 19: i. 26; iii. 52 (See CT; eighteen winks the eye). etores, to move), Time: the agrizia: i. 24, 25 Attainment (dark', 'black', mysterious, or finding of highest grade or unfathomable) "Hover", the degree, i. c. finality, culminadriver, of all. tion, climax, completeness. faz: iii. 52 Knowers of Time; --Pigt ii. 19. knowers of the essential for ir. 16 What. nature, and the measures and how i. 9; ii. 13; i. 18; iv. 3 cycles of time. What; does it ?; is it?; is it E-26. that'? Fitoteft iii. 53 Black-eyed. f 1.25; i. 40; ii. 13; iv. 12 cic. etro ii. 45 In or at some Moreover; and what is more;. other time. inferet i. 2 Anything. Flerfam ii. 31 Conditioned. ffirg i. 45; ü. 4; ii. 13; iv. 8 etc. limited, inarhed or divided off, But rather; but; rather. by time; having limits ia time: falATH i. 24 Proved or protemporary; not timeless, cither duced by what reason as everlasting or as eternal; authority. having a beginning and an cod. fig i. 45 Is it that ? at ii. 13. fornia ii. 24; ii, 14 What for; - 7. 4, 14; iii. 13, 39. why; what is the meaning that; HCA i. 26 By Time. for the sake of what. a ij. 50; iij. 22. funt: i. 18 of what means'; 7 iv. 10 Some (fem:) attainable by what means. Tiy. 30 ffigna iii. 26 Name of a land Fightintha i. 32 "Vood 'of imperfect men.' or ·? filarmai-refactar (63) योगमायकोष filata i. 41 Having what object. a corn-field); skilful and firma: i. 3, 18 OE whał nature. carelul agriculturist; wise; FESTETT 1. 41 Of what form good; skilful; happy; comfifcat ii. 39; iv. 25 Whether; forlable; he who is well. how indeed; how verily. Eu ii. 13; iv. 25, 33 of the ftra: i. 30; ii. 3 (Plural of righteous and virtuous, the कियत्) How many thoughtful, wise, foresighted 7:9 Looking like what," person (who is careful to pull (ET to sec); of what kind; out and cast away the 'weeds like what. from his own nature and YT: iv. 22 (Plural of gen: ). character). Hollows: flanks: bowels; 12142767: ii, 9 of the skilled deeps. and the unskilled yra: ii. 4; ii. 6; iy. 9. 25 Tema i. 24 Good and Whence; wherefore, whereevil. from. Stir: i. 12 Boy; child; un- पुशलाकुशलाः iv. 30. married youth. ETETT . 22. T: iii. 26 A race of devas of 17213172 iv. 12 The performa high order. ance of, the engagement in, stu: jil. 26 (Sce S07:). good and wise work. grozna: . 26 Coloured, tinted, -STEFT Ir. 29 (rizat ira, like the yellow kuraptaka सीदतः आदीयते, तस्मात फुत्सितः, flower. (Somc editions read 'interest' paid by one in फुरण्डफ) misfortune, on loan taken by Fra iv. 12 Makes; does, (T). him because of his deeds; Fuit ii. 6; iii. 51 May do; blameworthy. because the should make; would do. interest is taken by a well-tahafta i. 50; iï. 53 (, to do). do person from an unfortunate (They) make; cause; create'. one). -j. 26. Lami. 27, iij. 26 (Some editions read-minii. 27). & ii. 13, 22. To: i. 4. 27; iv. 33 The retira ir. 33(, mount- 'weeder'; (FOTIT Sifa, be who ain-peak, EIT, to stand, fary, pulls out, cuts away, kushas, permanent, eternal ). Rock- 1 ZA! ** W ·as . योगभाप्य कोप ( 64 ) कूटस्थनित्येपु-कृतार्थम् changeless eternity; immutabi who have done, experienced, lity. achieved, both pursuit and reerfaring iv. 33 la the change Hunciation; (भुज, to eat; थप+ Jessly eternal, i e., purushas, q, to cut away); those souls jivas, souls). which have tasted the world A: iii. 30 Well; hole; hollow. and put it away; have known 97 iii. 31. both bondage and salvation. - iü. 30. (See भोगand अपवर्ग): BATTEET iüi, 31 Os or in the restaurant: iv. 32 Those (souls) nerve named kūrma, which have achieved, experi- Afatet iii. 31 Of the shape 'of enced, the world-process a turtle. well as retirement therefrom. AT3—ži. 26. Satenau: iii. 51 Having (or Yegate-ii. 32 (A special, he who has) made protective difficult, e. painful, kind of "bounds, "boundaries', all *penance' or austerity'. involv round himself. ing certain vows, fasts, and Faetha: i. 49 One who has vigils, and extending over made a siga, an agreement, a two Nig, 'lunar", fortnights; a contract; (a word) connected 'fastcure' and 'naturc-curc'). by convention or usage (with --a--. 51. a particular mcaning) - i, 27; ii, 27, 55; iii. 20; JESTA: iii, 31, 42 One who iv. 21; has made the threefold medi- -ha: 1.50 11. 15, 17. tation. at ii. 12, 13 Done. कृतसंयमस्य 11.41. Safagafant ii. 34 Donc, Sateu ii. 13; iii. 14. caused to be done, and con- Ta ii. 19. sented to, approved, acqui- lari34 Done, esced in. कृतान्.2. Farfcant; ii. 26 Done service am i. 51. to; attended; served. (Some Barn s. 21. editions read Paulieret aliq ii. 22 To him who has Having retinue made up of; done his work, whose work is surrounded). done, whose business is finishautonyerttutt iv. 34 Of those ed,, office ended, interest ·. कृतार्थानाम्-कैवल्यम् ( 65 ) योगमाय-कोष achieved, aim, object, or endi. 30; 39; ii. 3; ij. 74 Who; secured, purpose fulfilled what; which. (Plural of *:) marufa iv. 32 of those fera ii. 23; iv. 21 etc. Some. (guņas) which have finished Aqaizt: iii. 26 Name of a land their work, served their of 'Bagorows', 'comet-rows'. pur- (Some editions read केतुमाल-). pose. - i. 50. ij. 11. TTT iv. 3 From a bed. plot. dxq: ii. 30. sunk and ridged-in piccc of grace27 i. 25 Come to a close; land. finished; completed FETTFTTH iv, 3 Another field or are iv. 33. plot Picant iii. 13, 14, 26, 27, 29, 40, z iv. 3. 47 Having done. fa i 9; ii. 5; iii. 14; iv. 10 By Urre: ill. 52 All; the whole. whom, by what. Torsdag aftaxt: ni. 51. To of Hafen iv. 16 By some one, for (things) desired by pitiable aq i 51; iii, 13 Oaly. (pitiful, miser-able, miser-ly) 423: 1. 29; 51 One; alone; sole; people. erug ii. 12. az iv. 34 (Fem:). gråt ii 9 of the worfui; (skr. Falem: i. 24 (Plural of Bue) vamzi, the white ant) Possessors of Oneness; the -- i 38 (To pull, drag, Lonely Ones; Soli-taries: Those take out ) who have achieved Unity. -en iv, 10. (who see only the One Supreme maury iv. 7. Self al-one, everywhere, every- UFET ii. 13 of the dark or when, everyway, in all, and black. also above, beyond, including, Frant iv. 7 (The kind or class of all), actions which is ) dark; black; it is. 27; iij. 55, evil. (7 to draw, to attract: केवले iv.7. wife hat which attracts", sig iii, 51 la the hairs; by the drags down the soul inlo ever hairs. 'fatter', promotes BARTH i. 16; 24; ii. 6. passions, passionate attach har ii. 25; ii. 50; 55; iv. 34 ments, whence 'blindness', ("Leave me alone the harrasdarkness) sed person's cry!). Soleness, 9 on (e) ly. STOsser ·- योगभाप्य-कोप ( 66 ) कैवल्यकारणम्-क्रमान्यत्यम् Solitude, Oneness, Aloneness, ment', supervention, of rock- Loneliness, Onlyness, Solitari seatedness or un-changeability. ness, Uniqueness, All-One-ness.estua iii. 13. Sacuencorą ii. 23 The cause of, Fittetfa ii. 15 Skilfulness; skills; or caused by, kaivalya. powers; capacities; abilities, 1641H i. 19 The 'foot-rest', --Hiii. 52; iv. 22; 32. 'standing-place', seat, condi -1-1.51; ii. 13, 19, 28; iii. tions, state, status, of kaivalya. 49; iv. 33, 34. कैवन्यप्राग्भारम् iv. 26. 774 iii. 54. SATHICT i. 12 (Ending in) — ii. 29; iii. 17, 18. the mountain face of, heading -28: iii. 15. towards, 'bulking forwards' 284: iv. 33 Succession; 'step', to, kaivalya. 'step after step'. Tema: i. 51 By those (who A: jj. 15, or which are) partaking of the FAT: iii. 22 Successively: one nature of Oneness. after another; gradually. CTTTTT 1. 18 By comparison TRATTA: iv. 33 Cessation of with kaivalya; looking at succession. kaivalya. (Some editions readHAAT iv. 34. कैवल्यसुखापेक्षया). AUTH iii. 17. कैवल्ये 1.3. parafaret: i. 19 Because of afir iii. 13 By some (plural). not overpassing, not disregard- - i. 30; iii. 26 (Point; tip; ing. ignoring. neglecting, side; also crore or len millions). transcending, violating, the fan i. 40 To the tip, side, order of succession. part, edge, end, aspect. Aragatst i. 47 Not following, -कोटिः.24. not restricted by, succession कोप्ट्यम् (or फौप्ठ्यम् ) i. 31 or order; characterised by Thoracic; pertaining to the simultaneousness. "hollow', the 'box'. Hirit: jji. 17 Observing, SET 34; ii. 49. following, restricted by, con man iii. 13 The state of fined to, an order or succes- कूटस्थ (sec कूटस्थानित्यता). sion; appearing in succession CETarta: i. 13 The fault or time-sequence. of the 'association', 'attach 17H1PTC ii15 Otherness of ·क्रमावलम्बीकान्तम् ( 67 ) योगमाय-कोप order; difference, variation, of - iv. 33. order or succession. --FIA W. 45. Hintaan lii. 52 Pending, den frie ii. 17. pending on, lengthening out ftat: . 17. on, supported by, hanging on, Feat: . 1 Actional, practical, order or succession. active yoga; yoga of the AT iii. 32. nature of special practices or HAT: ii. 15. excrcises; yoga-practices; HIRO ü, 13, 15, 51; ii. 13. 15 yoga-excrcises. iv. 33, Purata: ii. 2. FIT-i, 26.. क्रियायोगेन ii. 11. -Tra iii. 55. facerd: iii. 17 Signifying action; -fri jii. 39. verb; having action for object; aga i. 18. for the sake of action. fertat i. 27 Is done. fanziare ii. 17 Denoting, exfarina i. 5,43 Are made, done, pressive of, naming, speaking created. of, action POFAUTEU iii. 13 Of the (thing) faith i. 18 of the datore being made. of, having the characteristic fot. 18. of, tending to, activity. femi. 18; ii. 44,47; iv. 14. iy. 19 (99, to be angry), --Fixit ii. 17; iii, 13. Angered; angry. forint iii. 17, 39; iv. 20 Act; } . 34. action; doing; deed. mi. 12. Piuminohtiar iï. 17 Of the nature us: ii. 4, 8; iv. 19 Anger. of action and actor or mover se jj. 13 In, during, at the marzonlag ii, 1. time of, anger. fra i. 43 Having the FT 1. 4. property of activity. 7 . 34 four heasaii. 36 The state *a—ji. 26. of being the receptacle of ac- siagaan ii. 46 The posture, tion (viz. dharma and adhar 'seat'. manner of standing or ma) and its fruit (viz. happi sitting, of the krauncha-bird, ness and misery. or heaven the flaming and hell), man i. 10 ( to become ·योगमाय-फोप ( 68 ) लिभाति-केशकर्मविपाक 1 tired; cf. clamny' 'with persof all the miserics, kleshas, of piration born of fatigue). the world; therefore, it is, by Tired, fatigued. a figure of speech, as it were, framfa ij. 15 Torments; dis itself called the first and tresses; causes pain..) greatest 'misery', 'affliction'. ffoulag i. 5 In the holes, klesha. The uses of the interstices, intervals, between English word 'miserable', the painful (moods or func -Latin, miserari, to have tionings of the mind). mercy, to pity, which means foggalanlar: i. 5 Fallen in "exceedingly unhappy, also to, intermixed with, the worthless, despicable, wretchstream or flow of the painful ed", and of the word 'wretch- (moods of mind). ed'."Anglo-Saxon wreccaman faggi: i. 5 Painful; miserable outcast, one driven away"-cf. (moods, functionings). Skt. vrátya--which also means Freesfeer: i. 5 Painful and a most miserable person, one non-painful; miserable and sunk in vice, distressingly bad. non-miserable. despicable";-these uses are afa iji, 45 Moisten; wel. similar to those of klesha. In -j. 1; ii. 1, 4, 13, 26; iii. Samskrt, kipā means pity. 18, 49, 55; iv. 6. kịpaņa is pitiable, pitiful", 7: ii. 4, 13. compassionate, feeling pity. R: .. 4, 6, 9 (feat. to foralso exciting 'pity, also desment). Pain; 'amictiou; misepicable. miser-ly.'avaricioas). ry; cause of pain and misery. i 50 On the wearing (Cf.''original sin of Christian away, the destruction, of aflictheology with fan, Avidyā, tion and action. the hyst seed or root on the fagfft: iv. 30 Relise Great Error, the Great Primal ment', 'turning back or away, Original Sin, the cause of the cessation, of affliction and 'fall' of Spirit into Matter. action. The mis-take, of taking the 1924 . 43 The pait for the whole, the perish triplet of affliction, action, and ing and impure body for the fruit, Eternal and Pure Self, is the learning Affaarfa: 17.'13 prime cause, the root, the seed, By (the instincts which are) ·proanfaatia (69) योगमाय-कोप the causes of (and are, again, an iv. 28 Like the miseries, in turn, caused by) the expe the calamities, the afflictions. rience of 'sin', 'action, and Tag ii. 4 The object- 'fruition'. (Some editions read ness of, the state of being fatraffifor falhaifa,which within the reach, ramification, would mean 'caused by'). domination, purview, graffaqierrät: i. 24 By the vince, range, domain, comafflictions, (moral worth, e.g. prehension, application, of, Dharma and Adharma based (the word) 'misery', afliction. on) activities, ( virtuous and 1967 ii. 5 of the contisinful deeds), their maturation nuity, continuous stream, proor fruition (c:8. jūti, lyuh, and geny; of afflictions; (sec ar:). bhoga), and the corresponding Fall: i. 5 Caused by the seed-germs. afflictions; (or causing and annito: iv, 31 By the veils, giving rise to the aflictions; envelopes, wrappings, screens, or both ). (made up of, consisting of FM: ü. 3 "Miseries'; allictions; of the nature of) afflictions 'original sins'; sorrows; 'weetand actions. cliednesses. eragrant i. 50 Because of being the cause of the decline. : i. 8, 16, 24; ii. 3, 4, 10; iv. 28. shrinkage. crumbling away, decay, destruction, consump- It i. 1; ii. 2; 1. 51. tion (i. e. becoming consumed), TTATE ii. 12; iv. 7, 11. of the afflictions. man . 4, 11. genut: i. 2 Having formata in. 55 By or because of absence of afflictions, its object the attenuation of MHT: ii. 13 Enwrapped in the afflictions. afflictions, bound with afflic- Falafatfaranzit iij. 51 Destroyer lions. of the darkness of the miseries or afflictions. Taken ii. 4 The condition, att j. 55. state, or kind, of affliction, Berilaiat mi. 50 The seeds of - ii. 12. misery or alliction. gang i. 11; i. 13. ta: ii. 12 Rooted in misery: : ii. 2. or the root of misery. era iv. 21 Somewhere.

·योगमाय-कोप ( 70 ) क्वचित्-क्षिप्तम् sion. asfarce ii. 4; iii, 13; iv. 30 Some tence is momentary, from mom where; here and there; in a ment to moment, few places. - ii. 16. Uji. 9. - iv. 20. --0-iii. 54. -Prügiji. 9, 13. Tur ii. 34; iii. 9; iv. 11. Brug iv. 15. STOTL iji. 13; iv. 32 Moment. BETT . 31 OF kshattriyas - VỊ: iii. 53, (mea of the soldier-class, Fuerit: üü. 52 of the mom- 'men of action'; gara wa, he who protects the weak ent and its order (in the suco from hurt and harm). cession or flow of moments ); -9-. 50; ii. 15, 30, 42. of the moment and the succes- -9797 ii. 32. -4 . 43. TUCCIATE Gaat jii. 15 By the 979: jj. 28; i. 11 (fas, to ( succession. the process.) following the one after anwaste away, to decay; lo kill), Becoming consumed; consump- 'otherness' of moments. tion; (the disease of phthisis, Furafatit iv. 33 Having 'mo as well as any decay ); wastment' for its 'counterpart'. ing away. varautzat iii. 52; iv. 33 of Argimit ii. 28 Depending the nature of uninterrupted on, following, the succession, flow of moments; of the natthe successive or gradual ure of an unbroken series of progress, process, advance, of them; of the nature of immedecay. diacy of moment. -P1 ii. 43. $ 7.50. Eutra ii. 16 In another mo- - ii. 38; iv. 29. - ii. 28; iii. 50. ment. for catei i. 32 Because of - ii. 23. 28. momentariness. alcat ii. 11 Decay and rise. format i. 32 Momentary; last- feronfa i. 1 Attenuates; coning for only one moment. sumes; wears dowa; kills; desformatea: iv. 20 of the theo troys. rist who says (or of bim-fargfa hii. 38. whose doctrine is) that exis -fam iii. 17, 38.

·$ क्षितम्-क्षोभः (71) योगमाप्य-कोप PATATA L. 1 (faqa, ta throw, to situat ii. 52 Decays; perishes: fling ). Flung about; fickle; dissolves; disappears; becomes "explosive", ( as used by W. absorbed. (see &7:). James, lo describe the stage or staat i. 28. state in which the mind atenti. 4. jumps, is Hung about, from 19u1577: iv. 27 from one object to another), (pusya-samskaras, old 'impres- FET iy. 21. sions', impressed habits) whose - Facued ü. 16. germs are decaying. fauftofÀ ü. 15 Quick-changing. 3770K ii. 4 Wearing away: mii. 32. being eroded. etor 27: ii. 4 He whose aflico 11t~-jji. 26. tions have decayed, been whittied away. gfequefaeft: iii. 30 Turning gut Teata iv. 6 Because of away', suspension, cessation, the decay of the afflictions, of hunger and thirst. fungerar ii. 12; iv. 7 Offene iii. 20 Hunger and thirst. those whose aflictions have accn ii. 27 The to-be-conthioned, have been consumed. sumed; the consumable. 70FETT: Üï. 49 With bonds waar: i. 16. of amiction loosened, worn Hi. 4 Field (which preout; he whose bonds, of the serves the seed from decay'; nature of the offlictions, have 1712 ); the mindbecome feeble. body. sitrecor: iv. 33 He whose desire tam iï. 49 To the knower of has decayed. the field (of consciousness), pitofautia: iv. 30 He whose ji. 17 In the apperceptive error has decayed. Jiva, the knower of the field. efloratua ii. 34 Vigorless; deplen fan iv. 3 The field-owner; ted, devoid, of vital energy, tiller; cultivator TUTT: i, 41 of him whose sfanta ir. 3 Like the 'licldmental activities, psychic func. man', the cultivator. tionings, have thinned, weak. - 5. ened. T: iii. 17. ption: i. 163. 27 Decayed; | 1024 j. 22 By very quick. attenuated; consumed. in: 1:31 Excitement; agitation.

·योगमाय-फोप ( 72 ) पद्योता-गतम् (Seci. 2; ii. 15, 18, 52; iii 43, 47; iv. 14; etc. and Yuri). outa: iii. 26; iv. 31 'Sky gitarai. 50 Ending with illuminator'; fire-fly; star. discriminative knowledge. TE i. 10; ii. 15; ji. 12; iv. 15-an ii. 5. 24. etc. Verily; indeed. anlah 1. 2. fermed i. 12 Is attenuated. Etterlatar: i. 5 Moods of conthinned. scattered, dispersed, sciousness of the nature of weakened. (सत्त्वपुरुषविवेका, सत्यपुरुषान्यता. erfar: ) discrimination (bet- Ui. 2. ween the Purusha, the Spirit, Tatay ii. 20; iii. 41. the Self, and Sattva (herc used -orar: fii. 26. in the way of a part for the waf-- j. 49. whole, i. C., standing for ---. 2; ii. 27; iy. 27. the whole of Prakrti with all Trifa: ii, 5. 26. its three properties, Sattya -a: i. 16; 11.2, 5, 28; iv. 33. being the finest ). tilfar: i. 4 (TOT. 1o tell, to-Fra: i. 16; ii. 28; iv. 29. make known ). Knowledge, -Eye: . 27. cognition, consciousness; gene- -Ea-ii. 23, ral or public or common know-arrad i. 2; ij. 19, 20, 27; ledge; proclamation; fame; iy. 22. (mental); clearing up'; de tifocara . 19. claration; publication. tifatrafegaciat: iii. 44 T Having the nature acteristics, characters, proper TECHFIat: žii. 17 (The ties, of knowability (self-deconstitaent sounds ) ga, claration, publication), of and a spirale.: mobility, motility, or activity, afă i. 5 Goes (774, to go and of" tenacity (steadiness, Tafa ii. 10, 27; 14; ii. 52 stability, clinging, persistence, Go (plural). "sitting down', perseverence, -asa iv. 21. holding on, inertia ); having a ii. 13 May go. the properties of cognition, ac- ---ịv. 31. tion, and ('steady's desire. 14 iv. 12. . or char au, ·TH 'गतःपात्रावययेपु ( 73 ) योगमाप्य-कोष -a: 1. 49; ii. 13, 14; iv. 23. mere, simple; smell-continuum; Ta: ü. 13 Gone. (FIFTATAITU, TFUAE). - TAT: 1. 23; iv. 13. PAIGABIATti iti. 26 Bounded - II. 28. by the Gandha-mīdana moun la: ii. 13; ifj. 39, 42, 44. tain, the mountain of the madmfa: i. 49; ï. 13 "Going': movedening or intoxicating fragranment; way; path; mode of ces'. (H, to madden). development; fate; ultimale -178- . 26 A class of destiny; fipale; end. nature-spirits specially devoted #MA. ufafanati. 9 In or on the cessato the asthetic arts. tion of 'going', 'movement', - iv. 20. 'procession'. ~गमन-iv. 1. THT i. 7 Possessed of motion. A . 42. yfart: iï. 48 Gain or attainment - i. 13. of motion. ---a iv. 23. afera: ii. 49 Cessation or Tra i. 9; îii. 17 (FTP, Tom break of movement. go). Is approached; is gone to; is understood FTFiFFireffefii ii. 23 Mani- -raji48. ſestation, development, of the regi. 30; ii. 7; “Greed. (Ta tendency, faculty, habit, to to covet, to bc greedy of 'move', 'go', 'operate'. 'function. -7--7. 18. (Womb. TT, to rativ. 12. grip, to hold). SPETTA: ii. 50, 51 Absence of statzat 3.5. movement Tente: i. 43; č. 20; iv.23 Cow etc. 11871 i. 26. Tarů: i. 42 The signification, TOUT V. 23; iv. 33 By 'going'. sense, meaning, connotation or -TFT-i. 35; ii. 19; ii. 36 denotation, (of the word) cow; Smell; scent; fragrance. the thing or object 'cow. --TESTI I. 48; iv. 15. Tal ii. 19 Of cows. TIFTITITE, i. 45; ii. 19 The -iv. 3 A kind of grass, 'root-matter', or 'primal-mat- 764 i. 10 Deeply: densely: ter' of smell; smell-in-itself; soundly; intensely; profoundly. the 'that-alone' of smell; the TTTT i. 10 Limbs. sensation of smell alone, pure.. 2razag ii. 15 In or on the 10 or for).

·from guņas. योगभाप्य-कोप ( 74 ) गावा-गुणाः other parts of the body or the nant, (one over the other limbs. two). Trat: ii. 9; ii. 44 Cows. Turlaratasi iri. 50 Separation AffitatZeyar: ii. 27 Slipped from the pinnacle of a moun- Thao# ii. 15; iii. 9; iv. 15 tain-peak. (Some editions The 'ways of existence', doings, Tead तट, surface, for फूट). of the gunas; their character, fordura iv. 22 Of mountains. conduct, doing, being, circling, -Yu-. 18. turning, rotating. TOT I. 2; ï. 15. yugfafaitara ii. 15 Owing to Ye: ii. 18. the mutual contradictions, con -TECTS äi. 20. flicts, (inherent ) in the (vari- TOTô ii. 18 In the state of beous ) aspects, forms, functioning (inherently, indefcasibly, ings, of the guņas. constituent ) gunas, 'strands', properties, attributes (of cualqacaq i. 16 Absence of Pradhāna or Prakrti). desire for the suņas. gontäng ii. 33 Amongst the Turtarantata: ii. 27 Transcending the bond, relation, connecm properties, functions, of the tion of or with attributes. gunas, (the three main attributes of Prakști). TUÁ to . 23 In the conjuction of or with the guņas. Tugaffor ii. 19 The 'joints', qua4ii. 13 “Guņa-naturestages, of developement of the ness'; the totality of the nagunas. ture of the guņas; or that Turgeregulaatora ii28 (Till which is born of that nature. the rise of ) discriminative Tu ii. 20. knowledge of the respective --Tut: I. 15. natures, the own-forms'. of the po: il. 15, 18, 19, 27; . 44, gunas and the Spirit. 47, 49, 55; iv. 14 Attributes; RUTTUIHrzia: ii. 15, (Their primal attributes: qualities; distinguishability is ) nade properties; 'strands. (Tu, (possible) by their (differenti to multiply; TIT:, a string, states or conditions, (now) as cord, rope, twisted of 'mul- (subdominant os ordinary) tiple' threads, strands. This gunas and (then) as predomi is one of the most important ·the the guņas. गुणा-गुणैः ( 75 ) योगमाप्य-कोप words in the whole of Samskệt Tonalacare ii. 27 Because of Philosophy. The three guņas, transcendence of the guņas; primal attributes, strands, of because of 'having gone which Prakrti, Nature, the beyond the guņas. (+, Nature of Supreme to go). Principle of Consciousness, TOMIA: iv. 13 of the nature Purusha or Paramātmā or of guņas. Brahma (n), is made up, viz., referat ir. 34 On the Sattva, Rajas, Tamas, simply conclusion of the succession or pervade the whole of Sanskrt thought and literature. A process of the functionings of correct understanding of their TTTTTH . 3 The functionsignificance is indispensable to ing of the gupas; their office', sce clearly what otherwise ‘right and authority,' momenremains obscure and confused. tuin, term of being in force or A long Note at the end of ch. in action, period of dynamicity. xi of Bhagayan Das' The Totifarrer: j. 5 Opposed Science of Peace, endeavours or hostile to, or counteractive to ascertain that significance of, the functioning of the guņas. precisely, by comparing scores of passages, from different 7017 ii. 38. works, in which the three -TUTT iv. 8. words occur. The conclusion Tuff iv. 32, 34 Of the primarrived at is, briefly, that the al attributes. three correspond to or signify, Tural ii. 19, 20, 23; iii. 13, respectively, the principles of 50; iv. 13, 14, 33. cagnition (knowledge, en qualifi: ji. 19 By the mani- 'light'-enment), action (volifestations) following or accomlion), and desirc ('blindly' panying the guņas. clinging tenacity), the three farfarged iii. 13 In the state of all-comprehensive functions of the permanence of the submind-body or life. The usual atraturn of the guņas; that, to rendering, by the words lumi which the guñas belong, being nosity, activity or passion, Eternal. darkness or inertia, is unsatis- Toat: i. 16. factory and catches only Tig i. 18; ñ. 44; iv. 33. partial aspects. e: iv. 51, ·Ura: i. 26. योगभाग्य-कोप ( 76 ) गुणैः-ग्रहणस्वरूपा yü: 3. 25. CITAT . 5 Only a hoof- Tafel î. 30 of the private print'; a trifle; (of the size of) organ; also, of him, or by him, merely a 'cow-hoof'; (a small all whose organs are well-conpuddle or obstacle which can trolled and guarded from straybe easily stepped over ). ing. STT Tra:'. 5 Absence of a "hoof-print'. TE: i. 26 Teacher, master; 'rei- i. 9, 42; ii. 17, 53; iv. ghty': 'one of weight'; im 14 (That which 'goes'. Hence. porlant. a sun-beam; the earth; a star; an arrow; the voice; cattle; YETI i. 30 Because of heavidullness, denseness. etc.) Cow. (ITA, to so). ness, Taio i. 10 (Plural). Heavy; affiti zi, 13 With or by knols. weighty. -56- 35, 36; j. 17; iv. 10,22. TU: iv. 21. EU-i. 41. -Ti ii. I, 32. ---i. 11; iii. 41; iv. 15.23. Tet iv. 22 Cave. TEST ix. 24 Like a Mousc. Tux i. 25; iv. 12 (another -Elit. 16. reading is-26, in iv. 12), tead iii. 51 Held, caught; DIETA I, 42, 49 (AE, to'grab'). opprehended. Taking. grasping, seizing: -गृहीतत्वात् iv. 11. apprchending: thinking; sensalion; the fact or mcaning sens. --- Zrfa iv. 11. ed or apprehended. Drift i. 41, 54 ( 16, to 'grip. प्रदणधारणोहापोहतत्त्वज्ञानाभिनिवेशाः 'grab, catch, take). Seizes. ii. 18 Apprchcnsion or cognigrasps; apprehends. tion, retention (in memory ). That iv. 21, 33 Is apprehended. na iv. 16,21 Would be appreacceptance by inference, rejec. hended. tion by refutation, exact know- 1971 iii. 31 Lizard. ledge, and insistent conviction. ATTITECH i. 32 The 'logic HETARUH iv. 31 Able or comwhich petent to apprehend. argucs that milk and cowdung are the same, because | ग्रहणसरूपास्मितान्धयार्थवत्त्वसंयमात् both come from the cow. iii. 47 By concentration on the -17 ii. 5. (successive five stages, víz..)

·or ego). ग्रहणाकारपूर्यो-माहाग्रहणो. ( 77 ) योगमाप्य कोप apprehension, the '(own-form', assumes, or is) in the forms here the) sensing organ, egoism, of apprehendor, apprehension, (the "through-running') attri and apprehended. butes, and subservience to the EITTEUNÀY . 41 Amongst the purposes, the interests, the apprehendor, the apprehension, aims (of the self, the jīva, the individualised spirit or soul and the apprehended; in the subject, (the) relation (bel- ग्रहणाकारपूर्वा i. 11 That wherein ween the two), and the object. the form of apprehension is WEITGETTATRICT 1. 41 Tinged by ( awareness of the first, foremost, predominant. apprchending subject as 'sup- ACHTAFA I. 43 Of the nature of port'. apprehension or comprehension. HECTATA *7717 iv. 14 OF (the AF ii. 15. araju: ii. 27 Stones; boulders. guņas of) the nature of apprehension or apprehendors, Mi. 21. EoTat i. 4} Tinged --918-iv. 23. by the supporting apprehen. -71994 iv. 19, sion': having reference to -OTT: iv. 33. coloured by, an awareness of T: 1ii. 47 Object of apprehenthe fact of apprehension. sion; apprehensible. aqug i. 41 Amongst the appre- DIET #at: iv. 15 of the hendors, receivers', (two ) distinguished by the organs. distinction between the 'appre- 96 zal?:iii. 26 Comets (?), hensible' and the 'apprehension' planets, (or constellations ), (or the means, the organ, of stars; ar planets, asterisms, and apprchension). ग्राहग्रहणोमयाकारनिर्भासः । at ii. 20. Showing forth the form of paar jj. 20 Apprehendos; cog both the object of apprehenniser; subject. sion and of the act of appre- ग्रहीतग्रहणमाद्यस्वरूपचित्तभेदात् . hension. (Like the English 23 Because of the difference of word 'sensation', the word og the forms, (the various moods, covers the object which is activities, functionings, of the sensed, the act or fact and also mind (tinged by, or when it the organ of sensing, and the sensestars.

·- come, योगमाय-काप ( 78 ) नाहग्रहणो०-चाटयति subjective feeling. That this is affected, by (awareness of) So, is due to the inseparability the apprehensible on which it of all the three or four, though depends, as (on a) support. their natures are distinguish- -ATI i. 41. able.) Atentat: i. 11 Coloured, tinged, MELAEHTIA i. 11 of the affected, shaped, by the object nature of both apprehended to be grasped, apprehended. and apprehendor - iv 31. MUTERIH iii. 21 On suspension of the power of the apprehensible', i. e., the capacity of apprehensibility. as: ïïi. 13, 15 Jar; pot. METHA1937 i. 41 Arrived at', STATIC Tency iv. 10 Like 'gone to' (the state of), be the lamp (now placed) inside accomplished into, a pot and (again) in a palacc. identified with, the object, | qzwa iii. 15 Pot-earth; the the apprehensible. earth composing a pot. TELETTATO i. 41 In or by act ii. 15. the form which is the form of 2014: ü. 13 Pot-shaped; of the apprehensible object. the form of a jar. SITETETTUiTari. 43 Attained to TETE: i 43; ï. 20. iv. 23 Jar the form of the apprehensiblc. etc; pot etc. TEZETETTTT i. 43 Tinged, plearaatinga: faut: affected, by the form of the lii. 26 Established in or on, or app ensibl supporting, or connected and OTETTüi. 21 Apprehensible. (Fem.) corresponding with, or com- प्राधाकारपूर्वा i. 11 'Preceded posed of, ghana, the dense, by', 'giving first place to, gross, compact, (solid), i.e. having for predominant factor, earth; salila. (liquid), water: the form of the object appre anala, (fluid ), fire; anila, hended. ( gascons ), air; akasha, MENTATIAIA iv. 14 of the (etlcric) radial substance (”); (suņas when ) of the nature and tamas, 'darkness', (black of, or when taking the form space). of, apprehensibles. af . 24 (Opens out': ATENGERICH i. 41 Tinged, expresses; makes plain; illus- ·घातम्-चन्द्रादित्यप्रदमणि (79) योगमाप्य-कोष trates; (causative of , to- . 51. happen). 777i. 17, 46 Four (fem:). iv. 30. -- . 19. : iii. 45 (From 7 to za ii. 44, 47. Fourth (neu:). strike, to slay.) 17: j. 51 Fourth (masc:). --19: i). 50. ugu: i. 17; jj. 26, 51. 877iv. 33 aga ii. 18. TTCH ii. 15 Active; dire: turby ii. 31 On the fourteenth lent; furious: intense; raging. (day of the moon). nag ii. 33; iii. 51. qui i. 46 In four ways; quaaug j. 22 Sound. druple; four-fold. --A—Ii. 19 (Nose; also smell. tglêer: ii. 26 Of four kinds; From a to smell). four-fold. Jyräamfetalart ii. 4 Formed, च fashioned, imagined, made up, classified, sub-divided, in four Ti. 29, 44, 45; ï. 2, 15, 41, ways; grouped in four groups ; 53; ijj. 20, 22, 38, 39, 42, occurring in four forms. 45, 48, 49, 54; iv. 10, 11, 12 a i. 15, 16 Four-organ- 15, 16, 20, 21 And; also, ed; organised with four i. 1; ii. 1; iii. 36; iv. 2, etc. Component parts or organs. - i. 5; iv. 11 Wheel; disc; TOUT a: i. 17 Accompanied 'cycle'; 'circle'; (these last two by the quartette. words seem to be etymologi- och ii. 27 Quartette. cally the same as the Skt. Wat ij. 5 four-footed; fourchakra, Gr. kuklos). fold. T+7757 iv. 7 Four-footed; fouriii. 1, 29. fold. - i. 52. TEIT: , 26,51 Four (pl.,mnas.). -7-i. 19. --. 5. -j. 21, Tattor i. 7 Moon and stars. 79:7912 ETA iii. 21 On 174 i 5 The moon. non-meeting of eye and light; ETAH ji. 45 To the moon. on non-contact (of an object) canepūgaiqmfg i. 35 with the light of or from the In or on the moon, the sun, eye, the visual or optic light. the planels, sems, lamps, ii. 29.

·योगभाष्य कोष ( 82 ) चित्तभेदात्-चित्तस्य out, the might, the force, the check, restriction, obstruction, energy, of the mind. prevention, barring, damming चित्तभेदात् iv. 15 Because of the up, stopping of the functionscparateness of minds. ings, modifications, activities, fantaa 1.8 In or by conof the mind; inhibition of ncction, association, contact. mental moods. of psychic juxtaposition with, or influence wordings. of, the impuritics, scum, dirt, landiafira: . 2, 12. 'cxcretions', grossness. (the Farafacity: i. 7 Awareness of obscuring and distracting psychic moods; apperception.' factors, passions, likes and disfangigaret i. 4 In or on or for likes, prejudices,) of the mind. the awareness, cognisance, consciousness, fan iv. 23 Only the mind. of psychic Astfag iv. 10 Dependent activity; in or on or during on the mind only apperception, or self-reference. fast ii, 54iv. 18 Like the fragrafa: i. 30 By psychic functionings. Ferra: . 30°Flingings abour', -वित्तवृत्तःi. 17. fa II. 15. distractions, of the mind. Forefargit: i. 27 The vi-mukļi, fattifare ii. 34 Consciousness, the special or complete libe awareness (by the self), of ration of, or from, the mind; the mind. the abolilion of the mind. fra 74 i. 2 The saftra or ferrente: iv. 18 The function cognitional element, factor, ings of the mind, the psyche; aspect, of the mind. "psychoses'. i. e., psychic func- fra Amador ix. 23 By similifortionings generally, (not in the mity with or of the mind. special technical sense, off - THEU i. 20, 48; j. 1, 23; psychic disease, in which the ii. 12. 20, 37. word, 'psychosis' is now spe- fa7e7 ii. 54; iï. 1, 11, 12,38; cially used by the psycho iv. 17. analysis contrast with fata i. 1,5,7, 13, 17, 18, 30. 'neurosis' or nervous disease). 32, 40, 51; ii. 27; ili 1, 9, fa7q; i. 4, 30; iv, 18. 10, 11, 12, 15; iv. 15, 25, frenata: i, 2 Restraint, 27. mind, V ·may be: if it be. चित्तस्वरूगनुकारत-चेतना ( 83 ) योगाय कोप. FerastraigFilt: 1. 54 Imitation 908, that which protects. of the form of the mind. helps, pleases the mind). let. iv, 13, 25. fagranialy iv. 19 of those farat ii. 13. who hold that the mind itself -fat ii. 1. is the Self, and that there is parzida i, 13; iv. 34. no Seif other than or separate Variegated, multicolored. from the mind. (Some edi farra ir. 28 Are considered. tions omit this word). form. 13; iji. 6 Long- FETETTEN FIRTTATT iv. 28 The farger ii: 22. Slowly; in a long exhaustion, completion, finisir ! timc ing. closing. of the office, offi- ' quia ii. 15 Powdered or loose ciousness, restlessness, func- ! carth. tioning, activity, 'dary', forces 19.1. 42; iv. 16, 23 elc. 11; encrgy, of the mind. fat iv. 4. Laan -i. 29 The conscious: fanfar iv. 16. the conscious Self. PITIAETH iv. 2! In or on being, cognisable by another FATE -i. 29 Consciousness. mind; or, in that which is ap- Laax iv. 23. prehensible by another mind. Daax iv. 23. Caraibe iv. 21 By another 1 maart i. 24. nind, 21-1. 32. for iv. 16, -agar u. 20. for ii 23; ni, 20; iv. 15. Saarlaat ii. 34 Living and fai 19,32; iv, 16, 24. non lising; conscious and un. चित्तेपु. 32. FETTA 1. 55 from the one Sanaanigaria: 1i. 14. 15 pointedness of the mind. Dependent on animate and FTTT: iv. 15. inanimate instruments, fala7777: iv 15 Coloring, lingo aartagatita iv. 23 Al. ing, affection of the mind. tained to, arrived at, cvolved Frag iv. 24 Variegated, (multi or developed or changed into, colored, like 'picture', the form of animate and imagined by the mind. inanimale. or CONSCIOUS. 27 ·योगमाय-कोप ( 84 ) चेतनाचेतनेपु-जनपति haaraang ii. 5 In the animate-eag i. 5; iv. 27. and inanimale. Fa: j. 16; jj. 4 Severed. cut, TA: 1. 20, 31, 41 Of the inind. broken. safa i. 1, 3, 19; ï. 4, 10. Grafi. 4, 13. grill. 15, 18 Effort; volition; - Faali: ii. 4,31,50; iii. 14,17. striving; movement. --Emną iii. 17. gaz i. 50 Movement; ges- -32: ii. 52. turc; expression. -ar-iv. 22. ii53. Art i. 9 Consciousness. -391 i. 16; iv. 9. : ii. 4 Chaitra (ir proper TT 1. 28 of the divisible: an iji. 14. name ). of that which has or requires 797 iii. 26 The Garden of Kubera. to be cut, to be severed. att i. 7 Like Chaitra. चैत्रस्य i.9. infaarsemi. 17 Or Chaitra, - iji. 52, 54. fire, and rice. a iii. 13 Is put forward; - 52. 54; iv. 26. pressed; obtruded; urged; ita: i. ! ( 7 to go ) Of 'that argued. which goes ever, unceasingly'; of the world, theworld-process. FAATZ ii. 14 Of the moving. GRÀg iii. 14. 5377 iii. 17 Metre; Scriplure--. 19; . 51. (because 'chant'-ed metrically). -a: iv. 2, 11. FOSFIT i. 24 Having severed. TARTOTIFTRITT iii. 51 In the -foy ii. 4. darkness of the blind round --Pray . 32. of involuntary) births and ferntraceit iii, 51 One who is on deaths. the look-out for, who is a Fati. 20 Progenitress; mother. seeker of, holes, loopholes, - iy. 12. weak points. 377fat i. !! Produces, gives fag iv. 27 (1ere to pierce, birth to, brings forth. (71, cut; lole, interstice, to be 'gen'-crated; to 'gen'. crack, rent, tear.) crafe). - ii. 27.

·57477 I, 47. जनलोकः-जली ( 85 ) योगमाय-कोष alt: 7. 26 The superphysical FÅTTP777409:34feat: iv. 6. plane or world named Jana. 14: 1.28 Recitation; repeti- Jacit iii. 26. tion; reiteration; repeated ut- Jala i. 47 People; (Lat. 'gens'). terance (loud or silent). Anar j. 32. 39: ii. 32. affat i. 16 Having come forth; rii. 28; ii. i. having been born. aga: i. 28 Of him who recites. afira iv. 33 Will be born. strat: iv. 10 Of thc born. the win; iii 26 The blue-plum trec. animal. HFTTT: iſi 26 The continent of the carth callcd Jambu (in the ---1.9, 12, 13. Pujāņas ). -Tai. 12, 13. 07. 41. 3777 i. 13 Birth. Tha: . 39 Know- 791 iii. 44, 47, 48. ledge of the how' of birth. -19: i. 24; ii. 18, 41, 55;. 777: 1. 13, iii. 47. 48. JITRITT iv. l. जन्मपरिणामनामम् ni. 18 The 97: i. 24, 44; ii, 18 Victory: coursc or succession of the conquest; mastery (fst, to transformations of births. conguer ). Tratadi. 13 Between birth 4T in. 54, 55. and death -944 . 5, 39, 40. -1917 ii. 48. 51; M. 39, 44, arguinegrant is. 13 Because 47, 48. of being the source of birth, 101 t. 5. life-term, and experience. -07 ü. 44, 51. Giargalm: ji. 14 Birthe life iii. 49. period, and experience. -IH ii. 51. Fantafarmaq: AAT: iv. in ni. 51 Age and death. 'Born of,' arising from, birth, -77-ii. 32. herbs, appliances, ( chemical 777 . 50; i. 44 Water, processes etc.), mantra, magic (whence living things are born, chant, (the physics of sound), I, and into which they austerity, (developement of dissolve, zina). will-power by asceticism ), Haut iji26 in the reservoir of and trance-meditation, waters', the occan. THE ij. 13.

·जलपङ्कक जात्यनुच्छेदेन (86) योगभाप्य कोप जलपङ्ककण्टकादिषु . 39 Inजातिदेशकालसमपानवभिन्नाः।.31 water, mire, thoras, etc, Unlimited, not 'cut-off, not- अलपङ्ककण्टकादिपु . 39. defined unconditioned, by $75: iii. 14 of water and (reservations of species or earth. kinds, places, times, and other viii. 42. conditions; not restricted -fact iii 48. (Speediness). by conditions or circumstances - fara ini. 48. of kind, time, place, or other cause or condition, Hent iii. 25 May abandon, quit, give up. (ET, to give up). sifat antarari:7.31 By species, जाग्रत्समये । || In the time of place, tine. conditions, waking; during the waking matata: iii. 53 Differehce of condition. species. [HH ii. 15 Born (neu:). Hilfanguag: ji. 53 By species, Fra: iv. 30. 33 Born (masc:). characteristic maths, and STARTET 1. 9; iv. 10 Of the place. just-born, Enfacriterna . 53 From FTATOR 1. 35. similarity of specics and marks. Hifi. 13. faraa iv. 9 By hundred births -जाति ii. 18. ( in other species ). -- iii. 18, 44, 53, ---a--. 18; iv, 2. Filà: iv. 7, 33. -जातीयकम् i .. Alfa: ii. 13 (FFE to be born) -Haiza: iii 17 Of or belong- Birth; birth-type; type: kind. ing to (a particular) species. spccies, genus; 'gens', clan, -जातीयका: 1.5. Iribe mica iii. 53. si faraiv. 23 By, or because of, maakt iv. 8. or from, class, species, con -Tate iv. 14. 'geni--tal.nature. Aratit: i. 7. जातिदेशकालव्यवहितानाम् iv.90f-जातीये ii. 18. (the visani-s, instincts, )-aisg i. 7. divided off, walled off, sepasa- 23 ji. 14 Without ted, intervened, veiled, hidded, uprooting, abolition, destrucby special type (form), space, tion, of the characteristic) and time type or species.

·or योगमाय-कोप ( 87 ) जास्यन्तम्-जीवलोभम् GIFT FT979: iv, 2 Transmigthe cnquiring or inquisitive ration, development, trans- (person). formation, mutation, varia-1-fhurer ii. 39. tion, inla another species, -aa-ji, 6. genus, race, (natural) kingdom. fataan: ji, 6 of him who has argfal ü. 31 Conditioned conquered, mastered, won, by species; limited to, marked (a) stage. (Secu:) off by, type. Hauria: ii. 40 He who has HAYATI: ü. 13 Species (into conqucrcd, mastered, subjugoted thc (nerve) forcc named which birth takes place), liſe- Samnina period, and experience. fagrirati iii 42 He who has Giata i. 20; ii. 45; ii. 20. 22. mastered the relation (between 33, 54 Knows. (971, to know). the body and space). -- Araifa ii. 45. जितोत्तरभूमिकस्य ii. G_Of hin mfa iv. 27 I know. who has won the next -mara i. 27, 29, 35. higher stage. ara i 16, 47, 48, 50; 11. 35 farar is. 42, 44 Having conquer- Is born; comcs forth. cd, subjugated. -- ii. 19. fatetg: 11. 40 Wishing to abandon, FIRTIN. 36 Are born; are to throw off produced. (, to be born) RE: 10.31. ya iji. 23, 26, 36. -har-i. 19. Arra i. 32; 11. 33 if (ihey) FAEIŪ 35; isi. ! In front of, arc born; if they occur or on the tip of, the tongue appear; (they) may be born GETA. 35 In or on the middle of the longue. -FITH, 13.(Mesh; niet-work). ---FIT: 1. 32. fer i. 35 In, on, at, the root Klar ii. 1. of the longue. feraretraga . 32 Wish to eat stigla iu. 17 Lives. AETAT: iii 30 Of the tongue. and wish to drink; hunger saz iv 30 Living. and thirst. --ij. 18. fajar i. 8 Wishi to slay. 1qah ii 15, 39 Life. ANGAJAI i. 25 To or for him 11 i. 5 The world of who 'wishes to know'; for jivas, the livingi the living 2 ·योगमाय-कोष ( 88 ) जीवितव्य-ज्ञानदीप्तिः world; all living beings in their taraftaran ii. 20 Because lotality, of its knowing some and not sferaattqura 34 By taking knowing other objects; because away, deprivation, of or from of its cognisance of objects life. being broken, not all-inclusive. faraia ii. 34 From living; from STTATTIATTENTIL iv, 17 Because Hfc. of its ‘own-form' its nature, its ffdateri i 34 At the passing characteristic of being known of life; in the throes of death. (in part) and unknown (in IF ii. 40 Wish to hide'; other parts) shame ats contempt of; shrink- / 277a1TT: iv. 18 (Successively, ing from; dislike; abhorrence. interruptedly,) Inown and जुगुप्सायाम् ii. 40. unknown atas. ï55; iii. 18 Namc of NAC iii. 35. a Rshi (mentioned in the ing: i. 53 Of thc knowcr. Upanishats and Purīņas, as a TEST. 49. great yogi; (Brad Aranyaka; an iii. 49. Vishnu Bhiigavata; Matsya, -1.9, 38, 42. ctc.). -algo-j.1, 2, 38, 42, 43; ii. 18, जैगीपव्यस्य iii. 18. 24, 52; ii, 0, 55; iv. 14, 26. i. 25. ---:fil. 17, 49, 51. TTH i. 8; i. 16, 17, 18, -- i. 47, 48, 50: 1 27; üi. 5, 19, 22, 25, 26. 27, 28, 29. 35, 51. 35, 52. ---.25,49,50; ii, 26; iv, 23. -19 i. 43, 49; ij. 23, 26, 28, 55; iii. 17, 34, 36; iv. 15. -a-ii. 20. 977 . 54. (ETT, to know': Lat. etapan iv. 18. Enoscere; Gt, snosis). Know- - ii. 27; ii. 17. ledge; (spiritual knowledge -aa: i. 16; ii 20; iv. 17. particularly). ara: ii. 20; iv. 17 Knoisn. ITTA i. 42. 43; i 24, 38; ii. Aret: iii. 6. To be known; know 17, 18, 22, 49; iv. 12, 14, able; what ought to be known. 24, 55. Tat: iv. 18 Known. (Pl:). pacifa: ii. 28 lhe flaming up. 316TEET iv. 17 (Partly) kooko blazing forth. illumination, and (pazily) unknown. luminosily, radiance, cítulsen- 17 ii, 27.

·ज्ञानयमां-ज्योतिष्यति ( 89 ) योगभाग्य कोप a a nce, en-lightenment, shining at iv. 31. out of knowledge. Taft í. 16, 25; ii. 28, 52; iii. TITAT: i. 42 33; iv. 12, 31. TATA1ana i. 25 By teaching --atat ï. 26. of the truths of final spiritual) a: iji, 26. knowledge and duty. arafar iv. 28 By the fire of Taft TAMTH iv. 14 Only a knowledge. form, construction, projection, an imagination, - ii. 28; iii. 14, 53. supposition, ideation, assump A iii. 55. tion, of or by the faculty or matatu ii. 5 Another knowpower of) knowledge ledge Faizara i. 16 Only the rada iy. 24 For the sake of placidity, lucidity, cheerful knowledge. ness and vigor, c-lucid-ation, mara ini. 14, 53. blossoming and elflorescence, arà iï. 55. of knowledge; the true or-FTTH i. 49, highest knowledge. and i. 5 Is known; sects, -rūt: iv. 15. 1914 i 42; ii. 26: . 49; mala ii 20; iv. 22 The mood iv. 23. of knowledge; cognitive func- -4: ii. 27, ii. 5. tioning; cognitional activity gi: üvi. 6. awareness; self-consciousness. orniti iv. 10 Knowledge and - ii. 5,27. renunciation Tiv 31. Knowable (neu:). waFATTI: iv. 28 Knowledge 999 iv. 12,31. producias impressions, tenden-a: iv. 23. cies; the tendencies to, the fa: ii, 27; ü. 51. instincts of, (spiritual) know sala: ii. 22, 32 Light, ledge. mullafo iï. 32. Ø196197 iv, 31 ( The element straft ii. 1 In the light. or factor of ) cognitional Gulfament i 36 Luminous; (a or cognitive sat!va, Icchnical name for an illumi- 717867 iv. 16 Born together nated state of mind in yoga, in with knowledge. which there is a vision of - ii. 26, 28; iii. 55. colored light, 12 ·योगमाय-कोप ( 90 ) ज्योतिप्मती-तत्वम् as it were, amongst other 35; 1, 5, 17, 21, 22, 28. 45, experiences ) 50, 52, iy, 8, 11, 16, 17, 18, ufasati, 36; 7. 25. 22, 27. - ii. 33. -20-i. 20. gaafa i. 40 Blazes; shines; ita i. 16; i. 22, 25: iii. 3, 8, glows. 20; iv. 19, 24 That. Gooi iii, 40 Blazing, shining. Ta i. 2; ï. 1 ; ji. 8; iv. 6; etc. That; so then. aa: i. 22, 29; . 48, 52, 55; iii. 12, 36, 43, 45, 48, 53; afaag iv. 27 in the holes, iniv. 3, 8, 30, 32 Thence; tervals, interstices, breaks of therefore; from it. it. aa: i. 22; ii. 15; iii. 26; iv. 3 तच्छुद्धिप्रविवेकाप्पायितबुद्धि: i. 16 etc. (The world-surfeited practiset aina . 34 Done by that. of yoga) whose intelligence at Tania FO ii. 18 In the withas been nourished, filled, ness of their activity. strengthened by and with azonorari.52 Mounted on, clear and strong discrimination occurring in, that moment. (between Purusha and Prakriti, acerat ii, 28 On the decay of that. Spirit and Marter, Subject and तत्तच्छाखानुमानाचार्योपदेशः i. 35 Object ) born of true vision By the several sciences, by (of the Pure stainless Purusha reasonings and inferences, and or Self.) by the teachings of the experts, TEST! i. 50 Born of it. adepts, teachers. 07014: j. 28 Repetition, 'telling', --19-i. 32. ( as with beads ) of It (i.e., -a71. 18; f. 13. the Praňava, AUM). TTT 1.5 By subjugation - iv. 14. of it. -सत्यम् i. 35; ii. 5, 19. aft iv, 33 'That-ness'; thing. cougart: ii, 13 ( Grains; paddy, in-itself; the exact thing: the grains. ) thing as it is; thing; fact; -USTAA iii. 17. fruth; reality; element; essence; ami. 8. 12, 28, 32, substance; first principle; 41,50; ii. 11, 13, 21, 25, principle, ·on it. तत्यहानम्-तरसमानम् ( 91 ) योगभाग्य-कोपम् arrar . 28 True-knowledge: 1 ditation on their separateness, knowledge of the truth, the their distinctaess, "That-ness', of a thing as it ) Feti: jli. 26 (Fr, to 'stretch'). really is. Its extent aruar üi. 53. aitish i. 24 The fruit thereof. Teatraag iv. 33 Because of indirera: ii. 1 The renuncianon-destruction of the substra tion of the fruit thereof. tum, the substance, the TFT i. 24; 1. 18. essence. i. 13,25, 42, 48; iii. 2; iv. 6 ariat ii. 19 Another tattva, There; in that place; in it. aratacafona: ii. 19 Transfor- 72 i. 1; ii, 4; iv. 2; etc. mation into another tativa. anticeara iü. 22 By meditation aar: iii. 26 Next to that; beyond it. (Another rcading is areiatragfaataa ii. 17 By, To , meaning the same). from, through, because of, arqeti ii. 51 Preceded by it. avoidance of the cause of the atafament ii. 33 Their enemies, connection, conjunction', idenantagonists, opponents, foes. tification, of them argfaqtgart ji, 30 For the pro- NÁZOTTF iv. 11. Of (the appepounding, expounding, expositites, the instinctive desires) tion, of it. supported by, resting or defaza: ii. 30 Refutation, conpending on them. tradiction, preventiqn, prohibi- TERREFITTarü . 10 On the dulltion, of it. ing, slowing, weakening, of that tendency; when that im- Trafalgerig i. 32 For the prepress, that cultivated habit, vention, the checking the predilection, disposition, is 'prohibiting' of (distractions). weak. arga: i. 50 Born of it. Tiy. 21 By mixture, ateit: iv. 18 of their Lord, confusion, adulteration of Master, Sovereign. them. ACHATETIT : iïi. 52 The non T: jj. 12 Like that; simibreach, unbrokenness, unceas lar to it, ingness, continuance, incesanalatut ii. 35 la his vicinity. HAHRH i. 24 Equal to its Palaute TANT iii. 17 By mne or his. 4 sance, of its flow, ·योगमाप्य-कोप 192) तत्समाहारस-तदर्द्धन . Cur: iii. 52 'Gathering up, - i. 41. collection, aggregate, totality. Kategor: i. 24 Consequent on of them. and reproducing or reflecting TITUSPATCT i. 13 With or by the properties or characteristhe wish to bring about, achitics thereof; having qualities ere, accomplish, fulfil, collect corresponding with it. or accumulate it. Minig iii. 26 In the interstices Terra: i24 Relation or con betyveen them, nection with them. aguhiu iv. 16 Unwitnessed, ACETAMOOCE i. 13 The pracº tice, the following out of the unsupported, by it. means which will secure it. Rama: iv. '11 Absence of that acetO i, 18 For its accomor those. plishment.. RE7917 ii. 25 By or from abu atatea i. 7,8.. sence, non-existence, abolition afafagrar . 30 Because of, os elimination of it or that. or as, leading to its success. anim iii, 6. aquia iii. 8. TEATROSTATI : 41 The taking aalituetara i. 23 By that or his on of the form or calor of well-wishing that on which it rests. agar i 18 Preceded by actie: jj. 14 Absence of practice thereof. memory of that. TESTETE i. 20 By practice TEETH ii zi; iv. 34 That thereof. form, or its form. ( Some edi. : ü, 21. For its sakė, - tions read act as a separate ani: i. 13; ii. 17. ..! word ), aunrah i. 28 Dwelling on TERETAT i. 42 Only in Icflection on, realisation of, or by the form of that object. its meaning .747.1. 9 So; thus; siinilarly; in agráfaqat i. 7 Having for object the meaning thereof. 7271 i. 3; i. 4; i. 5; iv. 3; etc. ut i 6 of the meaning, 797 item i. 11,-19 of that purport, purpose, thereof. or corresponding or similar ariant: ii. 18 The finishing, genus or species. completing, of that purpose. 25 tata: i. 5. iii. 26 By half of it. ti le same way.

·1.93) елсе. तदयदान-तद्धमानभिधात igara.shita elas utt ii. 30 In order to a garatg i.31 for the destrucmake it of perfect form, to tion of which or it. refine it. । तदुपदिष्टार्थकदेशप्रत्यक्षरचे i.35 On CAETH 1. 2 In that state. some one part or portion of सदयस्थे i. 2. the matters taught by them gefallegia: i. 4 Having a being brought within direct 'mode of existence', not.differsensuous cognition, within ent, not-distinguishable, from immediate personal experithat of those ( moods, functionings, workings, states, of antimafficare iv. 17 Because the mind, chitta ). of dependence on coloring, CET i. 3; iv, 16, 26, 31 Then. tinging, by it. att i. 32; ii. 4; iii. 3; iv. 3;' asiant ii. 28 Knowledge of elc. its motion. ***ITCH i. 37 of that same Traffifitrit ii. 21 On susform. pension of its power or capa- 71goteft ii. 17 'Imitator of city of being apprehended; ia its form. case of suspension of its atkrofa: i, 41 Attainment to apprehensibility. the form thereof. againą i. 42 Sceing of that; Virit iv. 22 On the at the vision of it. tainment of that form, aezia Teimann iii. 37 Because arhitil i. 11 of that same of being hostile to the vision form (fem.). of that, THA: 'ji. 20 OF ils nature; Email iij. 53 On the nonhaving the same cature as propriety or non-perceiving of that. (that atom being in) that erila i. 3; iii 13; iv. 16, 26 position or place. At that time; during that at angora: iii. 53 Experience of time. that position or place. enferat: i. 10 Dependent there arut iii. 15 By that door'; that means. तदुद्देशेन iv. 12 By or with refer- तद्धर्मानभिघात: i. 45 ( See ence to it; with it as object, aftura:) The non-overcomend, aim. ing (of the yogi's body) by OI).

·योगमाय-कोप ( 94 ) तहीजसत्ता-तन्मात्रम् of that part. the powers, attributes, func --1e-ii. 4. tions, of them (i, e. of the-ag: i. 1. five bhūtas ). : j. 4 Thin'; at-'tenu'-ated; GTI iv. 25 The existence ‘liny'; fine-drawn; (a to of the germ thereof. stretch); also the living) body. ce ii. 50 Like that. 597 i. 4 'Thin-ness. agtata ta i. 40 By that control; agunt: ii. 18 Wearing a body. or, by control of that. ---ii. 2. altre ei i. 17 Deprived, devoid, azerat: ii. 11 Made thin'; at- 'tenu'-ated. afera: ii. 13 Its maturation, -Trg-iii. 42. fruition, aia: fi. 18. तद्विपाकस्य ii. 13. aag: ii, 15; i. 30 Strand; * afaragluRTS iv. 8 Of (de thread; (TT to stretch); warp sires) con-natural, con-sodant, and woof; string; cord; con-farming, correspondent, catsut. with its (karma's) maturation, - iv. 16. its fruitage. - 27 ii. 17 ( Dependent on, araut: i. 5 The opposite or interwoven with ), contradictory of it; hostile The i. 25 ( to stretch, to it. spread, as warp and woof). afaqat i. 7 Pertaining to it; Science; web of network of having it for object. knowledge; systematised, or afavarai. 20. ganised, knowledge. तद्विपयायाम् i.35. rait-ij. 3, 15. alatii. 10; iv. 18. afata: i. 12 The inhibition or 7. ä. {{ Theit formalacontrol of it. tions, existences, manifestations, functionings, (i.e. work- FAH i. 45; ii. 19. ings of the psyche). 174 ii. 44 (AT. to measure; hat, the 'mother', who sets aglia ii. 20; iv, 22. the measure of the progenyi patrone ili. 50 By revulsion, AIAT, 'matter', that which 'dis-affection', therefrom. 'measures', defines, delimits, Tata: ii. 4 (Plural of ag: ). the immeasurable, indefnable, tei.4. limitless Spirit). Thal-measure':

·सन्मानभूतभौतिकपु-तप्यम् ( 5 ) योगमाप्यन्कोप that only'; that-in-itself; and aspiration; will-force that-matrix'; 'that-measurer'; developed by austerity; 'measurer-of-that'; the sen ('credit-account accumulated sations of sound, tact, sight, with the 'Lord of Karma' by taste, smell, in-themselves; the austerities). sensations as such, pure and ) ag:EITETITEITSNa iv. 7 Of simple; (T247T4, FTzih, those who ase practising, or etc., see Bhāgavata, iii. xxvi); have practised, austerity, sense continua 01, rather, sen study, and contemplation. sation continua, sound-conti- 79: Farempat found i. ! nuum, tact-continuum, light- Asceticism, and study, and continuum, taste-continuum, resignation or surrender of smell-continuum. the will to God, aram mastfang iii. 44 Through / HTH: ii. 43 Of or from or beor in the tan-mātras, and the cause of tapas. bhūtas (the five elements), aga: ii. 1. and the bhūta-products or e i. 14. compounds. ale i3. 26 In the loka or world - TRT107742 ii. 19. or plane called Tapas, Tapo- TAATTI: iv. 14 Haying (five) loka. tan-matras as component-agea: ii. 1. parts. atleg i. 12 In or towards the DOHC: ij. 30 Rooted in that. ascetics. --79-1.32; iv. I. afaliat ii. 17 The act of auste- --a. 12; iv. 6. rity, sell-denial, penance. aq: i. 1.32, 43,52 (a to burn; aforesat: ji. 17. to be hot; to glow; to suffer). antal: l. 26 The superphysical Self-denial; suffering; abne world or plane called Tapas gation; asceticism; austerity; or Țapo-loka, penance; burning ( of the ag ü. 50 In the heated; on belower or selfish heart, with ing heated. the fire of renunciation, re ataa ij. 17. signation, unselfishness); re तप्यम् ii. 17 The (thing) capo'. pression of the lower self; able of, or to be, or being burning up of selishness; heated, energised; the to-beglowing with noble motive stimulated.

·योगमाप्य-कोष ( 96 ) तप्यमाने-तारका acuna îî. 17 In the ( thing) | a: i. 46 Those (fem.). being heated. at: i. 5; ii. 11; etc. at i. 23; iv. 31 Him. ant ii. 33. afii, 43, 49, 55. alfa ï. 28; . 50. an: 1, 8; ii. 18 Darkness; in afara wj. 4 Technical; special ertia; heaviness; density: to one science; scientific; besubstantiality; depse dark longing to a Tantra. (See blind desire. तन्त्रम् ). #:afagt: iii. 26 Based in, seat- -714, 15. ed or founded oi, tamas. -919-ii. 5; ii. 18. TAET i. 2; iv. 31. att F ii. 17 of the cause of -antii. 35. suffering; of the heater, enerº -TATOOTH i. 2. 47. giser, stimulator, oppressor 7977: iv. 15 Of those two or in disturber. those two a14744 j. 50 Three-fold sufferaut: ii. 6; iii. 9; iv. 10; etc. ing; the three kinds of suffering af i. 4; ü. 4; iv. 3 etc. Then: (mental. physical, and mixed or 'superphysical'). --iii. 39. argent ii. 15 The state of - ii. 17. pain of sorrow and suffering. Az-ü. 26. (with an implication of reafnmt iv. 30 By the gain of morsc, 19-a19:,'after-sufferthat. ing', 'subsequent.grief* ). TATT I, 4; ii. 13, ii. 13; iv. 10; antig49: ii. 15 Experience of etc. From him or it; therco suffering. fore; thence. aut: ii. 15 Pains; sufferings. afeta ii. 49 In him or it. atx017 i. 32; ii, 5; iii. 44. alera í. 48; ii. 13; jii2; iv, 21 i 2; i. 24; j. 13. 3; etc. ah: 1. 8 Composed of deep aft i. 27, 51; i. 24, 27; iii. 6, darkness.' grosser tamas. 10, 20 Of him; his; its. -art i. 7. ART i. 2; ii. 4; iii. 5; iv. 6; etc. Pasti iii. 54 That which helps En i. 2: M. 23. to 'cross over', to win across. afn: i. 43, Ži. 5; ii, 25; iv. I iii. 53. 34. 11; etc. Wat ij. 5. if so.

·तारकाः--तुल्यः ( 97 ) योगमाप्य-कोष Or Tont: iii. 26. fagfa i. 9, 10 (PIT, to stand). --. 26. Stands, art: iii. 26 'Stars'. -Faglia iï. 26. (Some editions ann iii. 27 The co-ordina Tead प्रतिष्ठन्ते instead of प्रति- tion, inter-linking', organisa farzfa). tion, system, of stars, -fagea j. 37; iii. 26, 49, 55. ATLETITE iii. 27 Knowledge fast: iii. 23, 48 Threc. of the sidereal system, of the mio ii. 31 In a holy place, organisation of stars. ( where the jīva can cross over' from this to another argfa i. 35 In the palate; in a world, or from sin to virtue). : brain-centre placed near mala-i. 21. above the palate. afaga ü. 12 By intense sufferarert i. 24, 29, 35; ii. 13, 34; iii. 26 So long as; till then; annet: i 34 of the middle ing or misery indecd; so much that. type in intense degree. arart: iv. 21. STATE: ii. 34 of the mild type, FIATT iv. 10 of them (fem:). kind, of an intense degree. -aſa; i. 22. affi. 51. a: ii. 50 Sharp; intense. fattaafa i. 43 'Goes below'; atarian: i. 21 Of sharp or ingoes under the surface; dis tense speed, energy, force, appears. impulse, passion, earnestness. factata: ii. 11 Disappearance ftatâmar i. 21 Of those faigar: iii. 17 Hidden; disa whose wish ( for samadhi ) is appeared. intensely strong, passionate, -at-i. 18; iv 8 earnest. --425 ii. 34 aagana ii. 12 By intense force. fazia ii. 12 By animal-ness; I i. 14; iv 3 Verily; indecd; as a lower animal. ( faceti on the other hand means sidewise, horizontal; zil; ii. 4; jij 6; iv. 4; etc. thus, the reptiles and quadrup- an iv. 13. faunuta, i. c. 84: ii. 33 Equal. (qe, to weiglia their alimentary camals are to measure; ICT, a weighing horizontal). balance; fz;, that which is fag-iv. 19. 'weighable equally against or 13 ETTETTF iv. 8. eds etc. are ·योगमाय-कोप ( 98 ) तुल्यजाति-तृष्णाक्षय with an other, hence is 'equal' or equivalent ideas, cognito another.) tions, perceptions. Tania Coraret iii. 53 of the Tapet: ji, 53 of the two equals. (atom) with equal or similar auzit: i 24 iži. 53 Of the two genus, mark or characteristic, equals. and position or place or loca- TUIGETArana ii 18 In (the pu• tion. rusha who is) the same as तुल्यजातीयातुल्यजातीयशक्तिभेदानुपा well as diferent in kind or fam: ii 18 Following the disspecies. tinction of the functions, forc- IT: ii. 13. es, or powers, (as in the case) 910et: ii. 13 'Bound with”, of things of one and the same enclosed in. husk; unhusked. kind, and things of different afar: iïi. 26 A race of devas kinds. (each producing its called Tushita. own effcct, exercising its own function, so that the total re- -j. 42. - sult includes the consequences Tailag ii. 42 Amongst or in of the operations of all three querail iii. 22 In a heap of colton, etc, guņa-s). grass. TetraTag : 7 Among the equal-genus-ed'. i. e, in objects TETET iv. 25 Of the grasssprout. belonging to the same genus. Geraatmata iji. 53 On place atua iii. 44. 47 Third. or position or location and | Tatt: i. 17; ii. 50, 51; iii. 13, genus or species or kind being 26.51. equal or same; when thesc are qaid i. 26. the same or similar; in the da: ii. 5 From appeasement, case of these heing alike. $Blirti, satisfaction. Fegata iï. 53 Place, space, atur: iv. 33. position, location being the quot ii. 7 'Thirst'; craving; desire (for bodily enjoyments, तुल्यदेशश्रवणानाम् iii. 41 OF for the experiences of the se- (persons) with equal or similar parate individuality). position and audition. Georges i. 42 Of the ii. 12 Two equal happiness of, i. c., arising concepts; similar or coincident from, the wearing away, same.

·Troratgom FETIT ( 99 ) योगमाय-फोप perishing: disappearance, san i 1, 43; ii. 33 Having annihilation, of desire. abandoned, qullarg: iii. 18 The thread, 545FIE P. 15 Giving up, strand, cord, of desire. T: i. 35. सृष्णादाखसन्तापापगमात् it. 18 By the deparlure, the passing 2. -- ii. 16. way. of the burning heat of 1992 iii. 4,7, 8, 16, 43, 50. the pain of desire; from the full ii. 4, 7 Thyce; triplet, disappearance of the hot pains, triad, trinity. the sorrows and sufferings, 70# ii. 17; iv. 12, 23. caused by desire. 728 50; ii. 14. 26. 29 (in portag: iii, 51 The 'wombs iii, 14 some editions read in i. e. producors, and also the place of 53:). products, of 'thirst', desire. TOTEU M. 4. i. 30; ii. 10, 14; fi.37; iv. FITOI . 19; ii. 13; iv. 12. 13 They. Trii. 13. 27 Triplet (fem:) ... à i. 19; ii. 3; iii. 9; iv. 9; ctc. FEUF iv. 21 Fears. : ji, 40 Of tejas, 'fire', -9101- 2. 17. light, heat, radiance. e: ii. 9. an i. 9; ii. 4; ijt. 16; iv, 11; etc, fj. 19. By it or liin. FATOTH, I, 2; ii. 15; iv. 15 aaaa iv. 15 By 'that and that's Having three 'strands', attriby the appropriate. bules; (neu:). aarte i45; a. 2; . 18; iv. 2; 1 Argjen: iii. 18 Having (the) three properties, altributes, qualities etc. ag ii. 19; ii. 16; iv. 3; etc. (masc:). a: iv, 23. Paginaer i. 20 Because of por- JATT 1. 45 Of the 'luminous'; sessing (the) three attributes. of that which consists of, or is Forgot ii. 20 Having (the) three born of, tejas, light and heat, properties, attributes (fem:). fire. forcefTaATART ij.17- By afritata ii. 28 ( Belonging to the power of knowledge of the animal kingdom), the triplícity. 799 15 Given up; aban- Franti: i. 26 The three-tens'; doned. (the word is explained in Tie ti, 33. other ways also); the devas.

·योगभाप्य-कोप (100) त्रिदशानाम्-दग्धयोजभावः fara iii, 26. (osscous tissue ), marrow faut i. 48; ii. 34 In three ways; (oleaginous or fatty tissue ), three-wise;, trebly. semen-ovum (reproductive frater: ii 15 Three-jointed. tissue). (This septenary is a : ii. 31; iï. 13 By three. little different from that menfargli: iii. 26 Three storeyed, tioned in the Ayurvedic three-layered, three-planed. medical works, viz., rasa WC 13 Having three (chyme-chyle), rakta (blood), marks. māmsa (Alesh), midas (fat), fragt: ii. 13. asthi (bone), majjā (marrow), fafar iv. 7 Threefold ( neu:) shukra (semenovum). free iii. 22. faut iii. 18 By thee. Afet: i. 21; ii. 13; ii. 13, 26. fafaut: i. 34. विविधात् iv.8. repor: ii, 26. South; southern. fafaqi ji 13 Having three fatora: iii. 26. To the south. maturations, fruits, consequen- pleraqsä j. 26. On the right or ces, results the southern side. Fag i 18. TOTALT: . 26. Southern part. IoT i. 24; ii. 4, 26 Three. (Most editions read aretur: Garii. 34 Three-wise; in three TTT:). ways. qrugganu iii. 55. With seed Seat iii. 13 The triple world; of misery burnt, consumed. the triad of worlds; the three Fute ii. 4; iii. 55. Of worlds together. (the wise person) whose seed datae ji. 26 Within the of misery has been burnt, i. c. triple world. sterilised (by true knowledge). Eter iii. 13 Having three paths. 9770iieia ii. 2. STeata: ii13; iv. 13 (Plural realitate: ' ii. 10. 11. Like, having the form of, similar to, ü. 19. resembling, burnti.e. sterilised त्वग्लोहितमांसस्नाय्यस्थिमज्जाशुमाणि seeds. iii. 29 Cutaneous (dermal) 95FA1 ï. 26. To the betissue, blood (liquid tissue), ing, the state, of burnt seeds. jesh (fibrous tissue), cartilege azi: iv. 28. Reduced to (cartilaginous tissue), bone the state of a burnt sced. of above).

·on, दग्धवीजभाषा-दर्शित ( 101 ) योगमाप्य कोष Fraasata ii. 4. Being in the walay ii. 23. Vision-knowstate of a burnt seed; (fem:). ledge; illumination; the knowarritarar: ii. 13; iv. 28. ledge that is identical with, is Utara A: . 26. The of the nature of, or arises coming supervention, from, direct vision, assumption, attainment, of the act ii. 32. condition of burnt seeds. |-31ag i. 29; ii. 15, 23, 24. aralisten ii. 4. Of the burnt aginn i. 4, 43; ii. 18, 23. 44: seed. iii. 32. ( TT, TT, to see ). qramista i. 4. Of burnt seeds, Sceing; view; vision, recoge pret ii. 4. Burnt. nition, of the Self; vision; qanıstanda !!!. 50. Like doctrine; system of philoso burnt paddy-seeds. phy, que Tout iv. 10. The forest walafiat: iii. 15. Deprived of, named Dandaka. beyond, vision. PEThat i. 46. “Rod-posture; Jazaafiat ii. 6. 23. The power (a particular yogic posture in of seeing, knowledge, 'cogniwhich the practiser is 'stretchtion, awareness. ed out like a xod"). malaze ü. 23, 25. - iv. 10. (ar, to give). quiner . 23. LIRT ii. 24. qurfa ii. 23. (itt, to 'do', to stara, ii. 4, 17, 30; iii. 41. place, to put ). start ii. 24. mula iv. 21. - afet i1. 43. f. 26. (Curd). iarą iii. 52. allein ii. 19. impoverishinent. ita ii. 23. Absence or (Some editions read fisar, lack of vision. poverly ). ziaruig i. 23. For the sake of qfizpfa ii. 19. Becomes poor. vision. 21 ii. 36. miata: iii. 461 Worthy to see. -;. 30; ii, 6, 41, Faisla ii. 20 Shows. -4377- i. 12. 16; ii. 17, 23, itafarmecara i. 4; ij. 17; iii. 35 24.43; iii. 37; iv. 15, 25. Because of having objects iqkizincta: i. 23. Ending shown to it. with the act of vision. zalagaan ii. 23 of the Self, era: i. 33.

·1 ces. योगमाय-कोष ( 102 ) दर्शितविषया-दिश्य the soul, the purusha) to which gods. (Gr. th.cos, god, oikos, objects have been exhibited. house). arrafagot i. 2 That (Chiti- fecuperalih . 36. Know- Shaktis, Principle of Power of ledge, experience, of divine', Consciousness, the Self, Puru superphysical, subtle, fragransha) to which objects, sensuous things, have been of arc esporrifat i. 35. Consciousexhibited; spectatress. ness, awareness, 'sensing of pềa: iii. 13. 'divinc', subtle, superphysical afira: iv. 25. scents; 'clair-olfaction'. -tra: iv. 23. 25. four iji. 4. "Divine'. heavenly, 77 iii. 13 Ten. superphysical. 75 iii. 18. fecat i. 42; iii. 41. Tena ji. 13. In the place of creatia ji, 36; i. 35. Contens. sciousness, awareness, 'sensing' qu: ii. 15. Bitten, stung. of divine , subtle, superphysical a ii. 45. Burns. taste; 'clair-guestation. 677 iii. 34. Hallow; empty Recreafuqiii. 36. Do. of forms, space; subtle. small. infini. sights, shapes; clair-voyance. tesimal; the cairty of the heart; foto 20 iii. 36. Do. the heart. of sounds; clair-audicnce. a iii. 22. may burn up. FECTEUTTIFO: 36. Do. iv. 4. of tacts, touches; 'clair-palpation. --ii. 30. -iv, 10. Fanfonantur i. 15. In ar i. 42; is. 7. or for the contact, cngage- -दानानि iv. 14. ment, experience, proximity, ita ii. 33. enjoyment. or employment. u. 54; iv. 4, 9, 14. 33. of divine or superphysical ity ii. 33. In, among the wives. and non-divinc or physical - 37. objects. frea . 30. foji. 51. In the 'shining'. Fenst. 32. the divine. - iii. 26. iv. 33. (Here some edifafa iii. 26. la heaven. lions reed furtu in place fatere: 11.5. Dwellers of heaven; of उहित्य).

·दिशा-दुःख (103) योगमाप्य-कोष fit iv. 14. By this direction; -3:9--, 11, ii, 9, 15, 55; jii. in this way, this manner. 18, 26. fafalaft iii. 26. In direction 3:1-i. 11; ï. 8, 14, 15, 17, 25 upon direction;in every direc 34; ii, 18; iv. 10.,15. tion; in quarter after quarter. T. 31, i. 8. ferta i. 33. 35. in ii. 9. -- 19-. 35; iv. 10. TTT 1. 15, 16. Pain; painful. -ipfa ii. 20. gia4 i. 10, 31; ii 5, 14, 15, 10: i. 51. 54. 16, 17, 25, 34; iii. 18; iv. 11. ET üi. 51. giastafaqat ii, 25 On the alfa: ii. 28. retireinent', cessation, removal. atra: jj. 28, 52 Shining; radiance; abolition, of the cause of pain. shining forth; luminosity; goan. iv. 15 Knowledge, effulgence. cxperience, feeling, of pain. mag ii. 33. et i. 15. - i. 30. giach i. 28. In painfulness. aina USCITER2:1.14. praedi. 18 On the side of 'Served' followed, tended, pain; in the category of pain. observed, propitiated, practis- 5:0792 ii. 15 In the mire, quaged, for a long time, and unremit. mire, of pains and sorrows. tingly, unintermittently, (with- (Cf. 'slough of despond'). out break, interruption), and Fa: ii. 17 Remedy, with 'reverent trust', 'loving 'counter-action', of pain. faith', fervour, ardour, (not 5:27Fet: 11. 14 Having pain for doubtfully, or in the spirit of fruit; painful in the result, in levity or play). effect. anafaa: i. 14 Practised, Jaag: ii. 15 Painful; full of 'served' for, a long time. pains; with pain preponderant. sig i. 26 Long. garfa ij. 15, 34 Pains; disadge": i. 50 Long and subtle tresses; causes pain. or fine: prolonged and atten afnet ii. 34 of the matu- Azi: iii. 18. uated. ration or fruit of pain; or, of aisten: ï. 50, 51. that of which pain is the fruit. - 1,33; ii, 5. sietieptua: i15 Germ of ·( 104 ) - ii. 15. get ii. 17. योगमाय-कोप दुःखसमुदायस्य-दृढाम् the tendency of disposition to giftag i. 33; . 23 Amongst or of pain. the miscrable; amongst those FAQETTET I. 15 Of the .com who are in pain. ing together", "gathering', Ft 1. 58, 15. crowding. accumulation, of - iv. 11. pains. (94+ + 371 +, to go; going or coming together). - i. 5. Gratarfa ii. 15 The 'accom:7egrare ii. 34 From the creaplishers', makers, means, of tion, production, or causing pain. to others, of pain. Sietota: ii. 25 Cessation of giana: ii. 15. Stream of sorrow. pain. Taat: ill. 18 of the ‘own- / STICHTIR iv. 7 of the evil-soulcd. fom", the nature, of pain. gåa i 52 Of 'poor strength"; yogat: . 17 Because of pain; weak. from the cause of pain. gear: . 13. TETARFfet: ii. 34 With Flatrat ii. 13 Difficult to know. endless fruit of pain and igno great iii. 13 Daughter. rance; fruiting, fructifying, gaztag iv. 9 By distance resulting, in endless pains and of place; because of distance; in consequence of being far off. दुःखाशानानन्तफला:i.34. IT I, 43 From a distance. gea iv. 11. Cafet: ii. 6. 20 The power of, :otfa ii. 15. j. e., known as, 'secingness', F:Engha10 ii. 15 Because of, 'seer-ness, Consciousness, from, cxperience of pain. Awareness (mere. pure). giergaret ii. 8 “Sleeping with', sarfagrecal: ii. 6 Of the (two) accompanying pain; going powers (of) Consciousness with, following ypon, pain. (pure and simple, merc Awarc gitigarut i. 11. ness) and cognitive intelligence. दुःखानुस्मृतिपूर्यः ii. 8 Preceded by 77fa577dt: i. 17, 22. remeinbrance of pain. a: i. 14 Firm-grounded. gitfatii. & Of him who #: i. 14. knows pain, who has expe- egr i. 35 To the strong, firm. rienced pain. dense, hard (fem:) CITORS ·ness - OT दृढीभविष्यति-दृष्टजन्म० ( 105 ) योगभाप्य-कोप Erila iii. 51 Will become on, relative to the idea, nofirm, strong, hard. tion, belief, hypothesis, assu 7977: ii. 20. Pure conscious mption, of object'; dependent ness; simple awareness. on the idea that there is an efart: i. 20. object (contraposed before EfTEET ii. 17, 21, 23 Of that the subject). which has the form of Aware- 4 . 18 The to-be-seen, sccable, visible; the object- 1: ii. 25 Of the Principle of world (ncu:), Consciousness. 499 ii. 17, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23. E: ii. 22. 25, 7A1: ii. 4 Being scen; visible; iv. 23. appearing. 25-iii. 49. uit ji. 17. i 45. 3477 . 21 of the seen; the to: iii. 35 Visible'; the 'seen'; visible, the fo-berseen the object-world; object (as sceable. contrasted with the Subject, T797 ii. 21. 23. the knower, the Sell). TTEET ii. 18 of the ownrud i. 9; 7. 5, 9, 17, 21, 23; form or nature of object. jii 15. 35; iv. 10. 19. 30 Is T: ii. 17 F91912 ii. 19. E2464176 iv. 19 Because of 'see- en 21. ability', 'visibility, objectivity. Th 11. 23 677UTT iv. 19. eta ix. 25 (Two) are seen. Errea i. 4; 1. 17; 1, 55 By a . 23. sceableness, visibleness; by -E-n. 12, 13. reason of being 'object', being Ee: 11. 50. the seen, the known. EU 11. 50. 51; ii. 14. da ii. 23 By the quality te: i. 7; iv. 19. 33 Seen (masc.) of possessing. or being of. (ET, 427, to see). the nature of object; because -. 7, 15, 41: i. 12, 13, of having objectivity; by Orang: ii. 12, 13 To be Teason of having the property experienced. realised, in the of object-ness'. 'seen or immediate present TUTTE H. 23 Depending birth. 14 seen. IV.

·योगभाष्य-कोप ( 106 ) दृएजन्मवेदनीयस्य-देशः दृष्टजन्मवेदनीयस्य . 13. EDIATE17 i. 41. The taking 9 i. 8, 42; . 30; j. 14, of an example, an instance, an 17, 26. illustration; to take an ex- Erfagier CoreT i. 15 of him amples who has ceased to 'thirst' for | Eley iv. 13. The path of things seen, i. e., the things vision. of sense, the things of this Egr ii. 15 Having seen. world. a: i. 1. A god. a superhuman -Fi, 32. being. 'who shines'. ( Feqa, to -ur: ii. 50: ii. 15. shine, to play, to be glad). दृष्टादृष्टजन्मवेदनीयः i. 12 To be aqat ii. 44., 'felt', 'experienced', realised-a-ii. 12. in or as belonging to seen and area ii. 12 By ‘god-lood', 'godunseen (present and future) ness', 'godship', divinity. births. cugfarzi: i. 7 He by whom geça: ii. 19 (A proper name, a 'meaning'. 'a thing intended', God-given', 'Theoatus'). a fact, has been seçn or afata: iji, 26 A race, group, inferred. class, of minor devas; spirits; Urglar i 7. sub-gods; demi-gods. 60guferentaquaqzai i. 16 l'afata: iii. 26. One who scesthe evil inherent Talent ii. 31 For the sake of in all objects of enjoynient, the gods and the brāhmaṇas' 'seen", or "heard', sensuous i. c., 'the men of Brahma, as well supersensuous, spiritual knowledge. mundane and celestial. TATET: iii. 26. 44 Gods and दृष्टानुश्रविकविपय वितृष्णस्य i. 15 OF him who has ceased to arguig iï. 18. crave for objects 'seen! 7 iii. 26 The hall of the heard' (physical of supergods. physical, visible' or 'revealed') 221: ii. 44: j. 51. Eura: iv. 19 Illustration; ex qatz iv. 33. ample; instance; "that of arala i. 19; ii. 12; ii. 51. which the end, the finality has -- 1.31; iv. 9. becn scen'. - 41, 48, 53, En f. 53. : . 5. 50 Country; place; as men. OT ·देशकालनिमिक-दोषः ( 107 ) योगभाष्य कोप -- ji. 53. direction; space form, to 22777122: iii. 53 Difference direct to point out). of position and charactering देशकालनिमित्तानवधारणात् ii. 13 works. Because of the indefinability, HENNELECT iii. 53 On simiunascertainability, of its ) larity of place and mark. space, time, and causalily, TET I, 53: anmefafangharafazag i. 44 anyà: i. 7 Because of Defined, delimited, character 'reaching another place. ised, by experience, aware arata ii. 45 In another place. ness, cognisance, of space, alasar ii. 31 Conditioned, time and causality. defined, marked off, divided देशकालनिमित्तान iji. 18 By off, by place or space. experience of space, time, and I i. 2. causation. ana j. 50. येशकालाकारनिमित्तापयन्धात् iii. 141 --देशेभ्यः iii. 14. By the 'un-tying'. the absence. ang iii. 1. keeping away removal of the proper) place, time, form, and : iji. 14. GET . 43. ACETIFA: ii. 50 By-at: is. 26. (extent or reach or length in) - craig i. 19; iji. 48; iv. 7. place, by duration, and by qarafian iv. I Belonging to. number. screened off by, 'intervened' देशकालसहवामिः.51. by, another body or birth. Tagt iv. 9. arrat ii. 45 In another body. arFT: iii. J 'Place-binding'; - iii, 22. alt ï. 28. 'tying down to one place': iv. 8 Divine; heavenly. confinement to one definite argyat: iv. 8 'Following'. tin spot; limitation of or to a keeping with, in accord with, place; definition of centre, consonant with divinity; sphere, spot or place; circumhaving the qualities that rescription. semble divine qualities. qua: iii. 53 Difference of place fan iï. 22. or space. -- 15; jj. 13, 30. ii. 52. gia: iii. 13. cause, ·Er ii. 20. Ti, 17. योगभाष्य-कोष ( 108 ). । दोपः-द्वन्द्धसदनम् : . 13 Fault, defect, vice. FOTO ii. 30. aineistot iii. 50 On the Ferraza:: iï. 13 Because of, 'confrom, another, substance; besumption, destruction, of the cause of being another subseeds of sin. *-stance, something else (than ator: iii. 29 Faults: (the princibeforc). pal materials or constituents which make up the body FUIFUT74# iii. 13 Othenvisecalled faults because of the ness of substance;' change of reasons given in ij. 3, 15). an object into another object, दोपात् iv. 25. another substance, something else. Latart iii. 51. -दौमनस्यi. 31 ('Ill-minded - Eesti. 4) Should be seen, noted; is obscrvable. ness; restlessness; deperession of mind). Taryferint: lij, 32 of sky and T ii, 20 Seer; knower. earth. -etager i. 1. ng: i: 3. (ET, 957, to sce) Of etaufia ini. 17 (They) light up. the secr, spectator. (silent and illumine, inactive) watcher. (mere) deuà i. 43 (aq, y, to shine) witness. is illuminated. is shown forth. : ii. 20, 23. indicated, lighted up. prestat: ii. 17 or : ii. 5 Heaven, sky. zoufat ii. 3 Make hard, firm; strengthen; confirm. द्रष्टदृश्योपरक्तम् iv. 23 Colored F ii. 33; . 44, 47, 52 Sub withi, tinged witls, seer and stance; "that which can melt. run'; thing द्रष्टदृश्योपरक्तम् iv. 23. Fa: iv. 12 From substance Rapidly: quickly: enn . 12 By substantiality; readily: at once. in the shape of, or as, sub-gar: iii. 51. stance, - ii. 30. goltura: iii. 13 Modification. 56: . 32 Two-and-two; pairs change, of or into or as sub. of opposites. stance ii. 32 Endurance of pairs of opposites. Seer and seen. seen. 219 i. 14 Fortu üïi. 13, ·way, path, द्वन्द्वानभिधातः-द्वेषदुः० ( 109 ) योगमाय-कोष Grafa: ii.,48 Not being featu: i. 17; ii. 50.55; ii. 13, 'stricken by, non-oppression 44,51 Do: (masc.). by, the opposites; not-feeling Scaiat . 13 Do! ( fem:). of, not being affected by, the ferita iii. 26. pairs of opposites. feat i. 28 In two ways. og i. 23. hat ji. 22; iv. 10 Of two cre: i. 48. kinds; (neu:). Tani. 16 Duad; two; pair; lefag: 1, 2, 19; č. 44 Do: (neu). (masc:) i. 11, 36; iv. 33 Do: (fem:) / fela19777277 ii. 13 Beginner, # iii. 15, 18 Two pairs. initiator, cause 'maturatious, 4: i. 24; . 18, 50; ii, 15, fruitious, of two results. 52, 53 Of two. ito: 44 Scated in, depen- ETET in, 13. dent on, two; established in Errer iv. 16 By (this). 'door, two ways. Tags: ji 26 Two gretaafa i. 35 Become of act thousand ( yojanas ) high or as 'doors', gate-ways, paths, long : i. 26. passages, means, helps. ar iii. 26. aag iii. 26 In islands, contito iii. 15, 55; iv. 7. femii. 19: ü. 13 Two; (fem: and neu:). forgaloguteoga: iri. 26 With --- . 3. successively 'double and 29-1. 8; . 55. double life-periods; each 4: 11.8. succeeding class having a life- qq: i. 11; ii. 8. 28: iv. 11 time twice as long as that of ( Two -ness; feeling of 'twothe preceding. ness, separateness ; separativefuori: i. 26 Twofold; double, ness; desire to put another (plu:). away, to divide off: dislike; faTuA jii. 26 By double as disaffection; repulsion; hate. much. tiv. 11. faarsadan i. 8 ( The optical ain: i 15 Hale-born.- hallucination of) seeing two 29:argetahana: iv. 10 Caused, occasioned, generated, Franck j. 44 Second; (neu:). by the recollection of hate ments. + moons.

·JITHCG-679 (110) द्वेषमोहकृता-धर्मधर्मिणोः т or and pain, or of pain accom compelling power of human panied with hate or dislike authority, legal other. द्वेपमोहतः। 15 Produced by 3. Religion, (rc, back. legere hate and perplexity, error (or to bind), which binds souls confusion, fear ): together and to God in the Ener: č. 15 Pervaded, per bonds of love and devotion. meated, threaded and pierced, 4. Merit acquired by obeying by hate. such legal, moral, religious aft i. 15 Hates. guidance and authority; the tj. 52 Two; (masc.) helpful power and property of good deeds, helpful to doer as well as object and recipient; --- virtue. H. 14. 45. -~. 2. 25. 44; ui 19; ii. - . 13. 10.15, 45: iv. 10. 12. -Kh: i, 43. ---: 1. 9; ï. 33; ii. 11; iv. 3. - ii. 9; iv. 10. et in 1. 9.32, 33, 43; ü 23, -T: . 19. 28. 34: iï. 13, 14. 15, 18, -*: i. 16. 50; iv. 3 (From 3, 47, 20 Jäg i. 44. hold, support, bind together). miroshazifani. 2 Going. 1. That which holds together; approaching, tending, towards supports, preserves, makes a virtue and wisdom and detachthing what it is; constituent ment and sovercignty. principle; function; property, uka: iii. 13 From dharma. characteristic; the attribute miran ii. 13 Attributeness; which is the essence of a thing. the condition of (being a) its substratum, as it were; the quality, law of the nature of a thing: Are j. 13 In the state of nature. 2. Law, ( legers, to ( being a ) dharma. bind), which binds human beina ii. 23; iii. 49. ings together in the bonds of Tom ü. 13 By the door of rights and duties; binding. attributes; through the dharma. governing, guiding force, in herät: iii. 13. Of property ternal and external; moral and thing; of attribute and law, imposed by conscience, or substance ( possessing the ordained and imposed by the attribute).

·rence perty and mark. धर्मधर्मभेदात्-धर्मलक्षणा ( 111 ) योगभाप्य-कोप 7 HIT iii. 13 By the dif- TASETTATOTT i. 2 Inclining, ference of or between attri approximating, to the state bute and substratum, of trance-meditation called TAH iii. 15 in the diffe dharma-megha. of phenomenon and TFT IV. 32. nouinenon', property and 7771 it. I], 13 of two dharmas. thing. attribute and substance. THERTOOTH iï. 15 from pro- #: i. 13 Succession of the attributes (of exhibition Tafutaefunt: ii. 13 and inhibition). Transformation of harmas TRUTH A: . 15 Order of (i. e., the 'form'-attribute, the change of property. attribule of form, as e. &. of - iv. 3. 'clay-ness' into 'jarºness', i. c. THA iv. 3. 10. of a lump of clay into a jar!, FRAPIA iii. 13, 14 Only or the and sequential changes of lakwhole of the attribute: the shaņas (i.c.) the three stages. exact measure of the total special characteristics, viz., property; neither more nor less past 'unbornness', present than the property. 'createdness', future destroy- HATTETITfa: iii. 44 Change, edness'), and developements of alteration, of function the successive avasthås, states property only. or conditions,, (as e.g., at first TATTOrg . 22 of all attrinewness, then oldncss; fors! butes only freshness, then worn-out yega: jv. 29 'The cloud which decay). (This looks very obsshowers virtues'; "the cloud cure jargon and 'logomachy of holiness'. The kind or stage as translated, more or less of samadhi. or trance, named literally. The significance is seen Dharma-megha, in which the in the process of evolution and dharmas, laws of nature, laws involution. Modern science with of the world-order, the secrets or despite its ever-changing of God's Nature and Nature's and conflicting theories and God, rain upon, become clear speculations, has approached to, the mind of the en-tranced the fact that all potentialitics' are present in every atom, at Haa: iv. 29. least in cvery 'living atom' or OT yogi.

·, योगभाष्य कोप ( 112 ) धर्मलक्षणा-धर्मान्तरोग JI 18 And it . biophore or zygote, these po धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामे 113 tencies have been named 'ds' ERUITRIIETO 13 By or or 'genes Ancient science only in the shape or form of attraadds what modern science is butes, stages and conditions also beginning to think to be THTE very likely, that all atoms, -as 9, iv 3 super-atoms etc are ling TREC * 13, 15 says that evolution - 1 9; 11 35 consists in the gradual unfold -AL 42; m 9, 18 ment of these potentialıtıcs The ER » 17; m 13, 14, 15, 52; technical expressions used by jy 12 the Yoga Bhashya seem in- -TARG II 18 tended only to indicate the धर्माणाम् 1v 12 Of dharmas three implications of this faith, viz (1) that the unfoldment of a 11 13. any one potentiality implies saia 11 13; w 11 the becoming latent of another 1 AA 19. 13: 1 17. that was before patent. (2) Wien 2 Merrt etc that this means that what was धर्मादिनिमित्तापेक्षम् । 10. 15 formerly hidden in the future' Dependent on merit etc as it's has now become the presant, cause, condition, occasion and the present' become the 2 v 17 Of «harma etc. 'past" (3) that this again TRITHEOT 1 18 of the form means that what was manifest of nature of merit and demerit ing dynamically is weakening wateraf 11 15, IV 11 Mert into statıcıty, while what was and demerit, virtue and vice, static 15 strengthening into plety and sin dynamıcıty This is suggested saiasofasi m 13 Not more as a possible way of interpre than, not other than, the attrating intelligibly. in inodern bute terms, the language of the old yaa in 13 Another proper passage which is undoubtedly ty very technical and obscure) wataing 112 14 From other धर्मलमणावस्थापरिणामा ॥ 19, ll properties 13 धर्मान्तरोत्पत्ति ॥ 13 The birth धर्मलक्षणायस्थापरिणामेपु at 16 of another property ·1 धर्मान्तरोदये धात्वर्थ ( 113 ) योगभाप्रकोप patraurat 43 On the arising Very nature or substance, of of another Dharma (Some the substratum editions read धर्मान्तरोदय , and ] धर्मिस्वरूपमानत्गत् 1 14 Because others. धर्मान्तरस्य कपालादेख्दये) of being of only the own-form ETATFUUTIFTEE 11. 14 'Otherwise of the substratum ness', change of property धर्मिषु 33 GANGE v 15 With reference stait un 14 The possessor of to, becausc of, depending on, dharma or property; subsmerit trafe; functionary. --वर्मापेक्षम् Iv 15. wat in 13, 14, 15, tv. 12 -afti u 2. åg iv 33 fu. 11. 12, 13, 14, 15 Of the Säg in 14 possessor of the dharma or wy 25 dharmas # m 13, 44 -aftu 10 staa: 1!. 29 ( 91 to 'do', to affo 11. 22 of substrata, put, place keep in place, do ' functionaries, (sometimes the up', make up. con-sti lute, primal three gunas, attributes, compose, keep up, hold up, which serve as the unmanifest maintain The seven dhātus, substrata of all manifest attri *ttssues', of the body, 'chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, ut for 1 13. 15 semen ovum', are so called Ha m By the condition because they constitute and of (being) the substratum maintain the body; gà # athleffatu 13 The trans- स्वयं स्थित्वा देह दधनि यणाम् । formation, changc, .curdling' रसासृढमांसमेदोऽस्थिाजाशुक्राणि of the substratum grat' t Bhava prakāsha I, 1 131) Tissues, constituent EfR Aarnativ12 (The two) substances (The word dhatu. accompanying, latent, co existent, in the substratum in grammar. means the verb) EITTIFICUTIQFORT 30 Dis-case. ima94 11 13 (To) the Il-health, disturbance of proown-form,' nature, character, portion and equilibrium, of of the substratum tissues liquids, and organs or aferitham 13 of only the 'instruments own-fon, the essence, the largefariqi 9 Only the sense 15 butes ) ·3 योगमाप्य कोप ( 114 ) धान-ध्यानम् or meaning of the root or marta ix 23, 24 verb --धार्यन्ते ।। 29 4 17. apa iv. 23 471FMFTIR 1y 3 The roots-of-ima au 17 grain plants YAUT 11 28 The knowledge, ITU?, 7, ? 18, 19, 20 the perception, of smoke I wv 20 -धूयते ॥ 11 ETCOTTL, 134, 11 18; rv 21 9: 28 -VI129 ufalta u 28 The supporting ETTU 11 1 (T, ETT, to hold, or maintaining cause; the cause of fortitude, of holding causatre ETT, to cause to hold, to hold firm, sleady. sull) Causing the mind) to 1-29 hold firm, steady, still, fixed -417--1 2. . 4. 7, 16, 26 to one spot, concentration, - 48 fixed Ideation, retention; re TRETEN 6 Born of contemtentneness, holding on to one plalion object, one idea, in the mind ध्यानम् 16 or by the mind 114 m 2 (***, FRITT, to diell EIITOT 1111, 43 - 1 13,51 upon, to think' of, a thing). Intent observation, continuous Etata 11 43 From, by means or because of, concentration attention, contemplation (By LITTUURITHI # 1 4,7,16 the dictionary and ctymology. The triplet of concentration, 'con templation' is marking contemplation and rapport out an area, a templum, for obscrvation, and this fits in -76*719 i 34 exactly with the technical -U1012017 11 53 definition of Tot in the text TUTE 11 53, the other land, grua : 35, 36 Of (the person) 'con centra tion,' 'confining to concentrating, holding'. a centre, may be said similarly arcala 11 17 Supports, holds, to fit in with the technical maintains, keeps on or up definition of wat as conti ETTE. 11 36 Virtuous, mento nuous, unbroken, one pointed or single-minded stretching And on Fious ·ध्यानम् पनि (115) योगभाप्य-कोप of an idea, a belief, a thought 77769: i. 11 Avoidable, or conception or cognition. destructiblc, by contemplation. Yet, on the whole, considering all the associations and con- ध्यानात् i. 39. ventional uses of the two APTIATÈ A i. 48 By the words, it seems best to render growing 'taste' for, joy in, the STITUT by concentration, and practice of contemplation.' . Eta by contemplation. Martial (ATTTT: iii. 26. Feeding on, phraseology is analogous. nourished by, contemplation; Forces are 'concentrated' at a having contemplation for food. (The old live in particular spot or point, as the memory; the chitta-mind is concentrated at young in action), some spot or point in the body squia: i. 2 The contemplators; saa ii. 11. or outside; and as a military operation, a march, an attack, yogis. is 'contemplated,' against, or ध्यायिनाम् iv. 10. on, a fort or other distant ob-sida i. 39 May contemplate. ject, so the mind 'contem- dania na iii 3 By the inplatcs' onc object with the in coming, entrance, influx. intention, as it were, of throw spiration, 'obsession'. 'possesing itself on or into it, to sion', of or by the naturc.of grasp and conquer the whole the object contemplated. of it, to discover all its ins 9171TA HIAR 1. 3 Showing and outs, lo seize hold of and forth the form of the object identify itself with it, to make contemplated. it not only 'mine", but that sagiaraati iii. 2 Of the (idea) final degree of mine', viz, which supports the contem- 'me', which constitutes FATA, plated object, or is supported occupation or 'possession of, by and hangs on it. rapport or identification with, war ii. 5 Fixed; steady; certain; the object, 'collected absorppermanent. tion' or 'absorbed collectedness' of the mind, saplurcs na iži. 28 In or on the pole raptnc33. 1974 iii, 2, 3, Te fij. 28. ETTA iv. 7. safii. 17. are iii. 26. stat.

·योगभाध्य-कोप ( 116 ) ध्वनिपरिणाम-नहुप 11 ) ध्वनिपरिणाममात्रविषयम् ॥ 17 evil man'; , to go, F-Tát Having for object, cognising. the departed, the 'gone on': only the transformations, fanden, slanting. horizontal, the changes, developements, re animals whose alimentary sults, of inarticulate sound Canals run slantwise or hori zontally) -- नरकतिर्यगर्भसम्भवम् 18 Born an 20, 1y 16, 19 No, not of purgatories and of animal wombs #21;1 1, , 1 3, etc Hladnja mn. 18 Arising from, -98- 26 - 12 bora of purgatory and the animal kingdom 7045 Surely, but surely aralaru 3 Rejoices aari 21, 30, 11 28, su 26 Nine 79 250 New, (masc ) RESH 11 26 The place which *gives joy', the heavenly garden 79 1,24 Do (neu) of Indra the king of the gods, Fut 28 Nine-fold, in nine ways elysium Arziteat 11 12 Nand Ishvara the ragerrara, 1 13 Newness and oldness name of one of the chief officers of the staf of Shiva ATTET IV 33 (Some editions omt this word) Rudra (By very great tapas, PETT 5 New, (fem) he was suddenly transformed from a very low birth to the -नश्यति ॥ 21 - chief servant of Shuva). a > 13 May perish, may नन्दीश्वरयत् ॥ 13 Like Nangi be destroyed shvara -94 11 22 ametsatteet 1v 3 Nandishvata aeg 11 22 Destroyed, perished etc (azt, to perish to disappear) AHH 26 Of the sky. TE n 12 Nahushå; ( the name fra 1 3 of one of the famous kings, 7471 11 39 Because of leading in the Puranas He officiated as --07-11 26 kmg of the gods for a period, नरकतिर्यप्रेतादिपु 1 34 In purga: when Indra was in hiding, tory, in the animal kingdom, after having been defeated by and in earthbound ) ghosts the titun king Balt But he (a***s the 'small man' the grew proudand grossly insulted ·नहुपयत्-नित्यः ( 117 ) योगभाप्य-कोप R1377 ü. 22. 3 the țshis. They cursed him, ing, of purgatorial or animal and he was suddenly trans or human tendency, formed into a great serpent ). afnot ii. 12 Of the purga- 779 ii. 13 Like Nahusha. torial (jivas). a77110g: iv. 3 The Nahusha -17: iv. 12. serpent etc. Aft: ii. 13, 21, 23. 28 Destrucarst . 31 Nerve; nerve-centre; 'tion. ganglion. - iii. 31. -AlfTe: iv, 24. -fatt iv. 21. नादानुसंदारबुद्धिनिर्माद्यम् ii. 17 Graspable, art iü, 51, comprehensible, -- . 39. cognisable, by the intelligence which follows sounds, spoken and i. 35; iii. 1 In or on syllables, and gathers them up the 'front of the nose; at the and retains ( memory of ) root of the nose (between them (running) "through their the eyebrows, wherc the (successive) appcarance and ajītâchakra is placed; some disappearance. interpret the word as 'on the ----. 39. tip of the nose, or looking Fift iii. 29 In or on the towards the heart). 'navel-disc', the solar plexus; afersirgaire?? i. 34 By or from ( some say. the epigastric the nostrils, the 'pots', the plexus ). 'utensils' of the nose. . -- *., ** A iii. l. -aara: 1.26. 17 i. 12, 24; ii. 15, 20, 23; -fara: jj. 26. iii. 33, 43, 49; iv. 29, 33 alma ii. 38 Deposits, places; Name; by name. transfers. (fa+faiq, to Hing). नामाण्यातसारूप्यात् iii. 17 By algung ii. 18. 38 Flung, cast similarity of nouns and verbs, down deposited, transferred. (name or form and action or falecy jy. 21 Casting down; function ) having thrown aside. arrafãsa CAM fenfiffa Agains4 ii. 50 of the (breath) 79 iv. 8 The cause, con restrained, controlled. dition, occasion, of the mani- | facut: i. 27 Continuous; permafestation, exfoliation, unfoldnent. * ·(the manence in slumber nence 17 10 Because of) -निपातेन 1 34 योगभाप्य-कोप (118) नित्यरयाति -निमित्तम् नित्यरयाति ॥ 5 'Permanence- |-निदानेभ्यः। 30. beltei', mistaken ) -निद्रा--- 6,38 awareness, belief, notion, con--निद्रा--11 sciousness, that (that which निद्रा 1 10 Slumber; dreamless is not permanent) is permanent -नित्यतया । sleep, sleep 27 नित्यता 33 Permanence, निद्राशानालम्रनम्। 38 'Pending eternity. on, 'supported' by, connected farglar 1 33 Eternity, per with relating to having for object, the knowledge of slum नित्यत्वप्रतिषेधात् ॥ 13 By or ber, or the knowledge gained because the negation or denial of eternity or perma निधनात् ॥ 5 Because of, from (the fact of), death नित्यत्वात् निया ॥ 26 Bound, thed permanence, constancy, cver- नियन्ति । 35 Tie. bind fix lastingness नित्यस्यात् ॥ 22 (यध, पन्ध, to 'bind ) -नियन्धन । १ -नित्यत्वात् ॥ 23 -नित्यत्ये ॥ -निवन्धनम् ॥ 52 13 नित्यम् । 1 m 36, 51, 1 33-निवन्धनी 1 35 (Some editions Ever, always, eternally read निन्धिनी) नित्यमुक्त 132 Ever free -निवन्धनी। 36 (Do ) नित्यशुचिमुखामख्यातिः ॥ निमग्न 115 Sunk, immersed 5 निमजति 11 54 Sinks, merges "Awareness of the permanent the (मस्जto merge'. to sink ) the pleasurable and pure: the self". (the erroneous belief -निमन्त्रयन्ते 1 51 that that which is -निमित्त-1 44, In 18, v 10 the निमित्त-11 15 opposite of these, is eternal, Is pure, is happy. and ISE -निमित्त 1 24, v to Self) -निमित्तम् । 24, ॥ 23, 25%B -नित्या ॥ 19 1Y 2.8 (Some editions read नित्या 19,19Constant. 11 2 as a separate word and frag iv. 33 In or amongst the of a coinpound). permanents, the eternals, the | निमित्तम् 3 Cause, condi inlinites tion, occasion, teasony motiver very not part IV ·निमित्तम्-नियमाः ( 119 ) योगमाप्य कोप or deed, efficient cause; sake; final attaq i. 32. cause; object; proof; authority. Fatafacra: i. 13 Having a Afach i 24; i. 13, 19; iv. definite, fixed, pre-ordained, 2.3, 12. certain, assured ripening, निमित्तनैमित्तिकमावानुच्छेदात् iv. 9 'maturation, fruit, result, By non-breaking, non-disrup efect, consequence, product. tion, i.e., by continuity, of the farraaqarahnjon ü. 13 By condition or relation of cause a principal karma, a principal and effect, condition and con act of unfailing ditioned, occasion nnd occa operation and effectiveness sioned. and assured fruit. fafiga ix. 10 By power of Palau Farare ii. 34 Betlıc cause; 'by force of circause of being experienced cumstances'. through or by an assured -ATV ii. 15. consequence. -faia1 iii. 14. agafit ii. 13 Oi (karmafafüDIGETET ix. 15 Of (the germ) having a definite, fixed, notion ) appropriate to the pre-ordained, certain, assured cause or (the idea) of condi fruit, result. effect, consetion; accordant with, assoquence, product. nant with, congenial to, the fi. 29. cause, the occasion. fagazi. 13 Rule; law; vow; -afümna: i. 13. (Some edi ordainment; fixed habit; fixed tions read-aaraatfa: ). observance; (technical name fafanya iv. 9 (That which for a special set of vowd obhas) become the cause, con servances) (+97, 173, dition, occasion. to check, to restrain; to fix, to fafada iv. 12 By cause. tie down; lo lay down as a TEU iv. 3 of the lower, the fixed rule, a binding law, hollower. which must be observed; to La iv. 26. control, to subdue) faqa iv. 3 Low; hollow; down- fanplastagTTATE i. 34 Bewards, cause of difference of options for iv. 27. and combinations of vows. het i, 12. -Am ii. 30. 46. Orig i. 32. famiii. 32.

·or निरोधः-निरोधे ( 121 ) योगमाप्य कोप fatiet: i. 18; il 13 (a + m2, to attezzTHETETT: iii. 10 The im oppose, besiege, obstruct, pression, stamp, tendency. hedge round, enclose). Res. faculty of the inhibition-protraint; control; inhibition; perty, quality or function. stoppage, ATESTACERET: iï. 15 (The निरोधक्षणचित्तान्वयः iii. 9 The three, viz.) inhibition, and sinfollowing, by the mind, of the and-merit or karma, (cthical inhibitional inhibitive property ), and impressed or moment, mood, tendency; or implanted tendency the coming into the mind of, Fannfr079: iii. 9 Consequence the permcation of the mind of result of, or of the nature by, the inhibitive, cessational, of, inhibition. or restward mood निरोधपरिणाम: iii. 9. farciapag ii. 9 The inhibitional fatting i. 1. moment or miood, foran: jj. 13. fitateenag iii. 13. निरोधसंस्कारयारयापेक्षा ii. 10 fatisfaisaFitfarani. 51 Looking to, dependent on, The existence of ( inhibitive ) proportionate to, the skill in. tendencies set up by the 'in the perfection of the hibition-mind'. ( Ch. such practice of inhibition. modern expressions as war- Tarra: ¡. 9, 13 The inmindedness, air-mindedness, hibitive tendencies or potenpeace-mentality, slave-mencies. tality ) ATTEFICE ii. 10 (Some निरोधचित्तक्षणेपु iii 9 In the editions omít this ). moments of the inhibitional | Adzanfar ii. 27 By inhibimind, i. e. when the mind is tive trance. inclined towards inhibition of faitsee n. 9 In the infunctions, towards restfulness; hibitional trance. or in the inhibitional or in| निरोधस्थितिकालकमानुभवेन 1.51 By hibitive moments of the mind, experience of succession of i, e of the mind's existence; time during fixity or steadior in the moment when the ness of inhibition. mind is completely inhibited. -निरोधात् i. 51. restrained, paralysed. faith i. 1, 11, 50; . 54. Adiya: 1. 51 Born of restraint 55; iii. 9. 16 or ·योगभाष्य-कोप ( 122 ) निरोधे-निवजः fritt i. 51 On, or in the state al-one-ness, soleness. On the of, inhibition (thereof). other hand, when we ask, does fatiu i, 12. this condition belong to the ---forra: ix. 33 (Perceptible; chitta, or is the chitta completely annihilated before or apprehensible ). at the time this final extasis is -fania: i. 49; iv. 33. -faian 1, 44; . 17. achieved then the Yoga quia iv. 25 ln or for decision, system indicates that there is established conclusion. no final annihilation of any Farura i. 33, 35; ii. 17 Is thing: that this condition pointed out (निर्+दिश् to of quiescence is a condition direct ). of the chitta and the corres- Aura iii. 13. ponding condition of Purusha -At: ii. 55. is that of Solitude, eternal and changeless; that seedfalacakAZA iii. 55 That less' herc implies only that ( intelligence) which has the three gunas have, by prashaken off the dust and dirt of rajas and tamas, restlessti-pra-sava, 'in-volu-tion', 'reness and infatuated clinging versal of out-going-ness', been reduced to have 'gone back FALSTS ATTATASET iP 49. to', the sced-condition, but Regga ii. 11 Is washed off, the burnt-sced-condition, the shaken off. ( , to shake ). samskūra condition of FAHRT: i. 24 Without reason; sāmya, equilibrium, wherein without cause or occasion there is no movement. Now, fasini i. 51 Seedless. (This if this be so, the word nir-bija word requires some considera seedless', is a misnomer. tion. Etymologically and by What is perhaps mçant is that definition it means that final there is no blja, seed, outside trance-exlasis in which there the individual subject, no is no sced, no geim, left of a leaning-crutch, alambana, no world-process, no appetite for per to hang on, no leg to rest externalisation, or for anyo on, as object to it. This thing other than Self-Purusha. latter is the case in the other no alambana for the chitta. It kind of samādhi, sa-bija or is equivalent to Kaivalyam, samprajñāļa, in which, in its or ·faraffsti-Fatiana ( 123 ) योगभाष्य कोप perfection, the jiva-chiţta is, factured mind. (Fort + Al, to as it were, identified with measure, to 'map' out). some one objcct, instcad of faalufeift iv. 4. all objects disappearing alto- -ffat i. 5. gether and leaving the indivir, Arina. iv. 4. 5 Constructs, dual jiva.chitta or purusha creates, frames, forms, fashions. (?) 772, 'al-one'. But this ferdgar ü. 13.47 Brings about. explanation does not clear up -farreta iv-10. the inconsistencies and self- -aernar iv, 25 contradictions involved at the fafa: i. 12 Made to exist; bottom. Those ultimate cruxes realised, perfected, completcan be satisfactorily explained and solved only with the help ed, matured. (faç fully, a, to of the Vedanta ). exist, to act, to revolve, Lat. verterc). faris: i. 2, 18. -निर्चतितानि 1. 13. frateTFT 7. 8. Arriaraq ii. 43 Being achievfania: i. 11. ed; fulfilled, realised, secured, fantaa i. 41 Shines out ; | farzan: i. 18 Substanceless. shows forth ; appears. (*TE!, fafinitate i. 47 On the to shine, to appear, to be perfect lucidity, purity, refinecome clear). ment, of the non-reflectional -निर्भासम् ii. 3. (meditation, saptness ). ARIAR U. 3; iv. 33, afiatted i. 47 of the nonreflectional fra 1. 44 Non-reflectional; FARE: 7. 26 Taintless; stainless; (fem:). pure. Afgitt . 44. Hainfatig i. 25; iv-6 'Consfarian: 1.46 Not linged with truction-mind'; a mind full of the wish to construct, a vi-tarkas, passions, or attachconstructive or constructing ments to gross objects. (Sce Fariant): mind; or, a 'mind' constructed, artificially created, by yoga- निर्वितर्फयाi, 44. power, (to serve as an jastru. alaatgadasa i. 43-Born of ment, a 'receiver'); a manu. non-emotional or non-percep --frufat i. 43, ·iii. 44. योगमाय-कोप ( 126 ) न्यासा-पदारमा -TIEI: ül. 26. Cyfran iv. 6 of five kinds; - Tra ii 25: five-fold; (acu: ). - Orgia iv. 7. qala: i. 26 Do: (masc:). न्यासिनाम् iv.7. पञ्चाशद्योजनकोटिसायाता: ii. 26 Measured by, amounting to, ii. 16; iv. 15, 25. filty crore ( = five hundred -15i. 39. million) yojanas; (one yojana ~15. 1. 39. = four kroshas = eight miles ). - ii. 15. gfiat: ii, 5 The possessors of gafa u. 17 Cooks. papdi, i.c, discernment bel- -पच्यमानम् iv. 8. Ween good and evil; the wise. TETRAE . 33; jj, 51 By (me) ale iij. 44 Pațañjali, the who was being 'cooked: author of the l'oga-Sutras, roasted', buipt alive. --4770 N. 38. -99--j). 19. mafà 20; iv. 22 (Falls). Tii. 3 Five. vafa iš 38. 93 ii. 3. 10. 19; ii. 1,44; -ofra: iij. 52. iv. 21. fran: i. 5. -9,- jj. 5; jj. 26 (Leaf, --ï. 48. asti. 39 Group of five. petal; wing). 47977: i. 5 Pentads; quin - iv. 13. tettes; groups of five; five-afa ii. 32 In the path', the way. fold. -07-17. cu i.5 In five ways ; five 1297844: ii. 17 Of word and fold, its meaning, i. e. the object IVOT! . 28 of the fivemeant. jointed, five-branched. -Ti. 33; iji, 31 gipcafi, 8 Five-jointed. 99 ii. 17 A full and complete CAF iii. 44. 47 Fifth; (neu: ) word. ü. 4 Do: (lem: ). TEHH iii. 17 Arrangement of CTETUIT 47 By conquest complete words. or subjugation of the five ETAT iii, 17 of the nature of forms. a or the word; ensouling a 93999 iii. 44 In the five forms. word; constituent of the word.

·पदार्थ:-परम् ( 127 ) योगभाष्य-कोप var: ii. 17 The meaning of a wards; afterwards; other; word; an object another (person). ErAttraen i. 43 ( The inte Topa: i. 40 With other bodes, lligence, which has taken on, or, with others' bodies. is) of the form of the 73179 ii. 19 Knowledge object only: when it has idenof another mind, or, of anlificd itself with the object other's mind. pure and simple; is shaped Terraar@g iï. 6 la know. like the object; has no other jedge of another or another's form than the object. mind, etc. --09737t: iï. 17. qarolaqaian ïi45 Derange- Tarfa saçan iii. 18 Knowing. bringing into consciousness, ment, perversion, reversal, yemembering, of other births. inversion, upsettal, of objects. ura: i. 30 From another. Teluaig ii. 28; iii. 13 Amongst other objects, things. परतन्यम् ii. 17 Dependent on, 'woven' up wilh, others. getuifazat: iii. 17 The showing a i. 30. forth of, an object meant, a i. 7; ii. 30; iii. 17, 18 Elsething named (Somc cditions where; to another read. aquarelfaati ). gü. 17. proizHEO iv. 7 By the way of, by means of, through, China ji. 46 The 'lolus-seal," giving of) pain or (of) help, (a special yoga-meditationkindness, i. e., pleasure, to posture ). another. TATI ii. 51. à ii. 15, 26, 28; ü. 13; qfagu iv. 19 Supported by. established in, founded on, 14. 31. resting on, another. --TEATRI iv, 15. P1: iv. 15 Path'. OTHEULA1TH ii. 23 Only another's thought, idea, belief. 97: i, 42. 7785767 H. 20 of another's 99-iv. 11. thought -4a7 iii. 13; iv, 23. : . 43 16 Final, ultimate; iii. 22; iv, 20. extreme. i i. 40, iv, 24 Highest; 'far'- | 434. 1. 2. 18, 43, 45; ii. 6, 15, thesi; utmost; beyond; on 19, 25,52 z .iy. 11, (see 9t:) परम् .

·योगमाप्य-कोप ( 128 ) परम-परस्परा - i. 40. Poja: jj. 13, 15,55; iv. 13, pagit ii. 1. 32 In or to the 14 From the supreme 'mean- Supreme Teacher. ing, 'intention'; in the supreme orgatud i. 5 in the supremely, aspect; from the transcendental standpoint; really, extremely, disgusting. verily, truly, in reality. TRG iv. 13 Supreme. TIITE-- jii. 15 (One after TAHEFT-77 i. 40 Ending with another; unbroken succession; the vastest, the greatest, the continued tradition). infinite, E90Ü. 21. 22 By means of TERFA: i. 25 The highest or very another's form or being. high Rşhi. Prayatilo iz. 43 Other bodies. 4547 ii. 55 Supreme; superla- gefragt: j. 38 Entrance intive. to another or another's body. Car ii, 55. 9 ii. 28 Axe. -TATO: iv. 14. TTATO: ii. 44,52 Atom, ultra-UTETTA N. 28 'Other with other'; alom, super-atom, 'extreme in respect of one another or each other; mutually, reciproatom. TRIOTTANETIT: i. 40 Ending with, extending lo, extreme PETAQATAI: 11. 17 0f nonstallaess (on the one side ) interdependent nature; of and extrenie largeness ( on natures not mutually helpful. the other ). GEETIRTi ca ii. 18 In (the con- CHIT: iii. 42, dition of.) being mutually gemut: iii, 53, (related as ) TEATak i 40 Ending with organism; while (connected the aton, the infinitesimal. as ) part and whole. CHITAT I. 28 The Supreme Sell. परस्परानुमहतन्त्रीभूत्वा . 3. 15 WTH4ra: iii. 52 Down to, Becoming bound to the (work ending with, extreme division, of) favouring or helping each differentiation, separation, in other; by mutual help or volution, descent, downward support. tegress (977, 'down-drag'. Trepirare ii. 28 Because of as the opposite of उत्कर्ष, 'up. being for the sake of cach lift', progress). other; from mutual subservically. organ and ·Pryce-A: ( 129 ) योगमाय-कोष cnce: by reason of mutua! on all sides'; toilette, purifihelpfulness. cation, ornamentation. qorto ü. 15; iii. 13. - taljv. 14. TEETTITC Sfanti: ii. 18 With-fitan iv. 15. paris colored by cach other. aftris iv.21 Having formulated, TOT i. 24. imagined. (M, TC, 427, to PIETIH ii. 26; iii, 49 In the 'clip, shape, form, imagine). final, or extreme, or supreme; griefinfganista: ii, 32 With the (fem: ). network, tangle, of doubts - ii. 30. and fancies and evil thinkings gai. 16 Final, ultimate, extreme; perished and fallen away; (lem : ), freed from all evil thoughts 0139: 1.24; . 18 Dcleal. and feelings, 977 iv. 7 To others, maz: . 30. 70TACTI917 ii. 15 By the ftaret: ii. 30. favorins or oppressing of aftang ii. 33 In 'holdings'. noothers. ssessions, interests, properties. -471a-i 39. afcare ii. 27 Learnt, found out, TOIY ii. 15 Extreme. recognised, an iv. 16. afavi. 27 ( That which is ) -Tigu: fi. 2; iv. 25. to be understood, recognised. 171ger i 20. 701774 iji. 35 Transformed: -परामृष्टा i 2 resulted in ; (neu.). 9774ena 11. 35 Because of subofica: 11 12 Do: (masc:). servience to another's interest; grenad ii. 18: in. 13 Is trans- -परिणतानाम् iv. 2. because of being a means. formed. परार्थयात् ii. 17. groda iv, IB Would be transaprią iv. 24 For the sake of formed; if (it) be transformed. another: (neu:). sformata ir. 33 (Which) under- TFF iv 24. going change, being changed. miut i 20 Do!': (fem). -A-. 15,17; iv. 2. of: i. 1. -aftura: i. 9. 11, 12; iv. 2. -- i. 35. TOTA: ii. 19; ifi. 9, 11, 12, of i. 33. 40 Refining, in 13; iv. 3. proving, beautifying 'action of: ii. 19; iii. 13. 15, 47; 17 ·or conse or conse- योगमाप्य कोप ( 130 ) परिणामममा-परिणामिक iv. 14, 25 'Bending on all and confirmation of long-lastsides'; change; transforma ing 'tendencies', 'instincts'. tion; evolution; development; which cause further rebirths, unfolding; consequence; se etc.). quential condition: result. (oftqRETTANTÉFAITEGI&: ii. 5. on all sides, all round, 24, to foratah ii. 16 The triplet of bend). transformations COTTAFIT: iv. 32 Order of the quences. successive changes. qfU19 HTHTT iii. 16 By or OFEOMATATATE ii. 19 Because from meditation on the three of (fixed) law of succession of transformations transformations; definite law of serial evolution, law of quences. evolutionary series. TRETTAG:gat ii. 15 The painfulness of the consequences. afutaifa: iv. 32 Conclu- -OTTAA N. 12. sion, closing, cessation of the afogari. 3, 12; iii. 52. succession of changes. परिणामचेपानिरोधशक्तिजीवनधर्मयत् परिणामाः iii. 13. परिणामस्य iv. 33. jjj. 18 like the properties of change, volition or effort, in --fast: ii. 19. hibition or inhibitedness or MARCH üi. 15 In otherness latency, power, or energy, and of transformation; with anvitality. See iii 15). other transformation; if or परिणामतापसंस्कारदुःखैः i. 15 By when there is another change means of, because of, the pains or consequence. of change, of suffering, and fortarea i. 15. of tendencies; (iie. (1) the femrafaar: iii. 52 Accomimmediate consequence of satispanied, threaded, pervaded. fying one's own desire for by transformation. sense-pleasures: viz., hurt to PUIATRANia: iv. 33. Apothers, and increase of one's prehensible as and at the later own greed for such pleasures; end of a change, of an event. (2) the farther result in sin and ROTATIT af afg: iv. 33. merit, with their further conse- 1 - fona . 15. quences; (3) the still more for iv, 17 Changeful. distant result in the formation | --femfiraq ij. 20.

·do:. ness. concommon परिणामित्वम्-परिस० ( 131 ) योगमाप्य कोप afionfach ii. 20 Changefulness. aftfarga: ii. 12 Completed, qfienfissi ix. 18 Because of matured, accomplished. (oe+ fa: 49, to go to fall. to परिणामिन: 11.35. attain, to happen). -ofconfifa 1. 17. gregarà ii. 12 is ripened, cooked; affaf . 20; iv. 22. ripens, bears fruit. for Argariv. 33 Ever-chang- oftareatar: ii. 31 To be protected, ing permanence; the permacherished, observed, carried nonce of the changeul ( like out, that of a river): ever-lasting- afequit i. 40; iii. 54 Filled up, full, complete. perfect, - Oftat . 20; iv. 22. afrodiv. 33 On being questioned. grafiat ii.20 Changing; change- OfCTITI i. 4 Definition: designation; technical name: ful; (fem.). ventional - frotirft il. 50. namci on i. 13, specch', 'speech all around', (i. t., as men all round, all - for haji. 13. orang ii. 16. over, usually, call a thing ). - fona: ii. 13. oftaftar: ii. 44 (Technically and commonly ) designated. afrontiera iv. 14 Because of cofinios-- iv. 10. onencss, unity, singularity, of the art i. 25 “Like size';: 'as resultant transformation. of measuse'; as of a thing af1919 ii. 14. possessed of a definite size; as oftelsafat . 20 Illuminates. of a measurable thing. aftag: ii. 50 Seen all sound'; -ofiaza ii. 13. seen thoroughly; examined; -art: iri. 26. measured precisely; scrutinised-fast i. 43. Et ii. 50. GREAT FIAT: iv. 32 With succesorg: ii. 51; iii. 14. sion finished; having finished Oferg: ii. 50; ii. 15. their successive changes. qftott: ili. 15. TAAR: . 18. affafáagrafétai: iï. 26 ( The aftfarfa: iii. 54 Completion; designation, probably descrip finishing. tive, of a race of divas). gfiancaa iy. 32 is closed, ---परिनिर्मितवशयतिनः ॥i. 26. finished, wound up.

·योगमाय-कोष ( 132 ) परिस्पन्दते-पाकास्य affu ii. 19. gleapad ii. 14 Vibrates, acts, sound and round', words behaves, struggles. (ETE, to which can be used, by, turns, throb, slake, vibrate). in place of cach other)... TETETALA; iv. 11 Vibrating; -fag iii. 45. moving; operating; acting; modo: ii. 28. striving. poat: iv. 14 Mountain. aftert: 7. 17; ii. 13 Removal; -a- ï. 26. avoidance. (E, to take away). Waca: iii. 26 The king of Trafij. 17 of the evitable, mountains. avoidable, remediable, remov- qüar: iii. 26. able. qaag iji. 26. więc ii. 30 Having looked af, -qaf i. 8. inspected, examined. (x, to - alut: ii. 15. see). at ii. 26; iii. 49 In the knal, ii. i (Of the pure, extreme, supreme. the purifying ), 943 ii. 40 With or by others. . 021 iv, 33. Animals. ot: ii. 13. 92MT ii. 11 Afterwards qQ918 i 35 Out of sight; vica- SA: j. 26 Western; later. rious; indirect; unrealised.-afetar ii. 14. (autt: 977, away from the - farangriji. 14. eye's ). 9:20. qika i. 46 Bed; (a medita- - ii. 20. tion posture). mag ii. 52. --0599: jjj. 18. -gara: iii, 52. -ogat ii. 18. qaracan i. 25 To be sought or fa ii. 20. looked for.. (+49+57, eafa ii 23; iii. 22, 35 Sees; to wish, to seek). beholds. (EZT, 999, to see). -~-पर्यवसानम् .. 45. 9 il. 6. 20, 40. -पर्यवसानम् i. 50. --Tai ji. 51. dan: iv. 33. Qgod i. 32 I see. oult: iii. 54 By equivalents, -14.- iv. 8 (92, to cook, synonymds; or sub-divisions, to ripen). subordinate forms. (aft,round, ko ji. 28 of the cookable, , , to go; "things which go the to-be-cooked or ripened.

·OCT iv. 7. पारय-पिण्डाफारात् ( 133 ) योगमाय-कोष -zaj. 10. 90%AITO: 11. 12 The germ, the foji. 19, sced-pod. cyst. capsufe, of evil qorativ. 3 By the hand, decds. 91977 1j. 13 Of miserable, are-it. 26 petty, mean, contemptible sin. WITH iv. 22 The under-world; 4797 . 30 Sin; evil; crímue; dethe name of one of the seven merit; liability to future puniworlds or planes, 'below the shment, to painful expericnce, ( surface of the ) carth. stored up sced-like, superphyurataifa . 26, sically as sub-conscious "prick TITLE 11. 26. of conscience,' in the depths alat s. 20. Prałccis; fosters; of the soul, the cgo. (Cf: cherishes; nourishes; preserves; "Thy sis will find thee out". maintains. (ar, to protect). "Murder will out"). -faiii, 15. REI I. 12 Sin-bearing': 'flow qat; 9; . 14. ing with sin': sinful. traft üi. 14. graag nii. 23 On, in, among iv. 25. the (men of) sinful character. 2- ii. 15. 69191, 12 For or towards evil, -90-i, 19; ii. 39. sin. i ii. I. organet i. 17 of the surface, -919811977 1. 32. the bottom, the sole of the 19, 19. fool. arituela argin. 14 TransformaaquetaGaa ii. 17 By or with tional. an interposing 'Foot-protector', TEST 1. 45 of the earthy or or shoe; ( a thorn ) screened carthly. off, walled off, kept out, by a qiftet: tii. 44 Earthly etc. shoe. qisä i. 26. marafagran ii. 17 Non-retention -Matur: ii, 31. in the foot; non-penetration fous: iri Lump; clod. into the foot. famili. 15 Lump-clay; clay 91TXT ji, 42 By, with, the in a lump; lumped up clay. two feet, for u. 15. mom (iv. 21 ). fd919 jj13 From the "lumip-formed;' from the 'pro- 1979--- v, 6.

·son. योगमाय-कोप ( 134 ) पिण्डितम्-पुण्यारमकेषु perty', 'attribute', of being in gozda iji. 34 Lotus. the form of a lump, a clod. -gesat 1.36; i. 1. -adgar iï. 22. -944-i. 33 (q, to purify. faar i. 27 Father. to cleanse. gott, virtuous fgargatot: . 27 of father and deed; act of merit: merit as opposed to sin or demerit; foet iii, 22 The forefathers; superphysical right to future the lares and penales. reward or pleasurable experi- --. 29 ('Bile': 'yellow'; ence); an asset superphysidigestive and assimilative cally registered in the soul, juices (? salivary, gastric, as contrasted with a similar hepatic, pancreatic, and intesdebit. See 9797). tinal, corresponding to the five पित्त':पांचक रंजकंचापि, साधका- gogmi. 33, ऽलोचके तथा। भ्राजक, चेति GOTFAITT: . 12 The 'seed- पित्तस्य नामानिस्थानभेदतः। "The pod', the germ, of merit, digestion of food; pigmenta gurga: ii. 13 Made. created. tion; stimulation of the intellibrought about, by merit. gence and general vitalisation; google EFFET: iv. 6 The connection with, the binding or strengthening of the eyesight; increase of the general warmth connecting up with, the relatof the body; these are the five ing on to, merit and sin. functions, respectively, of the goqalarna. ii. 30 The inverted five kinds of pitta; Sasiiruta). 'copy'. the opposite reflection, --f917--iii. 30 (Thirst). of merit; false or hypocritical ‘appearance of virtue -quie i, 30. forstalag: iv. 3 Wishing to flood'. gontem: i 5 The notion of merit. - to irrigate. (I. to 'flow', to "flood'; to swim, to 'float'). gouiag ii. 23 Amongst the fakte iv. 10 May drink up. ( NT, virtuous-charactered. to drink). goregi: ii. 14 Caused by, or fofcat: j. 22 With ears closed. causes of, merit. es faran iv. 7 Having caused goat iii, 51 Holy, sacred, blessed; pain. (fem:). -iv. 7. guere ii. 34 From inerit. -91377774 . 15. guaraang i. 33 Amongst the.

·ones. पुण्यात्मानः-पुरुषधर्मत्वेन ( 135 ) योगभाप्य-कोप towards the, virtuous-souled - Tią ii. 13. --104 i 49. goateara: iii. 26 Virtuous souls; -957-1, 2, 24, 41; ii. 2. 22. holy-souled persons. 25, 26, 28; ". 35, 49; iv. gongurFAITTA: ii 12 The 'seed 16, 27. pod', the germ, of merit and get: i. 3, 4, 7, 9, 29, 45, 51; de-merit. ii. 6, 17, 20, 23, 25, 27; iii. goorgarhafniran: ii. 13 The 13, 35, 50, 55; jy. 18. 23. gradual growth or formation 24. 25. (gle ha, he who of the seed-pod' of merit and 'sleeps' in the 'town', i.e the sin body; gefa, goes before all; पुण्यापुण्यहेतृत्वात् ii. 14 ise atalà, fills everything; the of being caused by merit and Spirit, soul, self, ego. 'person', sin, or, being causes of vir in-divid-ual). tuous and vicious deeds. पुरुपख्यातिपर्यवसाना ii. 24 То gearran ii. 30 By the merit (practice) ending in, finishing simulating, the merit-sceming, with, self-consciousness; end- (not being real merit). ing with awareness of the god ii. 5. (true nature of the ) Self. gui ii. 31 In, on, a holy, meri- gevenata i 24 To the knowtorious, sacred (day). ledge, awareness, conscious- Dess, of the Ego. Gaveta: i. 16 By or from gaat: i. 27. awareness or consciousness of 971: 12,51 Again. Sell ga: i. 5, 11, 19, 30, 43; ii. 2, Teqva: i 49 Gone into', includ- 4. 15, 24, 25, 27, 33, 34; wi. ed in, inherent in, the Ego. 12. 17, 18, 47, 51, 55; iv. 9, 99 iii. 35 Knowledge of 11, 15, 16, 21, 34. the Self. gii. 26 Town, geratera i. 16 By pergthing ii. 19 Before; before severent practice of Selfhand; in front vision. gangheta i. 23 By the state of gerne i 24 Ancient; old; as being the property of, or before. being of the nature of the TUTT iii. 15; iv. 33 Oldgess. Sell. 9: i. 27 Son. - ii, 24. GERI iv. 5.

·पुरुष-रेण योगमाप्य-कोप ( 136 ) gentina ü. 23 Looking to, gorrent ii. 19 Made' by the dependent on, the consciouspurpose, end, or aim of the ness, cognition, idea, ideation, Ego. notion, concept, awareness, of cortar ii. 19. 28 The state the Sell, the Ego. of being the aim etc. of the gerhalla ii. 35 By the idea, Ego; subservience to the Ego. notion, belief of the Ego. GETTER iii. 47 The state of gimą ii. 6, 22; iv. 21 To the being possessed of subser- Ego. vience to the Ego; having the -yayut: i. 35, 55. quality of property of sub- -gerut: . 15. servience to the Ego. geplant: i. 24 Special or pegani anata iv. 34 of the culiar Purusha. (guņas) devoid of (subservi. gtafazit: 1.24, 25. ence to the ) Self's purpose. grafatit iii. 35 Relating to generating it. 34. Spirit, Ego. gonuluitamla: ji. 18 Noncompletion of the goal. the TETET in 18. purpose, of the Ego. STT i. 4. 9. 45: ņi. 17. 18, get i. 24; ii. 18. 20, 21, 23, 25; iii. 35 50. gotor i. 21; iv. 23. 55; iv. 10. 16. 18. 33, 34, gaag i. 41 In the Self. the sense organs, and the GET i. 25; ii, 22. sense-objects. -grig iv. 33. qwirken i. 9 Accompanying'. gestartet ii. 5 In the ( mind 'following', residmg in, the which is the ) instrument of Purusha. the Sell. gerid: ii. 19 The meaning.-güi. 34. intention. purpose, interesi, -griji. 26 ( Name of a wealth, object. end, ain, of continent), the Ego: 01. (that which is) TTTIR iv. 3 From the 'filler', the for llie sake of the Ego. reservoir. (Some editions read gertatut ii. 18 Because quin, the "filled up'; this of the discharge of fulfilment seems the better reading in (by the gudas) of the need siew of the context). of purpose of the Self. an iv. 2.:. gatun ii. 23. Tmt iii. 22. L ·पूर्णम्-पूर्वप्रत्ययः ( 137 ) योगमाय-फोप quin iii. 54. fault, flaw in the argument, qora iv. 3 (See prola). difficulty, persists; the same -qfi. 9; iv. 2, 11, 12 objection applies. -99:-. 18. elefant ii. 13 On the dis- -qat: ï. 7, 8. appearance or removal of the iii. 17, 26 Eastern; that former quality or property, which is in front, is before' qaqat iv. 25 In or towards the one; that which has gone or first side ( of the two-sided occurred 'before'; the earlicr; question ): in the former the first; the past. ( When a view or alternative. person 'faces', stands before', gáttatula ili, 15 l. ( the con the rising sun, hc is looking sideration of the condition 'cast, where the sun rises of before and after ; 'in 'first' ). beforeness and afterness, -i i. 20. earlierness and Jaterness, qimi i. 20; ii. 50. 51. precedingness and succeedingness'. - ii. 30. PAPERIT HA: Ži. 9 Experience of galitang 316 TOTEUTETIE STOTEL iii. 53 By or from observation, a previous birth. visualisation, envisaging, of TARFAITTAR ii. 9 Experienced the moment associated with in a previous birth. the (former) position in space guardaraat ini. 18 Knowledge of the former atom of previous birth पूर्वपरिणामापाये iv. 2 On the gaalaavan ii. 18. passing away of the former gelacarafamara w. 13 By non transformation, mode, manitranscendence of the precedfestation, unfoldment. ing tattva; because it does gaiologat ii. 14 “Before-andnot give up its former reality, aíterness'; 'eastness and its tharness', its peculiar westness,” character, पूर्वपश्चिमताया iii. 14. Tah iii, 52 The former space, gaiarat: iü. 12 The preceding place, position, situation, perception, notion, concept, getetarga: ii. 13 'Addiction to, belief; the previous 'way of attachment of orto, pursuit by, approach.' (afat, towards, s, the previous fault'; the same to go; 'approach towards.') 18 ·rence or births. योगभाप्य-कोप ( 138 ) पूर्वभवामिसंस्कृताः-पृष्ठम् perhatia: iii. 18 Formed, of preceding and shaped, impressed, moulded, succeeding conditions. stamped, in previous existences galeria370: 17. 53 The moment associated with the - i. 18 iv. 12. first or former myrobalan. yern ii. 11; iii. 29, 53; iv. 71 - Tail: ii. 13. (See ga:). i. 26 The Elders. geu ii. 17. 894 iii. 33 Previous or preliminary form. goz: ji. 7 Than, as compared THERIT: iv. 28 Farmer imwith, the preceding ones. pressed tendency, pro-disposi- tut: i. 7. tion, acquired character. går i. 26 Of the Elders, pentext: iv. 27. Formers, Ancients. galagra iii, 45 of the (yogi 91H I. 26. who lias become) 'perfected gaia: i. 30 Afore-mentioned; carlier'. (plu: ), gden iii. 52. Pita iii. 13 By the afore-said. --fi. 11. quieteit: iii. 52 Earlier and get i. 24 Preceding, antecedent; later moments; preceding and (fem:). succeeding points of time. पूर्वानुभूतवृषदंशविपाकाभिसंस्कृता iv. qattig iv. 16 Amongst the 9 'Impressed,' pre-disposed, earlier and later. with the formerly-experienced -99947 iii. 53. cat-manifestation; with ten- feat ii. 5; iv. 14 The earth dencies predispositions (-globe ) formed during birth, 'fruition', quaintang: iv. 14 'Earth-atom'; maturation, as a cat. an alom of the earth-element. garrantiehung ii. 39 In or at the meat ii. 18 By ( way of. the 'preceding end, the in the form of the earth- 'succeeding end,' and the clement, etc. middle: concerning the earlier, qu:: iii. 32. 'former, past limit. the future, gesit iii 45 (See que ). and final limit, the middle or-iv. 33. present (stage of births). -984 iii. 26. Lai Cretat iii. 13 The dile l qon iv. 16 Back. or .

·पृष्ठात्-प्रातयः ( 139 ) योगमाय-कोष -SETEL iii. 26. (See ICT-profeqfa, 7071, - gaiv. 33. glasfit, and furi; also atsta: i. 7; ii. 35 Belonging to 9713T:, and fit; 2, to make, the Ego. do, act. 'create', :, Eur, to Aminem i. 26 By 'upward pro- 'stand', sit, be 'steady ). gress'; in the way of greatness; finesfarañet: iii, 47. by possession of or in respect Strna i. 28 Shines forth. of, grandeur. glory, splen- --75177 iv. 19. dour: with regard to progres- afratalà iv. 19 Discloses, dissive Sradation of advance covers, enlightens, illuminates, (i. c., very, or, indeed, in makes visible, shows forth, comparably, high stage of makes cognisable; (causative spiritual perfection ). of 9-51T). fin ii. 28 To growth, pro-7517Tza ii. 18. 52 Having gress, elevation, uplifting. the characteristic, the nature, (1, much, y, to draw, drag, the property or quality of lift, atlract, plough, cultivate) light, en-lighten-ment, illumination, i. e., intelligence, Irai. 48 Forming, improving, refining, cultivating, poli-FT1247: i. 47; iii. 43, 47 Of shing. (ह.प्, सप्: sec कल्पते), (the buddhi-sattva or inlelligence which is) of the nature - Tu ii, 27. of luminosity. ~TETT21. ATMNTTUA: . 43 Decay, 477 ii. 21. destruction, erosion, 'consump- 91TTT : 27. tion', wearing thin, Wearing Fr: iv. 19 Light; luminous; away, removal, of the veil of obvious; visible; seen; cogo or on the 'light'. nised. (#, much, mit, to shine). ARTICL9 ii. 52 The 'screen or veil of or on the 'light'. -75174 iv, 19. PITTUIEL i. 52. 7771fa7ffagitag i. 18 Franssarà iv. 19 In or Having the characters, charac on the conjunction of the teristics, properties, • funcilluminated and the illutninations, of luminosity', 'activity tor, and steadiness', (iic, coge 1977: iii. 44. nition, action and desire ) 27679: ix. 3 Natures; substrates;

·योगमाय-कोप ( 140 ) प्रकृति-प्रत्यापूरात primarics. (, much, is to Moksha, Sálokya, Särūpya, 'create', do, act, maker; fa: Sãyujya, to which some add a is that Nature which does, fourth, Sámipya, after Salokya, makes, acts, gives birth to, and also a fifth, Sārshti, before creates; cf. Lat, fatura Säyujya; the three kinds of loturans). Mukti, mukti, vi-mukti, a-vi- -- i. 19. mukti, and their summation iii. 48. -vide Pranava-l'ida ; and Tufaizni iv. 3 In or on the various 'triplets' under each; setting in motion, the beginalso, 'sa-vitarka, nir-vitarka, ning to function, of Praksti. sa-vichāra, nir-vichara, asmitā- -font: iii. 26 nugata, inandá-nugadā, Amazgt: i. 19 'Lying in, dis rtambhara, madhu-bhūmika, solved, absorbed, merged in, etc., of the Yoga: and sa- Prakrți, Matter, Nature. (Three víkalpa, nir-vikalpa, etc. of kinds of Moksha are mention the Vedanța; various forms ed in the Yoga-sitra and of dhyāna mentioned by Yogi Bhashya—Vidcha, Prakrti Yăjñavalkya. etc; all such laya and Kaivalya. The com: require to be synthesised). inentary of Váchaspati, quot agaarti, 24 Of (the soul ) ing from the Purūņas, shows 'merged in Prakrti', the soul that the vidchas are a class which has become a PrakȚțiof dezas. One current notion laya. of Moksha is that all distincioaia ;. 19. tions of 'individuality cease a?al iïi. 45. in that condition. Another is that they do not disappear att iv. 3 Of 'natures: altogether, but are more and natural tendencies. powers, more lost, in increasing degrees, faculties, potentialities. (Sce in the feel of 'universality'; प्रातयः). whence grades of Moksha. Tema ir. 3. The three grades of Kaivalya, Rieti. 51 In (its own) nature. viveka-khyāți, dharma-megha, ADICIE iv. 2 From the and kaivalya, with their sum 'flooding up', 'up-welling mation in Svarúpa-prațişhthā 'over-flow, of nature, or Chițih; the three kinds of natural tendency or potenti- ·प्रशष्टम्-प्रचारसंवेदनम् ( 141 ) योगमाप्य कोप ality; from the uprush, the 'steadiness' (or tenacity of surging up into patency and desire ). (See 9512fefde manifestation, of natural po ID: 7+EM. to tell inform, tentialities lying dormant or make clear). Jatent, static, seed-like, over- TeTa lii. 41 Well-known. laid and overpowered by Semaferulur: ii. 45 of the other tendencies and potencies 'form' or character or nature which were in manifestation, of ( the three i. e. ) cognition, operant, dynamic. 'going forward' or action, 426F iv. 10 Very high; elevat and 'sitting down (clinging cd; up-drawn; fine-drawn; 'steady' desire). (9 +17. Lat. progressed; attracted upwards. vcrtere, to "turn', 'soll', 're- (Sec *1). volve'; rara, turning out, rolling out, olaralaf7 i. 24 Having revolving and the finest (degrec, grade, evolving forth). quality of ) sattva for cause. प्रत्याप्रवृत्तिस्थितिशीलत्वात् i. 2 "TtaCalara i. 24 By the Because of possessing the characteristics of cognition, donning of (a veil of the action, and desire. most refined and progressed' sattva. AUTETI 2 Of the form, nature, or aspectof knowledge. et i. 49, SEARIZE 35 Having the -- ii. 25. characteristic of cognition. Fift: i. 1 He who 985 ii. 13 (Violent com. destroys the hosts of miseries, bination; collision; spasm; sins, afflictions, of others; or sudden effort ). he whose own 'sins', faults -eg. 5, 43. (of a-vidya ) have all been washed away (and who is --09: 11, 13, 15; iv. 7. now full of vidyā). gaufardit: i. 43 Special agaminimą i. 2 With the peculiar collection, accumuveil of 'confusion' (i. e., conlation, grouping, combination. flictful desire which (A+ fêt, to 'choose' select, 'perplexities'). worn away gather ). मण्याक्रियास्थितिशीलानाम् iv. 14/-प्रचार-iv. 19. Of the ( guņas ) characterised XTRERITAH iii. 38 Knowledge by knowledge, activity, and of (lines, tracts, channels, OY causes 4 ·योगमाष्य कोप ( 142 ) garaagaly-995521 ways of ) movement, passage, son'; the higher mind or inwandering. (9+ TT, to move telligence. (#, high, much, about ). great + 1, to know'). THEAT ii. 38 From do:. 4T i. 20, 43, 44, 48, 49, 50; harttiazara iii 38. ii. 2. 27, 45; iii. 35. 711 iii. 26. FITA i. 10, 48. att: iii. 26. 31 . 27. ga: iii. 17. STITI ; 50 Mlade, created, - fare ii. 13. produced, caused, by intelli- 67271: ii, 26 'Of accumulated gence. glory, luminosity, brilliance, ar: j. 50' resplendence, effulgence; ( a magaara i. 51. race or class of gods ). aruta: . 51 (The technical THERE I. 34 Vomiting', throw name of the Yogi in the third ing out. progressive stage of Yoga); प्रच्छदन विधारणाभ्याम् i. 34 By 'thc (yogi) lighted by his own lucid mind'. expiration and retention (of the breath). mi. 1, 17. ghealaarconx011 . 53. 17:i. 2. II, 18, 20. qanda ijj. 15 Drops off; falls; satu ii. 7. slips away. (5, to go, to SEATH i. 47 To the lucidity drop, to fail ) or placidity of intelligence, sat: iii. 26 Progenies; creatures. 1-452319 i. 49. ( 9+ Fato be born ). मसाभ्याम् i.49. asiatla ii. 45 Knoivs lucidly, carta i. 24 Is known, cognised. clearly. (+7i, to 'know'). And i, 2. 13: iii 51. 10: 5. Staat iy. 23 (Scc 99 ). gar: iij. 27. SET --i. 20. -301 i. 35, 42, 43, 447 -951-i. 47, 49, 50, 51, iv. 23. - .5. 1914 iy. 23. -: j. 512 HEN 44 1.43; iv. 23 The form, T3T i. 48; i. 27 'High know- - the function, of cognisance, ledge'; the highest cognitive intellection. consciousness; the 'pure rea- Esselt: ji. 5 The light, or the ·प्रशालोका-प्रतिकूलारम० ( 143 ) योगमाप्य-कोप enlightenment, of the higher Tarih i. 28 To the meaning of intelligence, the lucid mind. the Pranaya. (111, all round, at, lo see, miv 14. to shine) FUTTAT İ. 44, 45 The bender. It iii. 6. ofernr. 7. antifada: j. 20 Discrimination, ſuruia ii. 34 Let him put, discernment, by or of the in. place, deposit, Surrendes, telligence submit, yield (the mind 10 ada: iv. 23 Cognisable; to be thoughts). cognised. - an ii. 1, 32. 907:1,27 The Proņaya; "A-U. fugara i. 23: ii. 45. M", (pronounced Om, as a sforaran i. 23 From fallaching luumming sound). (#+9. the mind lo', 'laying down the Botifar, yala, praises, sings, mind in'; from submission, Hymns. the Supreme Self; resignation. Surrender; (a tadt, is lauded, culogised, by special kind of devotion, all; sont fa, protects the where-in Godisregarded as thic vital forces; anala, 'repository', 'source and fount" tc-'nov-ales. 1c-juven-stes, of all one's own life and cvery thing: inakes everything actions and of all others, in a new, renews the soul, as it constant remembrance), were; makes the world process foyrifti, 1,32. appest in a new light, when antifasi. 2 Allenualcı, wears its meaning is duly understood; away. (See :), see The Science of Peace, mazina i 2 To the allcaualed. and Pranaria-l'lida or The Far: sir. 26 (A racc of gods). Science of the Sacrel llord) Afe ii 22 To: for; in the presence of: in front of; confronting. 907T: i 32 The recitation, gfa 11. 22. 111, 49. repetition, of the l'ranava. ahazt. 15 Antipathelic; 2016 i 27. 28. hostile; confronting inimically. pahifalas 101 ii. 1 of the aftermath ii. 14, 0f an oppopure and purifying Pranaya site 'self or nature; antipaclc, thetic. marfaiteedi 28 of that which areAFEMT ii. 15 Because is named by the Prabara. of antipathy. 707277 i. 28.

·योगभाष्य-कोष ( 144 ) प्रतिक्षणम्-प्रतिप्रसवः afzuia ii. 34, 52; iii. 9. 13; afaan 15. 16 To the iv. 1. Every moment. cogniser, the experiencer, san: ii. 8 Back-striking ; hosli.malaala: i. 25; ii. 55. lity; hate. (afat, back, against, faqfet: jui. 53 “Fitting' (in 10 to strike, to kill). the mind); understanding lama 1. 38. afavaraa i. 27 {They) 'know ia (alã +97, to go, to approach). face of another': they promise, afarafai ii. 55: iï 53. declare as true. -fagfe-i. 27. ufafagfa iii. 26 Reside; stay; alarafarktı ii. 30 Barren of become fixed, established. sense; devoid of apprehension. alaceat ii. 23 Opponent; tival; - fast i. 25. match; foc; "the other of the --afayret iii. 17. two and two'. afaqaaq iii. 51 Let (it) be Afega ii. 16 Is pointed out. approached; or let (him) (प्रति + निर+दिश् , to point find. out, to direct). slarga iji. 13, 39 Arrives at; glafalgara iii. 13 Do: (plura!). attains to; obtains, Arc specified, distinguished. afaca: ii. 13 Arrived at; come f14574747 ii. 33, 34 Realito; understood. sation of, imagination of, STATI# ii. 13. dwelling in mind on, the oppo- faget: iv. 10. sites cara- i. 35. प्रतिपक्षभावनम् i.34. Sfaqetimala ii. 34 From do: siquià ii. 30 Are expounded alergizani ii 30. aforgatotta: ii. 4 From do: alafaqalariatii. 17 By the wish Suntaggar: i. 4 Beaten down, defeated, destroyed, to expound, to make others by vivid thought of the oppounderstand. sites, alagaan iv. 16 To, will, or -Pt: 30; 32; i. 11. in, each Ego, soul, individual afatar: il. 51 Adversaries. person, ( ala, opposite, , side, afast: iv. 34 Re-tire-ment; wing). ia-volution; retreat; re-ducfunt ii. 33. fion; te-absorp-tion; re-merar ii. 16. gence; im-mer-gence. ( ala, ·reto Saagi--afgr ( 145 ) योगभाष्य-कोष back, 7; to bring forth, to found their realisation, have impel, to drive ). become realised. afazag: iv. 34. afazaman ii. 17,21 That slahatlat: is. 10 Capable of which has found, gained. being cast off, reduced, abolrealised itself. ished, by a counter-process of alasat iy. 10 Having regained. involution, absorption, recovered. (afs + 24, to gain). gazrii. 30, 50; i. 6. mergence. प्रतिवसन्ति iii. 26 Dwell. ( यस्, प्रतिप्रसपाय ii. 2. afagna j. 27; iii, 50. dwell). afanaatiti: 1. 9 That which afataifa iij. 21 Binds over has repudiated, refuted, rejectagainst'; ties up; inhibits; ed, forbidden and denied, suspends : bars; prevents. all properties, functions of (afat + ja, to 'bind'). things, substances, particular --aferant i. 50 (Pre-vent-er). realities. alat i. 51. -pay- i. 32 (Counter- - arata i. 35. proof', countermanding. icafafaranga: iv. 23 ( That which jection, denial, inhibition, prohas) 'become reflection', hibition, stopping, checking: an image, a counter-disc'. (afa lo, against, in the face malagz: ii. 5. of, feu to be proved, accomfaximin. 54. plished). afatla ii. 19 (afat+ , to go ). -afat-i. 32 (They) go back. -gfater: ii 30. - autodia ini. 17. fatarajii. 13, - fiant iv. 33 (Cor-res. Laag: i. 51; ii. 25. pondent; relative or related, fayą i. 8. because of or by means of -geri. 2, 43; iv. 12, 19. contrast and opposition, as afget iii. 43, 49. white and black, heat and fàgt iv. 34. cold, pleasure and pain, sin-afgr i. 3,30; iii. 50; iy. 34. and merit), sfagi iii. 38, 41 Fixios; steady- प्रतिलब्धस्वरूपाः ji. 15 Those ing; establishment; dwelling- (successions, orders) that have place; support; scat. ( a + gained their 'own-loims', BN, to 'stand'). 19 ·3 योगभाप्य-कोप ( 146 ) प्रतिष्ठा-प्रत्यक्चेतनाधिगमः -Net: iii. 26. sorbed, de-manated (the -प्रतिष्टानाम् 1. 4. opposite of e-manated). mfagrer ii. 35, 36, 37, 38. saat iii. 51. --àlga-i. 26. -saga-iii. 26. -âèg iv. 33. m: ii. 48. -अतिसंक्रमायाः iv. 22. -alert: j. 17. - RARITAT i. 2; ii. 20; iv. 22. taimesinin ii. 17 From sccing, learning, of the way of counterferat . 20; iv. 22 Moved, action; by knowledge of the transferred. passed, from one to another; reflected; transremedy. formed. (, to step). प्रतीकारम् 17 To the counterafatga iv. 21 Re-forms, re action, the remedy. shapes, counter-ranges, re-Taalat: jjj. 26 Western. arrays, re-arranges. (afa + alte ii. 5. सं+धा). satzà ii. 9; iï, 17 is approach- -aagatt iv. 19. ed, understood, believed. -प्रतिसंवेदिनम् iv. 21. (Passive of afa+; see 940:). afaaaa 7, 29; 7. 17, 20 The ap-perceiver; the sell-'Aureaaet ii, 24 of the 'inturned', "in-drawn' introconscious; thic (Self) possessed spective. Self-conscious Ego. : of reacting or reflecting Corsciousness; apperceptive; co- rumenifera: i. 29 (afar, efficiently aware; reflective; against, in the opposite direc. mirroring; back-well-know tion, 273, ersjfar, goes, draws). ing'. (This word Attainment of the inturned or mean the same thing as 1991 introspective consciousness; or 969, which also occurs in of the abstract conciousness: the Yoga system, and as I or consciousness of the abscetat of, the Nyāya, and tract Self.. ( Vachaspați's ex- साक्षी and 'उपद्रश of the planation is yery labored, and Vedanta; जानाति च, 'अहं जाना can be reconciled with the मीत्यपि च जानाति; विशात विज्ञा. Bhāşlıya only by much hair. नाति, इच्छति, वदति, करोति). splitting; he makes the word EFTTat: i. 19 Being coun. mean the knowledge of the ter-led", led backwards, inyo fact that the soul has been luted, de manifested, re-ab pulled away in the wrong seems to ·14 Senses. प्रत्यक्-प्रत्ययविवेक ( 147 ) योगभाष्य-कोष direction, is suffering from a- Roi. 19. vidya). -740: í. 18, 19, 20; ii. 5, 26; प्रत्यकवेतनाधिगमः . 32. iii. 12, 35, 50, 53. --प्रत्यक्षत्वे 1.35. 8421 i. 11,32; iii. 17, 18, 35 448937 i. 32 By the power of (ara, to. E, to go ). An sense-perception. 'approach', a going to an 974974 : 7,43 (afa, lo, lowards, object )': understanding; nofronting, 97277, sense-organ). tion; concept; idea; opinion; *To each sense'; direct, imme belief; conviction; confidence; diate, scrise-cognition; scnsa faith; trust; an inducing or tion; sense-evidence. motivating idea; (cf: 'ideas AFFETF . 32 Of sensation; of move the world )': a cause the direct evidence of the (since the prinal cause is imaginative-Will or Volitional प्रत्यक्षानुमानागमा: 1.7 Sensation Imagination, the faith which niloves mountains' ); also an or direct perception or obseralfix or suffix in grammar. vation, and inference, and because it is that which 'fixes, testimony or 'tradition', that is the cause of the definition which has come' of the indefinite root-verb ). प्रत्यक्षानुमानागमः i. 9. T4900 ii. 28 The cause of TETEMISTOT I, 35 For realisathe idea, belief, conviction. tion; in order to secure atufaa i. 50; üi. 9 On the direct sense-perception, restraint of ideas, inhibition of Trueffet: i. 35 should be concepts. rcalised, braught into direct 97479€ iv. 28 Idea-generating: knowledge. ideation-causing; productive TEU I. 49. of new causes (of em-bodiatacara-iii. 37. Inent of the soul). Tafata 'iii. 14. T4UH ii. 15, 18, 20; ji 20, DET . 14 Is recognised. 993 iv. 31 (He did ) put - iii. 53. on; 'let 80 (on the body ). प्रत्ययमानम् i. 32 Only and all .. --- 10.18. or mere idea. -49-i. 10, 32; i. 4. 23, FETITI: W. 17. 26, 28; ii. 17, 20, 55. perta e IV. 27 Of (the 35. : 1 ·योगभाष्य-कोप 1 148 ) . प्रत्ययविशेषः-प्रत्यवमर्शात् 'mind' which is ) 'low', muratenia ii. 27 On the hollow. "empty', weak, in non-birth of another idea. (respect of), the discrimina- TEATRITO jj. 2. tion of ideas; which is no SEYFRIT: jj. 35 Nop.distinclonger interested in and is tion between the ideas or turning away from dealing awarenesses. with, or discriminating between TETSTETTj. 35. (worldly ) ideas. NEPTÆ i. 32 To the ideator rogata: i. 10 A special, pe or subject., culiar, particular notion. fuffi. 32 --974974 1. 41; ï. 28; ii. 20. *77i. 19. FETTFT 1.19. Ta iii. 35. STOTE i. 11. 32: ii, 2. 19; Framarar iii. 2 Unbroken iv. 15. continuity, 'single-stretchedness' of idea. cognition. TUT: ii. 15; ji, 17. thought. 45471: 1. 32, 50. FOTOGAH: Tii. 9. 15 of the na- - . 12. ture of ideas Fredatarata i. -32 (See the प्रत्ययात्मफेन 11.3. next word). Because of being -Frian ii. 17. confined to only one thing, -प्रत्ययानाम् iii 17. being limited to each percept. 47491944: . 20 Co-perceiver, Actuatahi. 32 Confined 10, ap-perceiver, limited by, beginning and endof ideas, thoughts; he who sees, is ing with each 'object', cach or conscious, of the presentation"; unique. mind's moods, functionings, 549g ii. 20; ii. 15 Apideations, ideas. (Seeglaziazi). pears, shines out. Tiogarara ü. 19. R213954: ii., 20. THIETH i. 10 In or on ex- -9799A : 7. 13. perience, feeling, of a notion TTCH: i. 10° inferential, reasoned, reflective recollection. operanfu is. 27 Other no- ( stá + 10+#7, to touch; 'to touch again all round'; lo tions or ideas. secognise, Tecollect, clearly ), ATTITUTT iv27.29. TITIATIT i. 10. awarc Or idea ·drawn away. प्रत्यवस्थिता:-प्रदीप ( 149 ) योगमाय-फोप paigar: iv. 12 Confra-posed; HEIGU I. 32 Having abstracted, placed face to face. (afat अव+स्था). Jayaqami 25 (Ready-horn, Tra lì iii. 18 I believe, under ready-formed ). stand, feel, think. (afat + era gegigaar iv. II 'Ready-born- +, to go ) ness'; appearancc; existence; BEGRAAT12721717a: iii. 44 Ac. operativeness; nianifestness, compinied by, consisting of, ynag iii. 54. . parts, the differentiation of argeasna: i. 16; iv. 33 He which has disappeared; show in whom the cognisance has ing no indication of separato arisen. parts. trylaetra: ji 27. ATT FETH ii. 19; iii. 50 To rerigalatan iv. 14 Present; mergence, setting, abolition, standing in front. disappearance. प्रत्युपस्थितविषयजाला . 1 With -प्रत्यस्तमये। 18. 'ever 'standing network of greatTED I, 41 With be sense-objects; matted with lief or ideation sunki set, disthe tangle of sense-objects; appeared: devoid of ideas. (i. c. full of cravings for sen- --acara ii. 15 (in refuta suous experiences ). tion, re-joinder, counter-mand --- 5--1. 25. ing), # . 17 Each one; singly; Tara: ii. 27 "Re-thinkingone by one. Tag: i. 26 To be believed. back; mental envelopement, involution, in-drawal ( masc: ). in thought'. प्रत्येतव्यम् iv. 19. 98: . 17; j. 50; s. 51 The gaylar ii. 24 Hope. first. FI9854 ii. 19 (afat, to, to- | atakleh: j. 51 (Name of wards, Et, pear, up to, Yoga-stage, the first ). to sit). Near; close; proxi- प्रथमम् ii. 34; iii. 13. 44 Firstmate. ly; at first. -NET- , 29. # ii26. FTNETT: ii. 54 (la + 371+Eto - terãą ji, 33. take away ), Abs-trac-tion. --;. 35; iv. 10. ~19: ii. 51, 54, a FESTETT: ii, 54.

·योगमाप्य कोप ( 150 ). प्रदीपप्रकाशयत्-प्रभवतः TETOXFlat i. 27 Like lamp PATRICIA iii. 18 Control. and light. mastery, of Primal Matter. at ji 51 of the lighted, Taajaa: iii. 26 Lords, masters, flaming. blazing. (etc, to controllers of Pradhăna. shine ). maaetua ii. 18 At the time, gutaran i 2 Shining. lumi during the period of predominance. nous, radiant. (97, to shine ). Tala i Lights up; casts 97717672673ii. 23 Behaviour, light on; brings to light; functioning, as principium-praillurinates. Qhāna. -99-i. 13. 15. DUR37879130: i. 18 Designa- Tera: iii. 39 Chief. (+671) ted, denoted. by the word 727AF . 13 In the principal pradhāna. karma'. 791764 ii. 23; îi 26. --प्रधानाi.7. quralareu ii. 23 of the pra saratanifarafuavifaat: i. 18 Whāna-ward mind; or of the ( Tliey ) whose existence, mind which is of the nature merged in the principal (one), of Prachina i. c., Prakrți. is only inferred. START: i. 48 Conquest of allà i. 45. Pradlina. partenarà a i. 13 In the STOTRJU: iii. 48. form, being', state, of princi- Tragerat: ü. 15 Of Matter pal and bye-product. and Spirit. 999 . 13 Is 'quintuplicated', gumaganfald: i. 24 Apart spread out, detailed, made from, other than, Matter and complex, complicated, hetero- Spirit. genised; multiplied. (93, five). TETAPI ii, 23. tra i.* 15 Approaches; FITCH 19, 23 Prakrti; arrives at; finds. (9+97. Matter; Nature. (+ 17, to to go). do. to place, to deposit; that we see i. 10 of the awakened. which does or makes all sorts (3+ya, io know, to awake). of transformations, things, any: j. 4 Awakening. objects of the senses, or that -992: i. 50. in which all things are depo HTUI i. 43 (The two ) come sited ultimately' ). forth, are born, ·प्रभति-प्रयलरतम् . . ( 151 ) योगभाष्य कोप प्रभवति । JB iv. 3 Prevails; fancy (or imagination), sleep, manifests; comes forth; has and recollection power प्रमाणविपर्ययविकल्पनिहास्मृतीनाम् ।. प्रभवशीजम् !!. 15 The production- 11. seed; the source of birth -प्रमाणस्य 1.8 प्रमाणस्य।.8. -प्रभवाः150. प्रभवाप्ययव्यूहानाम् ॥1. 45 of or प्रमाणानि 17 (4+ मा to measure) over production or integration, The 'measurers', proofs; and absorption or dissolution evidence; facts; standards; or disintegration, and orga tests; measures, authorities; misation truths, veritics; realities; -प्रभः। 51 tested and attested facts; 'measured' truths --प्रभा-1 363 1 26 प्रभा 11. 33 The dawn-glow. प्रमाणान्तरम् 1. 32 Another proof. प्रभावरम् 11 32 Shming, brilliant, ! प्रमाणान्तरेण 1 32, 43 radiant प्रमाणामाव:11 5 Absence of proof, of proven verity, of verif- प्रभुः ।v 18 (प्र+भू, to be ) cation Master; lord, 'who is, predominantly'. प्रमाणेन। 8 प्रमाणोपारोही 19. Amounting to -प्रभृतयः। 29 proof, truth, verity, reality. प्रभृति 1. 26 'Beginning with'; Get cetera':. 'and others' -भमाद-130 प्रमाद.130. 1 51 Carelessness. -प्रभोः ।. 18 (प्र मद्, to madden). प्रमाठकृतेभ्यः 11.30 From (acts प्रमत्तः1.6 giving pain to others) caused -प्रमाण-iv-14. by carelessness प्रमाणम् । 7, 8, | 3: Proof, : प्रमोप.-1 that which measures and so determunes, makes sure (प्रयतन्ते । 31 ( They ) endeavor (यत्, to try) मा, to measure) -प्रयतैः 1 40 --प्रमाणकम् 1v. i -प्रयत-1 17. प्रयत्नः1 135 v..11 Endeavor, प्रमाणविपर्ययविकल्पनिद्रास्मृतयः। 6 effort, exertion. Truth, error, (doubt or) | प्रयतशतम् ॥ 55 Done with effort -प्रमो. v 18. 2 .. प्रमाणकम् iv. 16 ·-277 11. 50. -97T: Ži. 44. योगमाय-कोष ( 152 ) प्रयत्न विशेषात्-प्रवाहचित्तम् sealaatuta i. 33 Because of a 14h i. 5 To dissolution, respecial. peculiar, effort. absorption, (+37, to melt. प्रयत्नशैथिल्यानन्तसमापत्तिभ्याम् ii. to become absorbed, to "lie' 47 Frogn relaxation of elfort hidden ), and attainment of the "End- Fulgar: ii. 27 'Facing, tendless". ing towards, dissolution. -Tag i. 25. TUGITTAIT II. 47 From Cessation Acara ir. 27. tela ii. 10 On or in the (Yogi's of cffort. mind when it has) become, TYSAIAZTI: ii. 18 Projecting, exercising, their powers. absorbed'. dissolved. FUT-i, 30; ii. 54. aetag iï. 50. -gui. 33. Trà ii. 18; iii. 6. 41; iv. 25 - č. 55. Engages; becomes employed. aitli. 15. (प्रवृत्). -भयोनकम् iv. 3. fazla . 18; it, 13; iv. 16 1917 iv. 5 Inspiring, engagº Do: (plural ). ing, employing, moving. प्रवर्तितम् iv. 31 Set going; 101547 iv. 3,5. started. -Fan ü. 18. gertat iv. 3 Is set in motion, प्रयोजनम् i. 25; ii. 18 (प्र+युज set going, is made operative. to join). That which en-gage-s saa i. 2; i. 23 Came forth; (a" person in an action, 'joins went forth; issued into actihim to an endeavour); mo vity: becanie active, tive; incentive. PRET: iv. 21 Declarations; aalgaturana ii. 27 For lack of doctrines sayinge; teachings. motive. ( 9+, to say, declare. -gile ü. 4. Tag: ii 4 Mounting, ascending: 96-1.5; iii. 52. growing, sprouting. (2+ tasto —2016: i. 47; i. 26. grow). TE: iii. 2 Flow ($+TE, STEFANI: ii. 13; iv. 28 Cap to flow). able of sprouting. JARTEA I. 32 The 'flow-mind'; -TTTET , 13. the mind 'streaming' : (with -. 25.. moods, tenses, functionings); affirm ).

·प्रयाइवित्तस्य-प्रश्न: ( 153 ) योगमाय-कोप mind segarded as a stream of gafar: j. 35 Pursuit; functioning; experiences. occupation; activitys going FATEFTATET I. 32. forth into manifes! cxistence; Aithi I. 32 of a part of pro-version' (opposite of the flow, Fatleti, 're-version'). (a+ma. - Teg: iv. 27. to be, to exist, to rerolve; Lat. -7187 i. 32. zertere, to turn). 979 i. 32. -fa: i. 30. 35. forta iv. 23 ( They ) dis rafa: i. 35. 36: il. 23: ii. 25: tinguisl. (+fQ + 1731, , to jy. 5, 19. divide, to break). FITOH ï. 13 Cause of sain jj. 17 Having distin. employment. engagement, guished. separated. activity. sfaatti: iii. 17 Separation; dis affraz: iv. 5. tinction; differentiation: dif- aferu iv. 5 In (the state ference;classification; division; or fact of) diversity of pursuit. sub-division. afrin: 1:1, 17 Knower of do: occupation, engagement. FILM 19. 17. : ji. 23. प्रवृत्ती iv. 3. furor: jj. 18. ' SearTT-917 iii. 25 By TATTIETTY: jij. 53 inability. directing the light of the superimpossibility. non-ſcasibility of distinction. physical activity'; by projecafortura 1. tion of the super-physical light 51 Dissolves; is dissolved. (experienced within the head; --, 16 (Strong discernsee i. 36), Tagfirotta: 11 We shall 'cause ment). to be known'. i. c. explaia. - fafia ry. 3. AZFH iv. 11 Exer-actise, engag, maafaga iv. 3. ed, diligent. 2 iv. 2 (fort, to enter). Pemasola: iii. 51 With light and iv. 21 For the great just issuing, just arising, just peace. (77, to be calm"). beginning to be seen. aufat i. 10 Peaceful 77: 1. 35 (See safe :) Nowingness; peaceful flow. प्रवृत्ता i 30 Become operative. मशान्तयादिता i. 13. -~-i. 2; it, 15. 597: iv. 33 Question; query. 20 1 ·-प्रश्वासयोः ii. 49. . योगमाप्य-कोप ( 154) प्रश्वास-प्रसाद प्रभ्यासः i. 31; ii. 49 (वसं, 10 | प्रसस्याने iv. 29. breathe). प्रसस्यानेन ii. 11. प्रभ्यासपूर्वक: ii. 50 Preceded by/-प्रस-iii, 13. out-breathing. -प्रसङ्ग: iv. 21. -प्रसङ्गः ii 15; iii. 513; iv.21. -प्रश्वासयो1.51. -प्रसङ्गात् iii. 51 (See प्रसक्तः). -प्रश्वासाः।.31. -प्रसङ्घन 1.8. -प्रश्वासैः ।. 50. प्रसन्नः i. 29 Placid; cheerful3 मसक्तः ii. 13 Attached; entailed; pleasant; (masc:). (प्र. high. relevant; appurtenant; en +सद् to 'sit dovn, to be suant. (प्र+सञ्ज. to cling, weary, to approach; प्रसीदति adhere, be addicted). 'sits' or rests in peace; 'sils प्रसक्तम् i. 24 Supervenient. , on high'; is placid). प्रसकेii. 15. प्रसन्नम् i, 10, 33; ii. 18 Do: प्रसङ्ख्यानदग्धक्केशवीजभावः ii. 13 (neu:). (Tendency to or germ of -प्रसव-i, 10 ( प्रसsee action) whose quality of be- प्रतिप्रसवः). ing the seed of misery has -प्रसव-i. 2, 103 34 11.14. been burnt out by ( truth- 50. seeing ) thought. -प्रसवः . 12, 26%; iv. 34. प्रसहयानयलात् i. 15 From or by power of thought, meditation, -प्रसव: iv. 34. 'calculation', 'counting up: प्रसवभूमिः ii. 4 Birth-place. 'accounting', considering. -प्रसयम् . 26. प्रसस्यानम् i. 2 (प्र+सं+ख्या to -प्रसवाय ii.2. declare, to make known, to -प्रसये 1.27. 'count'). Highest knowledge; -प्रसाद-i.16. 'enumeration' (of ultimate -प्रसादः :47(See प्रसप्त:: cheer. causes and effects): medita fulness; placidily; serenity: tion. tranquillity; luc dity; purity; प्रसमानयतः 1.4 Of the thoughtsettling down, as of dust and ful (yogi). mud; grace; favor). प्रसहचानाग्निना ii. 2 By the fire of|-प्रसाद: i. 20.47. cogitation, thought, medita-|--प्रसादनम् 1.33. tion, true knowledge. -प्रसादनम् ii. I. प्रसङ्घयाने iv. 29. -प्रसादम् .. 47. 1 ·प्रसादात्-प्राणयामः ( 155 ) योगमाय-कोप -761TT M. 6. one wishes'; 'irre-sistible will- Va i. 13 Having accom power'. ( 9+574, to desire). plished. (A + Ers, to accom- IFFlama i. 24 From plish ). defeat of will. TETEZI iii. 13. - SH iv. 26 ('Front-heavy'; petefa i. 33 is pleased; beheavy forward'; heading tocomes cheerful, placid, serene. wards). aga: ii. 4 Asleep ($+, -TIT iv26. to sleep: Gr. hypnos ). -TATTI i. 12. nehagfarterTUTA 11. 4 of granat: iii. 26 Eastern; ancient; the sleeping (dormant, quies former. (A7%, before, former). cent, abeyant, static, latent, TSITET: iü. 26 Belonging to potential, germinal), and the Prajapati. thin'. (slight, 'tenuous', atten- i 26. uated, incipient, germinating), TTT: i. 47 The wise onc. (Sce and the broken (sporadic, cut এয়া ), up. interrupted, intermittent); / gjo: i. 31; ii. 39 Breath; and the operant ('grand', vitality; vital force; life- 'generous'. active, in full breath. (5+41, to breathe; flush, dynamic, vigorous, Lat, anima ). splendid ). (Cf: the terms of i 34 of the variely psycho-analysis, unconscious or multiplicity of living beings. or sub-conscious or supra-con- FTUFI i. 34 Of the life-breath. scious, and fore-conscious or ETTIEZY Iti. 53. pre-conscious, and conscious). qgaaglalasanteriore . 4. Fonezajor iji. 39 of the nature or character of Prana ctc. प्रसुप्ततनुविच्छिन्ना ii. 4. ggfa: ii. 4 Deep sleep. TT17 di. 17. U174 . 29. Slati i 1. TOP18: iii 49 (ATOL + Tura; , to check; also to stretch.) -- Mi, 26. Regulation of the life-breath; leagthening of the breath; PIPATEIA iii. 45 (Name of a making it regular, slow, deep, super-physical power ); 'will long, or stopping it wholly success'; 'ability to do what for a time. - iy. 28. &H ii. 15, SIF i. 23 Before.

·योगमाय-फोप ( 156 ) प्राणायाम: -प्राप्तचैतन्यो Tonura: i. 34, m. 49,51. ngchert iii. 18 Came forth; प्राणायामात् iii. 52. issued forth; appeared: came TOOTAIT ii. 52. into manifestation. aparatatirteta iii. 52,53 From 'forth', outwardly, visibly, T: or by practice of breath-regu to bc). . -lation. agafà , 43; iii. 44, 47, 52 fora: i. 31 Living or breathing Comes forth, etc. creatures. --प्रादुर्भावः iii 45. -for: ïi, 9; ii. 26. -Wat ii. 35. --प्रादुर्भाचौ it. 9. -oog i. 33. arguiat iii. 9, 13. afaqat iii. 33 Intuitional. prafa: . 27 'End-ground': पातिभश्रावणवेदनादर्शावादवार्ताः bordering' province; tract of ii. 36 Intuition, clair-audience, clair-lact, clair-voyance, clair country; a definite slage; step; grade; plane; level; layer. gustation and clair-olfaction, (naf here is explained by anak i. 51 The consciousthe Bhäshya as meaning exness of the stage or planc. perience of super-physical TANI. 27. scents. But this is not at all thc wrazfag iii 6. ordinary meaning of the word,"ara. . 15 At one end. which is 'means of existence a i. 16 To be attained. living, livelihood, trade';' ATETA247a: iii. 15 Given hence also, 'news'. The ap or proved to have cxistence horism probably means 'news' as real entities. i. t., experiences, of intuition ata: i. 21 Arrived; attained to; elc'; but the Bhashya.kāra (masc:). (+3719, to obtain). puts in ‘olfaction' apparently maaaringENUE: ii 20 Of for the sake of symmet ical (the mental mood) which has completion of the 'live' sensefound the form of the support, experiences ). handclasp, grasp, reflection, reu ii. 33. shadow, of the conscious'; of mai ii. 33. the intelligence on which the मातिमात् iil. 36. reflection of consciousness has gifantza: m 37 The intuitional fallen and which therefore appears now as if it were itself . etc.

·* प्राप्तचैतन्योपादायते ( 157 ) :71527-Fit conscious (like a mirror imago - ATUEET i.49. ing the sun). 10-1.'13 (f, to depart). SarTTIEREGNET: iv. 22 (See 71 TUDIO jj. 39 'At the time of ii. 20). 'passing away, death. -18F i. 18. STUOTET. iii. 22 of death, 'the DIAH i. 16, 43; ii. 22; iv. 13 great departure'. Found; arrived; (neu:). auf: ii. 13 Manifested, salaalatt j 55 or him shown, indicated clearly, in, who has found the knowledge al, or by, 'departure', death. born of discrimination. groot i. 43 Generally; nearly; -917--. 55. almost; frequently TAT: i. 24. gudata: iii. 51 Worthy to be ata: j. 24, 49; i. 42, 45*Find requested, solicited, entreated, ing': (name of a súperphy: beggcd. sical power); 'the power to;} -izfatetzt: j. 51. reach anywhere one likes'. araga iv. 29 Desires; prays. -fe: i. 7, 25, 49, STATA: ii. 11, 15 (One who atacoma . 28 Cause of attain is ) craving, requesting, enment. treating, soliciting, -99: i. 7. maht iv. 25 in the rain-season. At i. 15; ii 6.34. TIET- iv. 10. eg718: i 26 Means, way.of, ATRIZ iii. 17, 26 Mansion. (a+ going, finding, attainment. (39 24+ agi 'high-seated'; 'of near, &, to go). high approach'). Jigar ii. 30 May find. faut iii. 51 Dear; pleasing: narai iii. 13 Arriving. attain desired, ing: A i. 2. sigara ix. 21 ( They ) arrive; wat i. 1 For gratification, find; come up; present thempleasure, affection. selves. arhii. 51. El ri, 36 Do thou gain; (im--o- ii. 34; iij. 26. perative mood). atars i. 25 Spoke, uttered. gjafa i. 32; ij. 24, 36; iii. 13 Finds; gains; atlains; arrives - ii. 4; ii, 13. at; results. gad i. 7; i. 26 Floats: fluctuwicz iii. 49 Having found. ates; shakes; is shaky, un- -99: i. 7.

·M. iv. 15). 4 योगमाय-कोप (..160-)" याधेते-बीजभावोपगतानाम् sentence in which this word some 'unusual and obscure occurs, in the Bhashya, on sense, which makes the aplio- Tism very difficult to under- Paraia iii. 30: stand. The most relevant inrendt i. 8 Is refuted, destroyed; terpretation of Sariat- here, (passive of arg.). seems to be that wich aroma: 1,33 Being oppressed, "attacks, besieges, ice, disturbed, bothered. draws in, contracts, reduces, 19: ji $50 Outer. causes to *shrink" ). ( The Anni: 31; ï. 32; ii. 29; iv. fourth kind of breath-regula- 10 External, outer tion is the gradual ) reducing बाह्यवस्तूपरागात् 1 7 Because of of the external as well as the being tinged or affected by an internal stretch or 'length of 'external object: the breath, (making the exarafat:' i. 51 Having an ex piration and the inspiration, ternal object;" having the both, less and less strong and external for object; pertaining long, till both disappear)... to the external digui 1. ITETENTAT Attenta: iv. 10 of uncertuig 1.5 in external a nature not dependent on -instruments. the 'lavors of external means fastigi 48 Bears, holds, carries; 517ko ir 49. nourishes, cherishes. (..to बाह्यापारिमकोभयनिमित्ताः . 15 support ), Caused by external, or sub- --ariga: :v. 23 jective.,, or both sorts of --. 2, 10, 11, 13, 26;*: causes. 32; ni. 50; iv 25, 28, 29. arunaathruff: ii 50 oftai į.46. the external, the internal and 75: 1. 2, 18 the paralysed or suppressed the narare ii. 11 Of the:> or rigidified mode'; Kléshas, afflictions, which have stopping of the breath > arrived at, gone back into, (for a while) after expira- 'reverted into the condition, tion. after inspiration, and stale, nature, of seed or germa; by sudden effort. i. e. when the primal instincis चायाभ्यन्तरविपयाक्षेपीi.51 (The which lead to births and reword aangt is used here in births, have been deprived of + 1 e, ·$ योजमायोपगमः-बुद्धिबुद्धीनाम् ( 161 ) attrattata their momentum ordynámicity, grayo: i. 15 The attributes of and been reduced back to the mind. their original seed-condition of errea: iii. .17. ". staticity, i.e. have been revere. giaa: 11. 6 From infellect. ted from patency to latency. alga77:* 11:4 Approach or Quia: iii. 17 Appearance in approximation to, assumption or before the intelli- OT of the state or nature of seed gence;' merital presenlation. or germ. gregatu: in. 52 Created by 1.25. the intellect. -lar ii 23; i. 55; iv. 23. geliata: 11. 24 The retirement' 15h i 43 Seed; germ; cause; of the intellect; the cessation root; source; secret essence; - froin functioning, the quiesprinciple. cence, of the mind. चीजसामर्थ्यम् ii. 4 The power of | धुद्धिपुरुषसंयोगाभार: ii. '25 Ab. the seed, germinating power sence of conjunchon of £go or -Het i. 4 Spirit and mind. --ht: 146 बुद्धिप्रतिसंवेदिनम् iv. 21 The पोजात् 1.5 (Self, Ego, Spirit, which is ax: jy 27 thic) apperceiver of the - i. 5 (Disgusting). mind. (प्रतिसंवेदी. प्रत्ययानुपश्यः see suma, Target of the g. iv. 22 Nyaya, साक्षी and उपद्रष्टा of -ga-i. 43, 44, I 17, 18, the Veclinta, all signify the * iv. 19. same fact, viz, that the soul, -- i16. at the human stage, knows, gre: i. 11, i 6, 24, 27 The desires, acts, and at the same cognitive aspect, part, faculty, time knows that it knows, functioning of the mind, the desires, acts', i e, it is aware - intellect; intelligence; also, of its own'mental functionings'. the mind generally. (na, to 'Ap perception' has been used Anaw, to understand, to think, in this sensc by some western to awake). writers; and there seems no graziai ii. 18 (The two) inade. other belter word available ). caused, given rise to, 'created', gegelang iv. 21 of the awarcby the mind nesses of the intellections; of 21 TE: 1. 5.

·at iii. 17. योगभाप्य कोप ( 162 ) पुद्धियुद्ध-ब्रह्मचर्यम् the cognitions of the cogni- gniert: i. 52 Mental suntions (p!:). mation, gathering up. syn- Eigen iv, 21 Do: (Singular). thesis. gles I. 3 of the nature ) gizart7: 'iii, 17 Inherently or of simple witness, silent inseparably connected with watcher or spectator, of the the intellect. functionings of the mind. Tatizarlo ii. 19 Sense-orgaos. -gri. 6. Treativ, 21. great i. 35. ge: iv. 19. grata: ii. 20; iv 22 of the grazi. 7, 29; ii. 17, 18, 20. mood or functioning of the get 18. intellect or mind. gfeyrolafiter ii. 20; iv, 22 Un- qazneg iv. 33 In intelligence differentiated, undistinguished, elc. indistinguishable, from the Tyranitalaqaa ii. 16 For mood of the mind. the attainment of the object afectata i. 36 Awareness, conwished to be realised. sciousness, of the intellect or ag-i 3.7; ii. 23. mind, -aat: . 4. glearah i. 36; ii. 35, 55 The-art- i. 23. sattva-constituent, the sattva at ii, 20; iïi. 17 Mental, material, of the intellect or intellectual, ideal mind. iv, 22 Brahman; the Supreme, FATTET i. 47: ii 41; ii. 18, Eternal, and Infinite Spirit; the 43, 47, 49. Universal Self; the Absolute. GETTITRAT iii. 35 By (an, or the idea of the nature of fart: iii. 26 (A race of the sattva-constituent of the very high gods ) budidlı-mind. -- . 30. बुद्धिसत्त्वानभिसम्बन्धात् iv. 34 senga fagrare ii. 38 On fixits. Because of non-connection with the cognitional sattya. permanence, stability, immutability, unshaheability, of faatniegt: ii. 17 "Mounted Brahmacharya, sex-continence. to, understood by, reflected agzig Ï. 30; iy. 21 Sexual in, the sattva component of continence (which is buldhi. garded as indispensable for re ·ग्रह्मचर्येण-भवमत्ययः ( 163 ) योगमाय-कोप successful 'pursuit and find 92: jü, 18 Of the Lord. ing of Brahma', for 'living | 7777771 i. 15; iii. 18 The Lord. the godly Brahmic life'). ( The possessor of T: 1 adam 1. 14. ऐश्वर्यस्य समनस्य वीर्यस्य यशसः DEU: ji, 26 Of Brahmā. श्रियः ज्ञानवैराग्ययोश्चैव पण्ण भग AEG? iii. 34 In the town' or atat | Vishņu Pujāņa ). "house of Brahman, i. c. the fat ü 24 Sister; 'bern fron body''the temple of the the same womb'. Spirit, of the living God'. - Hid iv. 23. angtiſzai: iii. 26 ( A race of 2727321: or ( 3727374) ii 26 very high gods ). ( Name of a land, of good DERESfft: ii, 26 Do; horses'). - 22- iii. 26 (A race 2767 i46 (Name of a of evil Spirits, generally the yoga-meditation-poslure ). disembodied souls of black ---ü. 33. magicians ). -- ii. 13; ii. 18. ENT: jii. 26 The lokas. -99: iv. 12. worlds, planes of Brahmi, 998: iii. 52; iv. 12 (Two) atti: iii. 26 Belonging to become. ( 17. to be ). Brahima. Haft i. 2. 4; iii. 3, 17;' iv. 2; ET ï. 31. etc. Becomes; (also locative of HCT: ii. 30; iv. 29 Devotee 77917 and vocative of 37977). of Brahma'; Yoga-aspirant - 971 . 26, seeking mergence in the Uni- ) 1977 iv. 20 Becoming. versal Supreme Spirit, the mag iv. 1. Absolute Self. wala i. 5, 11; ii. 4. 34; iii. 13; ACT: it. 44 An assemblage iv. 4 etc (They ) become. or company of Brāhmaṇas. wordt i. 3 Becoming DIETTET ï. 33; i. 51. Hro: iy, 12. Etfatti ii44. 42964T: i. 19 Caused by the - *xed notion' of Becoming": ( a kind of थसंप्रशात समाधि, -: iy. 15. near to मोक्ष कैवल्य, which -Rama i 23 By a special is achieved by those yogis form. kind or degree, of who meditatc on and merge devotion. into an element, , ikāsha, ·योगमाय-कोष ( 164 ) भवम्-मायनाः a to be. or vāyu, etc. or into an , 17: lii. 17. the universal principle corres HTT: iii. 26, 44 Share; part; ponding to sense-organ, portion; quarter. (1751, to ear, eye, etc). divide ). -H94 in 18 TT i 17. TA: i. 16 The rotation of TTT: iv. 16. (the process of) Becoming; the a: i. 55. succession or round of births - 7711 . 32. and deaths, -114 iy. 25, PETET iv, 13 of birth; of the -ATTIGET iv. 12. world. - pt: 1.51, feasah ji. 53; iv, 24 Ought -275774 iii. 13. at ii. 26 India. maah ii, 15 To be. 14 iy. 26. Tarczifa u. 51. He . 24 By the wife, otlie farofa ii, 34; iv. 19 Will be; 'to-be-supported'. ( , to will accrue; will happen; support, nourish, cherish, (sing: ). ( to be ). bear the burden of ). Ela: ii. 4 Having existence -479 . 49; iv. 25. or manifestation in future; (that which is ) to manifest 1-477- i. 9; ii. 4, 11, 15, 39; ii. 15. or come into operation in the future. –77: iii. 45, 48. भविष्यालिफम् iv. 12 That 72: ii. 4, 25; ii. 11, 15, 55; which will be manifested in jy. 10, 12, 28. the future, 79: j. 13; iv. 12 Being; confifa i. 35. dition; also cmotion and T: #. 39; iv, 25. intention Hatia ii. 33. IT i. 28; ii. 33, 34. i. 32: 1.30; ii. 13; iv. Han i. 28 “Making to be'; 10 May be; if it be. causing to exist; realising: T! ii. 18 Because of dwelling upon in mind; cogiexcellence, grandness, glorious tating: picturing; imagining. -il. 2; iv. 25. T. 17. -AI- . 4. -919-ji. 18. 2771: ). 23 Ideations. ness.

·COM TTL ii. 26. 491-979: (165) योगमाप्य कोप -PRTE 1. 34 (Some cditions invested with reality, is reread - ATHI, and include garded as real. the sentence in the भाषितेषु iii. 51. mentary on i. 35). fera: jii. 52. 19ota: 11. 4. it i. 24 (That which is ) to Trata: i. 33 By dwelling in become, to happen, in the mind upon; by realising; by futujc. evoking in one-sell. Ta ü 23. 1997: iii. 23. - ii. 13, 18; iv. 14. -197ia: iii. 51. rat . 13. Arania: iii. 51 The object or - HFR 3; iv 19 (Appear. aim which is) to be 'realised, achieved, attained. 'brought *7777 iv. 23. ing; 71€, to shine, to appear). into existence'. - 120 ii. 20, 23; ii. 15, 52. teatag j. 51. - Hard i 19. REFTIT (1. 33 of the lightpuva: i. 28, 33 01 (one who maker', the Sun. is) dwelling (in mind) upon er i. 36 Radiant; luminous. aga j. 2 Causes'; brings FAETI ii. 5; iii. 13 Having broken. 78244 ü 34 Picturing. (about. faà ij. 14 is differentiated, farat iii. 23 Iſaving imaged distinguished, separated. 'cul sprafatafa iii. 51. off', 'broken up or away' ; Trade i. 33; i. 33; iu. 51. (passive of fią, to separate, ET it. 45. break down, di 'vide'; Lat, at ii. 4. ani, lo separate ). ar ji. 13, 18. faa ii. 14 Would be differen. -- ii. 15. maled, separated, distinguished. frafa ir. 3 Breaks through ou TUTUROR iii. 13 Otherwiseaway removes. (fax). ness, change, transmutation, ca. 18. mutation, of being. sfate, con- f97: iii. 53 Separate; different. dition, mode, mood, manner. fihatian: i. 7 From (things flaai i. 27; iij. 51 Rcalised. of objects ) of different ATTENTI. 11 That (memory) genera or species, wherein the object called up maant: iv, 15. by memory is 'realised', is -Aat: i. 32. 1917 ill. 8.

·योगभाष्य-कोप ( 166 ) मिने-भूतानाम् caia iv, 23. fel is,3 When the obstructing-acara i. 20. dam has been) broken, mwa . 53. ATO: 7. 44 The natures'. -fitag i. 32. Origias, or 'substrata' of the a: i. 15. clements wia iv 19 Afraid; feat- भूवारुतीनाम् ifi 45 of the stricken (, to fear). origins', 'natures, or 'subofetametazootg ii. 12 Towards stances of elements the frightened, the sick, and Salaa: iii. 52 Past and the pitiable. future; (pl:). ži. 50 Eats; tastes; ex qaran ii. 18 In the form or periences. (F). state of the elements. Yanant: i. I With retinue of mailarang jic 45 In, among snakes 'which go by or on over, elements and compounds. their arms'; having serpents - 74 1. 1.5, 35; ii. 23; iii for retinue. 20; iv. 11, 15, 16, 31. Y9731774 iii. 26 Knowledge of anti : i. 11. the cosmos. agenta: 1. 49 Gone to, existv i. 26 On or in the Earth. ing in, subtile elements, - iv. 16 Some editions ERR . 44 Subtile elements; include the sentence in which subtle forms of the elements. this occurs in the commentary EGAFATAH i. 41 Arrived on iv. 15). at, resolved or accomplished into, a subtile clement. -- . 30.33; säi, 18, 44: NazEREKMAAH i. 41 Apiv. 9. (in living beings, pearing in or with the form of eleniegts). a subtile element il; iv. 23. YOLEHTIA 1. 43. : i. 24 That which has beageng i. 44 corde; the occurred; the past AGERTITET 1. 41 "Tinged' iii. 44 Cause of the by a subtile element. clements TEU ii. 38. ganan ii. 15 The host of qat: i. 5; jji. 17. living beings. -CIRIT 1, 30. 28T: i. 44 Conquest of the stararg i. 44; iv. 7 of living elements, beings or elements.

·भूतानि भूयाः ( 167 ) योगभाप्य कोप Taifa ii. 15,19 Beings, creatures: ing towards, leading to the -aila ii. 28. slaughter of crcaturcs. Taa: i. 25 Compassion for Pattatart ä. 30 For the destrucall beings. tion of creatures. artig iv. 14 Among other | -- ii. 3. 15; iv. 12. elements. AT i. 1; 7. 19; i 26. arafata: i. 47 With a real ---. 51. existent object. - fì: ii. 27 (Condition, state; warffèqucaia i. 8 Because of stage; level). the object (of pramāna) bring -pa: i. 14; ii. 4; iii. 6. 26. something which has come fa: ii. 6. 26, 44 The earth; into existence', i. e., is rcal. ground, foundation, stage, - ii. 4. resting-place, halting place, funt ii. 51 Conqueror of standing ground; layer, level. elements and of the sensor plane; condition or mood, (of and motor organs. mind). alorpnafarza: iii. 26 Lords : iii. 26, 51. or masters of the elements, -fi tt iii. 6. of the sensori-molor organs, FIT ii. 51 From or by conand the 'substrates guest of stage (after stage, (tanmițras) in succession! galiuafeta: jii. 26 Controllers, ti6. masters, of the elements and FAT iii. 51, 54. the sensori-motor organs. -yag 11. 31; ii. 6, 26. zarazni for ii. 19 Elements and FHD 11. 6 in or on the stages sensori-motor organs. (one after another). भूतेन्द्रियात्मकम् i. 18 Of the 917 i. 47 Standing on the nature or form of the elements (lov) 'ground', in the valley, and sensori-motor organs. the plain. ahu ii. 13 Amongst the “*: 1. 30; iii. 6. elements and the sensori-motor #: iii. 6. Organs. AT i. 30; iii. 45. -zag i. 41. -11: ii 14. nag iii. 23 Amongst or lowards | - iv. 33. beings. T: ii. 36 Be thou; (benes agatu ii. 30 Bent on, tend dictive mood of 7. to be ).

·योगमाय-कोष ( 168 ) भूयासम्-भोगाधिष्ठाने 72182 ii. 9; iv. 10 May I Har i. 24; . 18 Experiencer. be; (do:). (951, to cat, faste ). a: i. 26 The physical Heath iv. 21. world or plane; the Earth. ITO . 18. HTH ii. 9, iv. 10 (tah Herraa iii. 14 By experiencerwith 4T drops the a). May ship. I be. Alma:47Tt: i. 6 Of the pro ii. 17 Penetrativeness. (two) powers, potencies, of 77 - jj. 18, 19; iji. 14, 44, cxperiencer and experienced. 47. ali: ii. 20; iv. 22 Exmit: iv. 3. periencing power; the potency #T37 ü. 17 "Born of breaking of the experiencer. (of the skin ); caused by the TH iv. 21 The own form penctration (of the foot by or nature of the subject, the a thorn). experiencer. 29 ii. 1; iii. 13. -19 ii. 32; ii. 55; iv 34. ar: ii. 4. IT: iii. 35 Experience; 'eat. stat: ii. 34 Sub-divisons, kinds. ing': 'lasting'; suffering-and- - iv. 12, 15. enjoyment; undergoing the -10 i 41;« ii. 34; iii, 13; ups and downs of life. (, iv. 23. to eat, taste ), #anataftalena: iii. 44 Wished at: ji, 6, 13, 18. 23; iii. 51; to be described', or describiv. 16. able, as 'with and with it: iii. 35 Feel, belief, out difference', as 'separate awareness of experience. and again as non-separale". TITRI iv. 12 0f (the i. 32 In separateness, diff. karma, action); leading to erence. (fx, to divide). experience, suffering-and-en- - iv. 25. joyment. Haiii. 13 By separation. Á TRENITE ü. 13 Because of a . 17 'Divisibility": being the cause, or, being piercability, penetrability. caused by, experience. 7547 15 Medication; medical treatment; medicine. -1: ii. 14. 1 iji. 51: iv. 33 (A vocalive arniugia ii. 5 In the forum exclamation ); 'Sit'. or 'locys of experience. -17: i. 13.

·भोगापवर्मार्थता-मतिः ( 169 ) योगमाप्य कोप Or tarqaniztar iii 44 Subservience earthy; (chemical substances, to 'experience (of the world) particles, juices) belonging to and retirement' (therefrom ) the earth, or of the earth 'abolition' thereof, i, e. -7A; ii. 24. moksha Afati. 10 Wanders. (H7, to- भोगापवर्गार्थनायाम् ii. 21. wander, to err, to move about भोगापवर्गार्थम् ii. 18 For the sake erratically, mistakenly). of experience and 'retire- rrat ii. 30 Strayed; erred; ment', pursuit of wor'dly exerroneous; misled; unistaken; perience and renunciation (fem:). thereof. -a: iv. 23 Deceived; deluded; sfimamiziz ii. 18; iv. 24. (pl:). nitrigant ii. 18 'Experience', -भ्रान्तिदर्शन- ~. 30 (Erroneous 'tasting, and fretirement', view). 'scnunciation. (See 7177: and antih iv. 23 The seed of अपवर्गः). error delusion, HTTha: ii. 14 Absence of -1919 iii. 12. experience of enjoyment-andsullering. म 142978: ii. 15 Practice, repeti- fear: ii. 54; iii. 38 Flies; bees. tion, continuity, of experience. -#115TH. 26 (Some editions भोगाभ्यासम् ii. 15. read गोमेघ or पक्ष in place targea ii. 15. of #777; name of a continent). 6 iy. 10. --aft ii. 45. TECH ii. 16 Rising. 'mount' -- -- ji. 29. ing, to experience; being expe- -- Afor- i. 4. 35, 36; 11. 17, 18; rienced. iv. 17, 23. fra: i. 26, A iv. 31 To the precious -भोगी i. 1. stone, crystal, gem. ifta i. 24; iv. 24. -aforagift jü, 26. mag ii. 15. qù::. 41 Of the precious stone, -10-11. 6. crystal, gem. 9713772 iv. 15. Because of 1-03-iii. 26. experiencability. afa: iv. 21 Opinion; view; -18: i. 1. result of mentation; (HT. to AT iv. 3 The carthly, the know, think, suppose). 22 ·योगमाय-कोप ( 170 ) मतिविनमः-ममः Hafaza: i. 24 Mind-wander- FETEA: i. 22; ii. 34 Middling ing: error of opinion. intense. AFTICH j. 31 'Fish-nct': mutata fatke i. 22 Of one poshshing-net. sessing energy or aspiration of Hit Feu 31 Of the 'fish middling intensity. (+ fans catcher', the fisherman. to fear, to tremble, to be Frung ii. 31 Amongst, in, 10 agitated; an, urse, velocity) wards, fishes, HETHET: ii. 34 Middling middle. AFICIAF ii. 54 (To) the king of Axtas: ii. 34 Middling mild. the 'honey-makers', i.e., bees fra: i. 21 (One) possess- (Modem Western biologists ing medium cnergy, speed. and nature-síudents and ob aspiration. servers have ascertained that -4841. 35. the chief and leader of a hive 7 ii. 26 In the middle. of bees is a queen, and not a ng ii. 39. king. The word occurs in Heitora: i. 21 With, oł, possessonc of the admittedly oldest ing 'middling means', i. c., Upanishats, the Psaslınd; and means of middling efficiency. subsequent writers. Shankara Hinata agafaat ïi. 5 (A girl) etc., faithfully, with shut eyes, composed of members, limbs, copy and repeat. Are the parts of the body, made all Upanishad-Rshis and Yogis in of honey and neclar. fia, etror,' here. inadver- 1964: iv. 4. tently ?). i 10; 2. 19, 28, 30, 34; Agutan ii. 38. gaatxt: i. 48 (Name of iv. 11, 19. 23 (#7. to think, believe, imagine, intend, agree; certain 'superphysical, occult, Yogic powers ) to think higlıly of another to honor; to think highly of one ATU: iii. 51 One belonging self, to be proud; to think of to a stage of yoga called Madhu-bhimi. or on some object persistently. insistently, to set the mind on, Ayacin iii. 51, 54 (To) The to crave; etc). Mind. (The Madhumati-stage. word seems to be used in i 22; *. 34. this aphorism as the equi- -21. valent of chitta. The dis- Aqi ji, 50 Middle: tinction between the two, ·मनसा-मरणदुःखम् ( 171 ) योगमाप्य कोप it any, is not pointed out in Aniv. 23 By the 'cogitable', the Yoga-slițras or the Bhashya. the 'thinkable (object); by In the Sänkhya system, which that which has to be thought is the 'theory', as Yoga is the about 'practice', the anțah-karaña, -45- iv. 1 (FFALT 407, 'inner organ', is said to be that which, being kept or three-fold, buddhi-ahankararevolved in mind, protects ). manas; chitta is not mention - iv, 6. ed; in the Yoga-system, chitta --400 iii. 51. is used, and is said to performan:falfà fisji. 12 By mantrathe three functions of the triple innerorgan'. In Vedānta, chants, by asceticism, and by meditation or rapt concentrachitta seems to be the faculty ted contemplation. of menory in particular, which 'stores up', fer, and, with Araurd 17. 51. the three others, makes the riv. I By incantations, magic- "four-fold inner organ"). words, or chants. 4TH: 1. 35; ii. 53. Of the mind. Anfantil. 51 (Name of a river in heaven Re: i. 34, 36; ii. 28; iii 25, 38. 43; iv. 18. - a lä, 51. HAAT ü. 15; iii 47.50; iv, 11. Hoà i. 16, 32; ii. 1 Thinks, qafe i. 24; ii. 5; iji. 50; iv. 7. believes; (pass:) is thought. wala i. 30. supposed. (See #a:). A4iv. 8. Arfata: ii. 5 Believing. (Some editions read मन्यानः). मनु fa: iv. 33 The human Hog: ii. 6 Anger, wrath; rage; Agtraftuta ii. 12 (To) the grief. human development, the human Arag: ii. 5 Believing. form, condition, transforma- 1 iv. 27 My; mine. tion; evolution into the human -HATT i 15. condition. Aut ii. 33; iii. 18, 51 By me. A iii. 26, 44. -- ii. 9; iji. 51; iv. 10. Aguig iii. 18, HCUTTA: 1. 9; iv. 10 The dread 1978-7fFT iii, 48 «Mind-spcedof death. edness'; being possessed of Futa . 9 The pain of the speed of the mind. death. racc.

·योगभाष्य-कोष ( 172 ) मरणदुःखानुभवात्-महाभलयेषु ATUS:Egiata ii. 9 From ex treated as possessed of largeperience of the pain of death. ness etc. (Some editions HUTA ii. 13, 34 Dying; death. read महत्तत्वादि-). (, to die). HET ETCÈT i. 44 Haying large, tota ü. 19. gross, dense substance for afirafa iv. 33 Will die. object. -Ai, 2,8, 47; i. 27, 43. Hei iii. 26 The world or - ii. 27. plane called Mahab, RE: ü. 11 Stain; grossness; HEST: li. 51 Great Rşhis. (See refuse; dirt; excretion; excre 1993). ment; scum; filth; taint, - N. 12. E ii. 43; iti. 55. -61-. 12. #OFT iii, 49. ACTAT. iii. 26 (Name of --01: i, 30. a hell or rather purgatory ). AURTL ii. 52, Hai 26 Name of an : iv. 31. underworld Har ii. 42 Great; (neu:). ATITI. 43; iii. 26, 45 Great; hafa ii, 15, 19; -3. 26 In the large; the Great, i. e. Mahatgreat or large; in the Malat attva; the Mahar-plane or tattva Buddhi-taţtva, world. Universal. Mind, Principle of #JaT4: i. 26 Layers, Intelligence, Collective Intelli grounds, tracis, of great hells. gence aufaäatu iv. 21 For the great nga: ii, 15, 19 (hea: apa, Surfeit, the great Detachment Agfa afa). Of the 'Great. or Renunciation, Amma', the Mahat-tattva or Hagaray ii. 12 Towards the Buddhi-tattva. Great, (those possessed ) #GUTT ij. 19 The Mahatof great influence of power, tattva, the Great Principle of she high, the mighty. the Conciousness manifesting in holy. primal Universal OmniscientHelgfagett: i. 11 Having great .'Immense' Mind or powerful enemies (who re- -EFESi. 40. quire much exertion to defeat). AGE=TRETT199: 1. 43 Become Hagang i. 25 In the Great the subject of usage as “large Dissolutions (when Cosmos ness etc.; conventionally! dissolves into Chaos ), or ·महाभाखरा-मार्ग ( 173 ) योगभाप्य कोप HETATTTTT: . 26 ( Name of a A17-i. 43; ii. 19; iii. 3. race of very high gods ). -A1-i 4, 19, 28; . 4, 17. HETZaalitat: iii. 26 Those who 18, 27; iii. 15, 17, 35, 44. have control over the great 47,51, 55; iv. 14, 22. 33. Elements. -4127; ii20. #124171 ii. 28 of the great Elements. -AP: 1. 17; ii. 19, 20; iij. 13. HETHE: i. 8 Great Confusion, ATAM ii. 20. Error, perplexity, inertness, ASH i. 2, 9, 16, 45; ¡i. 5. delusion. 19; iii. 20. 44; iv. 10, 13, ACTAEHùa i. 52 By (this phan 23, 24, tasmagoria ) composed of -at i. 2. utter delusion. -1769 iii. 49. -Aartiti- iii, 26 ( Name of Rata i. 45; ii. 9. 19; iv. 10. a hell). -Er i, 44. Halfget iij. 43 The "Great In-]-Hame ii. 22. corporeal'; ( name of a yoga-1-91517 iv. 4. siddhi, occult superphysical -ma ií. 19; iii. 42; iv. 3. 19: power, the power of going --Alor i. 23, 43; ii. 18; ii. 43. out of the gross physical body. ATETECUMAA iv. 15 Knowledge, in the form of a subtile body). awareness, consciousness, ex- 494 ii. 31 The great vow, perience, of 'middle-seatedness', (i. c. of the condition Allaig idi. 18 in great creawhich is above or midway tions. between pain and pleasure. Afint iii. 45 Greatness. j.e. peace) -T-i 36. Arqfcii. 28 In 'middle-seated- # ii. 9: iv, 10 No; not. ness', impartiality, the middle -A-in. 29 path or course. plaantua ii. 34 For the sake of the flesh and the skin. #IAAF iv. 10 Mental. -19-i. 28. -TU-iv. 4. AF ii. 10. Arat iii. 13 "Mother', (the 'mea-Arqgfa iv. 18. surer' of the quality, capacity, Atuliv. 13 (AT, “That which 'field of consciousness', of the is not'). Ilusion. progeny; AT, to measure). -Amii. 33; iv. 25.

·योगभाष्य-कोप ( 174 ) मार्गः-मुषितम् soul. person. FERI, 24. Am ii. 26 Way: path of 'seek soul, ego, who or which has ing.'( , 10 seek, hunt). achieved 'freedom'. Tatiana: iii. 26 Bounded by agent 1.41 (The the Mályayan mountain. mind) 'colored with the idea -माहात्म्य--.9. or image of a liberated' ego, TIEITETE 1.32 Great-souledness; on which it large-heartedness. may be resting, which it may ---PETETUTT iv. 14. be contemplating AIÈRE: iii. 26 'Belonging to the gegaag iv. 33 Amongst, to- Great Indra'; (name of a wards, freed egos. superphysical world orheaven). Hafan iji. 26 Dwellers of - iv. 31. the Alähendra-world. - Ele: i. 27. ATAH . 5 Only • friend'. मुहका ii. 25 Having let go farra: i5 Absence of abandoned. "friend', -fe7--11. 26. -90-iv. 11. TopET7217H i. 8 Płythical', false, gaarfaranfa: iii. 39 Moving in the nostrils and the mouth illusory knowledge. farliera i. 43; ii. 26. aut ii. 24 By the simple, the artless, the foolish, the infor ISITET I. 26. -- Arta iv. 4, 5. grnuous; (fem.). farret ii. 13 Having mixed, --glar i 33 (See Bhiga. joined, or combined together. vata, iv, vii. 34). ( Some editions omit this great ii. 23 Gladness; respectword). ful satisfaction; gratification; fa 21977 i 26 (Name of an grateful satisfaction. Elysian garden). Catae.H 23 The power, the feft-ii 25. force, of reverence, reverent -: . 32; iv. 30 (Some gladness. editions read yti in ji. 32). Faig i. 33; i 23. T: i. 24; ii. 27: iii. 22 (har hara TA191412 iv. 3 to release, loosca, liberate, set (Various cereals, pulses, etc.). free; gladden, rejoice), Freed; itag i. 10 Robbed; plunder free; let loose; emancipated; ed; deprived of vitality. (9, liberated; delivered; a person, 31, lo steal, despoil, spoil, ·roolyralar129:-galao ( 175 ) TTTTTT-19 break, destroy; whence 74. - i. 12. 'mouse'). Uraiamaat: iii. 52 Muhūsta --*: i. 13. ( = 48 minutes), day, night, TETTH iii. 53 Separateness of or in the root. etc. Emlat ii. 15 Fails, faints, errs, Fan 1. 5; iv. 11 Root. 2. iii. 43. becomes perplexed. (See Hla:) came i. 7 (la case of) the : i. 10 Unconscious; fainted; root-speaker, the original swooncd; confused; perplexed; declarer being (trustworthy). erroneous. (TE). मूला ü 30. FLEKTIRA iv. 15 Experience of -मूलानि iv. 3. confusion; confused know- I. 35. ledge; knowledge of confusedness, i. e. consciousness of be pa iü, 13 In case of the ing confused, perplexity. root-cause, the source (being Ferà i. 28 In confusedness. present); when the cause (is present ). 67 i 1; i. 15. og ii. 9. - iii 51. MAT: 7. 18. THURSfax ii. 32 Produced -FZ ii. 41. by earth, water, ctc. Afi 44 Form, shape, image. मृजलादिभिः ji 40 By carth, water etc. Fiscaffnila: iii. 53 Distinction of shape or form, of 1 - iii 15. intervening space or separat- SM 13 Earth; "nud"; ('mire'. ing distance, and of genus or ga: ii. 24 Dead. species or character. मृत्युना iii. 51 By death. FLIPICAMAATIOAI ir. 14 DE - iii. 51 (Some editions the same genus or species in read-मृत्यू). respect of shape or form ar i. 16; iv. 33 Having d.cd. Frui iii. 45. ii. 50 Mild gala: i. 22; ii. 34 Mildly analfaft iii. 32 la the headintense; of small or low inlight', the light within, at, tensity under the crown of the head agaiztanen i, 22 Of one of or skull. middling intensity of aspiraat ii. 1 In the head, the tion ). (Some cditions omit this word together with about crown.

·योगमाष्य-कोष ( 176 ) मृदुमध्या-मोक्षशास्त्रा half the sentence in which it fecding etc.; cating of pure occurs ). food etc. Ti ji. 34 Mild-middling; H&H iž. 26 The back or top of average mildness; of of the Meru mountain. lower middle (intensity of Hegera jii. 26. aspiration ), at ii23 Friendliness. मृदुमध्यापिमात्रत्वात् i. 22 Because | मैत्रीकरुणामुदितोपेताणाम् i. 33 OF of, by reason of, softness or friendliness, of compassion, weakness, of moderaleness or of reverent gladness, and of inildness or mediumness, and of indifference (or ignoring or excessiveness or intenseness. turning away or 'silent wita GHEOITT: ü. 34 Mild or nessing! gentle, and medium ofÀITTER iii. 23 Thc , inspiring, moderate, and excessive or influencing, compelling, inpowerful or intense. fecting ) force of affection. TIARUHe71 ; 2! ((Po-Yana i. 33; f. 23. ssessed of mild, medium, and #57777: iv. 10 Affection etc. powerful means. Astfag ili23 On or in affec- 945 ii. 34 Mild-mild'; very lion etc mild. ter: ii. 15, 18, 23, 24 Deli- Ergän: i. 21 of mild or low verance; frecdom. (See gera). speed, cagerness, aspiration. #121 con ij. 23 Cause of 179: i. 21 Of mild or small moksha or poor means, #19 i 26 In the locus, -re: . 2; iv. 25. planc. 'foot', 'standing-place'. precincts, or on the threshold, of Liberation; in a condition #i 10; ii. 13, 24, 34 Aly: nearly the same as Liberation. mine; (possessive or seni- HEAT iv. 25 By or on tive of अहम् ). hearing of the Path of, Eman;" --मेघ: iv. 29 (See धर्ममेघः; cipation. TATT Acte fite, to rain, 10 STETTEMIH ii. 32 of the sprinkle). Sciences of Salvation. - CET iv. 32. ATTOTEUTTA Ü. 1 Study of TagTong j. 32 Parc the Science of Deliverance. 7 iv. 16. - 1. 20.

·ex मोक्षस्य--यरकामावसायिनः ( 177 ) योगमाय-कोष Enn 26 Of deliverance, Ja: i. 8; ij. 15; iv. 9, etc. The freedom, place whence; because; in as Alegia: ii. 15 Means or method much as; for the reason that. of moksha. ufa: ii. 40 The man who re- Atpat ii. 18. frains (from worldly ennagla ii. 34 Frees; liberales; joyment), and restrains hímemancipates; releases. (57). self in various ways; the man Atam ii. 34. of vows; the ascetic. (77 -Ai. 2, 11; ii. 12, 15,-52. to refrain; to restrain, to --AE: i. 8. check ). na: i. 8. 11 (9% to faint, afeitrat iii. 18 Whatsoever. swoon, fail, crr, become con -46-lj. 17. fused. perplexed, stupefied). -- Griv. 11. Confusion; perplexity; error; i i. 13 Effort; endeavour, doubt; distraction; delusion; (976, to strive, to endeavour). foolishness; vacillation (to and aga ü. 11 With or by effort, fro; swinging between care, endeavour, or striving; tremes-the characteristic of strenuously, assiduously, care- Prakrti); not knowing what fully. to do; blind clinging. qalgau: ii 51 To be watched AT: i. 11; ii. 34, with great care; to be attend- Ateta ii. 15. ed to, guarded against, 777 7. 6, 34. watchfully. (@q near + Tt, to - ii. 32. move ). fouà i. 16 Dies; (sing: 7.99 i. 24; ii. 13; ii. 13; iv. to die ). 21 etc. There where; at the for ii. 19 Do: (pl: ). place where, 45#TATTATO iii. 45 'Determination where desire'; the power of enforcing, of realis- 0:1, ); ii. 7; jj. 6; iv. 8; ctc. ing, one's will and imagina- He whó; whocver, (masc.), tion, of shaping things at यजातीयस्य iv. 8 Of that genus, pleasure, at will, anywhere. * species, kind, of which. यत्रकामायसायिनः . 45 Of IT i. 16; ii. 4; iv. 6, 11 etc. (- another person ) who has That which; (neu: ). the power etc., ( as abovc ). 23 ·योगभाष्य-कोप ( 178 ) यथा-यमस्थैर्य - ; 39:. JH iii, 42 As desired or UT i. 3; ii. 4; . 5; iv. 3 desirable. (E7, to 'wish'). etc. As; so as. gewaaiyah iv. 11 (At first TUFAT . 29; i. 47 'As the sight, this whole seems to be order is': in the order; one compound word; but as such it is difficult to fit in according to the succession; in successive order. with the rest of the sentence. qalma i. 39 By con- It is best to read it as two words, यत् and अभिमुखीभूतम्, templation as desired, i.e., of i. e., the ihing which 'comor on whatever is agrceable ing in front', being met TUTHIH ii. 45 'As happened'; 'as has occurred actually'; with, presenting itself, arouses according to actual fact. a desire, elc.). Grafmanganatla i 35 par ii. 26; ii. 3: iv. 4; etc. At From ability to expound or the time when; when, convey knowledge of facts as ii. 30; iü, 13; iv. 9 etc. If. they actually are, as they | यद्यपि i. 35 (यदि + अपि: usually have really taken place or treated as one word). Al occurred, as they verily are. though. TUTTA ii. 32 As possible; as -ofa i. 19; iv. 21. may be fitting; "as may join 7 iv. 11 etc. Him whom; in', fit in, well or appropri (acc: of :). ately with the surroundings; 79 --ji, 29 (See TALI). according to occasion, opportunity. H-ji. 30, 33, 46.. qura i. 20 As the fact is'; Agta iji. 22 The 'men's she according to fact. servants, of Yama, the Great agrü ï. 30. Checker, Restrainer, Adjuster, 2017 i. 20 As it is'. (Some Ruler, Giver of rewards and editions read यथार्थम् ). , punishments, the God of Death Tanah ii. 28, 34 As and. the Underworlds, (the possible. ( to be ). astral plane ). Juga ïi 46 As pleasure'; JAFNU 1. 39 'In or on stability as may be pleasing; al plea of rows'; when the practice sure; according to one's own or observance of the vows, pleasure; as convenient. the self-resiraint, has become or ·. etc. यमादिसाधनेभ्या-योगः (179) योगमाय-कोप confirmed, established firmly, fitting, lit, appiopriate; poshabitual, natural. sessed of: filled or supplied TAI ETTEXT: iii. 7 (From or ) and provided with; (see it :). than the ways or means of pain iii. 13; iv. 19, 20. vows etc. (Some editions read 9999 i. 24; ü. 13; ii. 13 'Two यमादिभ्यः पञ्चभ्यः साधनेभ्यः). together'; simultaneously. FAT: ii. 30 Rules; restraints; gria iv. 12 Would be proper, regulations; vows. (See far:). feasible, fitting, possible; uari. 36; ii. 45; ji 43; etc. (937). dem . 51; iv. 30; elc. yatag7749: ii. 44 With its JHT iv. 33; clc. parts or components in jux- TT i. l; ii. 38; iii. 14 iv, 11; taposition, but capable of independent and separale En iv. 22; etc. •'existence, each complete in og: iii. 26; etc. itself (like a forest with trees); or i. 12:- ii. 15; iii. 6; iv. 10; a mere collection. etc. She who; (fem: of ua). I gä ii. 31 In battle. ar: 1, 4; ii. 11; etc. qan iii. 44 A crowd; a herd. UTRA iii. 51 “Means of going': i. 29; ii. 13; iii. 52; ir. 10; (the act of) going; vehicle; etc. (Pl: of q:). conveyance; car; (TT, to go). Ta i. 20; ii. 47; iv. 17; etc. afa iii. 50. In ii. 34; ii. 46; iv, 25; ctc. U iii. 49; iv. 11; etc. -u-i. 28; ii. 23; iv. 21. 9190 i. 19; ii. 11; ini. 26 While: up to; as long as 717-il. agar iii. 52 By so much as. 21778efga: iï. 26 With lifc- -11: ii. 1, 44; i. 6. time as long as (a cosinic) _TIT: jj. 23. creation; living as long as crea: i. 2 The joining of the tion or manifestation lasts mind to an object; the union arga: iv. 21 (Pl: of rag). of the individual soul with the wyti, j.'1; ii. 1, 23, 32; Universal Soul; communion; iij. 13. junction, conjunction; con-ju- IT: jj. 6, 13, 22; iv. 10, 15 ga-lion; en-gage ment; attunc 'Joining in' (with the surround ment, harmonisation, rapport; ings); fitted to the occasion; trance, ex-tasy (ecstasy ); ni.1.

·योगभाप्य-कोष (180) योग:-योगी fitness; regulation; altention; members, parts', steps, of : coming together; balancing; yoga. ( See no ) equilibrium. (gs, Lat, jugare, impigem ii. 28 Practice of to joia, to yoke; jugum, got, a the yoga-steps; 'following' of yoke. The Avioro-koslia gives the yoga-disciplines, the yogafive meanings; the Médinti exercises. (, behind, 21, koska, eleven; Aple, in his to stand; to follos). Samskřt-English Dictionary, Thighra ii. 28 From or by gives thirty-eight. The roolfollowing or practice of the idea of 'joining', runs through all the rest, which have grown ii, 23. successive steps of yoga. up gradually). 79; i. 1, 2; 11. 1; iji. 6. #ta i 28; iii. 6. Fra: i. 30 The 'interora: i. I. Bestower of yoga; rupters' or hinderets of yoga; giver of the bliss of union. the obstacles to yoga; the TUR: . 33 The dharma, the hindrances of, the diſhculties way, the path of yoga. in the way of, yoga. Te i. 1 'On the side of, help-ful to, yogas offret iï. 20 of the mind trafament: i. 30 The other of the yob?. side', 'opposite side', enemies, I folaan iii. 20. योगित्यात् 1.17. stasein: iii. 51, 54 The light, aftag ii, 15, 16. the lamp, of yoga. Tips: iv. 7 of the yogle i. 28, 48, sha: i. 21, 23, 28, 36, 37, 38. HET , 30 The 'stains, refuse, 40, 42, 43, 47, 50; ii. 10, 14, excretions, rubbish, dust and 35, 52, 55; N. 16, 17, 18, dirt', of yoga; that is, the 21, 41, 43, 45, 47, 51, 52, obstacles which stand in the 53; iv. 6, 7. way of the successful achieve that ii. 26. ment of yoga, atfii. 19; iii, 16. ali i. I possessed of, full afirglas: ii. 53 Reachable, cognisable, by the intelligence --योगस्य 1. 23. of the yogi. योगस्य 1.8. ARA . 28. 29 The limbs, ut ii. 15; f. 25, 33, 38, 49; of yoga. of, yoga, . Latat iv. 33.

·att fi. 21. योग्यता ii. योगे-रजस्तमसी ( 181 ) योगभाप्य-कोप iv. 4 One who is practising thousands'; thousands of yoga, or has achieved it, yojanas. tag ii. 33, 34; iii. 13 'To be applied': 'applicable': to -- iv. 19. be understood. 17 . 6. Hrafii. 28. Din 1.6. ang i. 24; ii. 18 'In, amongst, 53 "Yokability": on, or to, the combatants, the 'fitness to be employed or soldiers, warriors, the actual engaged'; fitness; ability; fighters. capacity; potency. -योनयः 11.51. marsalasat or statsaus at: iii. 14 (Váchaspati explains this in two ways; as an ad-4 iv. 23. jective to that's when it is to – iv. 17. be read without the aspirate, TF# iii. 20. as singular and feminine; or T: ii. 4; iii. 13 (ty to color, as an adjective lo धर्मिणा, tinge, affect, please ). Affec when itis plural and masculine tionate; attached; enamoured. and has the aspirate; the - Tiet iv. 29. significance of the phrase il -TETO- . 30. self remains the same either -7271ij. 51. 'Cut off', 'marked - Tag iii. 17. off'; delimited, characterised, 8: ii. 18 The attribute of Rajas, defined," By capacity, ability, restlessness, motility, mobility; power, fitness, 'joinability'. the primal principle of all -योग्यत्त्वम् 1. 41 activity, motion, action, movement anywhere and every- - Trailer ii. 41 (Fitness ). where in the world-process. HATTACHA iïi. 26 Hundred (See TUTI), thousand yojanas; or extent -Tag iii. 49, 55. of hundred thousand -15A: . 26. yojanas. (A yojana is four ta ii. (7. krosha-s, roughly eight miles. Tar Ir. 31. Some editions read-ANTIA). Camaat iii. 35 Rojas and GHET iii. 26 'Yojana tamas. way ) a ·योगभाष्य-कोप (182) रजस्तमोभ्याम्-रागकाले HRTi. 2. 47. 'ropl-matter of taste; taste- TURIATHTH ii. 43 Ronted in, in-itself. (See RTAA). having its root in, arising from, thefat i. 35 Consciousness rajas and tamas. of taste. THAT i. 2 By or with a TRI: iv. 3 Juices; liquids. small measure or quantity of --TAGE- jj. 26 Name of rajas one of the seven underworlds. रजोलेशमलापेतम् i. 2 Sloved the 736179 iii. 14 'The allo away from', free of, the stain formness of sap, etc.; the of the remnants of rajas ( to property of being the univerthe utmost extent possible, sal. pervasive, continuous. for entire abolition of any generic substrata of all sorts guna is impossible) of particular forms; the --Trufa iv. 17 (See TT:). 'universality', continuity, con 37. tinuum-ness, of the sensations --- 1.35. of taste, etc. tatat . 37 Gems; jewels; Tar iv. 3. things valuable, unique, rare. TATURÆ iii. 51 'The goal, home. locus, dwelling-place, of taste": THWF ii. 26 (Name of a 'vital-Guid'; 'juice'; elixir; country ), 'the happy' or 'the tonic medicine. (ay, to go, enjoyable'. to rotale ). taa iii. 6 Rejoices; takes रसायनेन iv. 1. pleasure; revels. (TTL, to -TETE-iii. 26. play, to rejoice, lo amuse oneself ). -- 1.37; ii. 3; iv. 17. 11-i, B. IFTAR iii. 51 (( You may ) -777: iv. 15. enjoy yourself here ). FTTT: i. 7 (ty: see TFT ). Ag ji. 42 Among or in the That which colors; or pleases, rays (of the sun, moon, etc). linges, the mind with pleasant- - ii. 9 Sap, juice; ness; affection; lave; liking. hormone; humour (medical) ;: i. 11; ¡j. 4, 28; iv. 11. laste; relish. FILE 4 Ir, at, during, the - i. 30; ii. 9, 19; iii. 26. moment, time, period, of 36; iv. 21. afection, attachment, attrac- TAXFREE i. 45: ii. 19 The tion, love.

·रागजः-रूपतन्मात्रम् ( 183 ). योगभाष्य-कोप lity. UT18: ii. 15 Boin of love. tion, disposition, pleasure, Unaonaia ii. 55 In the absence taste, agreeability, congeniaof both attraction and repulsion, attachment and fiii. 45. repughance, inclination and -- 17 (T, to sound, to aversion. make a sound, a noise; cf: to pregat iv. 11 Love and hate; make a 'row'; animals' cries like and dislike; sympathy or voices.) and antipathy. TA* . 13 Having the LECH i. l; iv. 21. civ. 16. property of affection. TTTELY iij. 13. -CÆ üi, 49, 54. I i. 9 Rooted; grown up, TTT iii 26. heraf: iv. 6 That from developed, matured; estabwhich love, etc., issue forth; lished; mounted up. (From or, by which love, etc., are set Te to grow). in molion; or, which 'pursues', : ii, 17; iii. 52. goes forwards, operates, func --I-- i. 17; i. 23; iji. 21, tions, in the way of love, etc. 44, iv. 9 imgfara: ii. 15 'Love-pierced'; --9-i. 36; ii. 18, 19, 20, 27. threaded, shot through, pene 30; iii. 36, 48, 49, 50; iv. 20. trated, pervaded. permeated, 23, 33. with or by love, 597 i. 2; ii. 22, 30; iii 13, TIT: ii. 15. iv. 14, 16, 19. राजतवैदूर्यस्फटिकममणिमयानि ii 59 i. 1; u. 44, 47; iv. 13 26 Made of silver, emerald, Form, figure, aspect; appearcrystal, cold and precious ance; nature, state, charactestone. ristic; mode, manner; essence. ATA N. 38. - i. 20, 27; ii. 17, 18, 35, -17-iii. 52. 52. cffet iii. 26 Night and day. ETTA ï 28 Knowledge. sens. --Fi. 26. ing, apprehension, cognition, Tft: . 13 Heap, horde, crowd, of form. host; class; group, -FTET: iv, 12. ta: 1.1. F97FA1TH i. 45, ii. 19 Tlie afe: iv. 25 Predilection, inclina that-only', the root-matter, • ·योगमाध्य कोप ( 184 ) रूपताम्-गैरव comº of the sense-quality of visibi to a simpler explanation; the lity; color-form or vision-in rūpas, forms, or natures, and itself, sight-continuum'. (See the yrttis, activities, or func- QFARIH). tionings, of the three gunas, 2014 r. 21. when in excess, conflict with ETTUTT iv. 9.17. one another or each other: रूपलावण्यवजसंहननवानि ii. 46 when not abnormally strong, Beautiful forin, fine but fairly balanced, ( not plexion, and adamantine exactly equilibrated either, knit', 'binding together, for that means pralaya ). articulation, (of the parts ) they manage, each to have its of the bodily frame. proper tura. This explanation Feira i. 35 'Consciousness of hits in better, it seems. with form'; optical sensation, sight, the context in ii. 15, and also vision. in ii, 13; which Vichaspați's rather far-fetched explanation - ii, 21, 23, 28. TET I, 28: iv, 21. of rupas, and cursory one of -5791: ii. 15; iv. 9, 13. ystis, does not seem to do Tiji. 18. so well and easily ). Egiaztat: ii. 15; iii. 13 'Aspect- : . 20. excesses': manifestations, pre- 697 iv. 1. dominances, prevalences of . 21. 'forms. (This and the word 2007 r. 21, 22; ii. 13; iv. 24. following it in the text, viz., 21 iii. 13 Line; stroke (of pen). 'वृत्त्यतिशया, explained in ii. 15 Disease. (219, to by Váchaspati in a special break, destroy, kill). manner. He says, the rūpas aca: ii. 15 The cause of are cight; dharma, inina, disease. vairīgya, aislıyarya, and Theatergrat iv. 25 Horripila.. their opposites.--sce i. 2; and tion', i.e., excitement, standing that the pritis are pleasure, on end, of the dowa on the etc. i. t., pleasure, pain, skin and the hair, and the perplexity, as the context falling of lears. shows. This is not very clear. ---iv. 28. Vāchaspati's own comment on T: ï. 4. Sünkhiya-kuriku, 12. helps us -itra- ïïi. 26 (A purgatory). are ·लक्षण- लन्यवृत्ति ( 185 ) योगमाष्य कोप - 111 zapat 111 fast in of, wish to declare the disa tinctive marks, in order to -UILE 13, 53 define to characterise -01-11 19, 11, 13 727011719 11113 लक्षणम् । 43 13 That 7770 m 13 by means of, or because of - fara al 13. which, a thing is seen, re 13 Distinguished. cognised, distinguished, dis parlıcularised, characterised, tinctive feature or mark, specified, marked, obeerved characteristic, differentia (327, 39 m 26 Attached clasped. lo sce, to aim at ) clinging in contact --0TAL 111 13 45 Lightness the -777 11 47 yogic power of becoming Detta 13 Fron, because of, light at will by means of the mark zaizu 11 22 By very light CuaTAFIR 115 Order 179 11 42, 45 Light (the succession, sequence march, of opposite of heavy ) the changes, transformations ayat9197: , 42 From, ly, gradual unfolding develope because of, rapport with, ment evolution of the (concentration on and attancharacteristics or marks (See ment of the lightness of) धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा ) light collon down लक्षणपरिणाम 1 13 The trans zerala tu 42 Because of formation of the charac lighlness teristics 42 770 hora m 13 -96 10 21 ZEROTH, 13 Difference of! --yoo iv 14 characteristics - 1117 21 mutat: 1 15 799TTA IV 33 That which -DEUTET 11 19 has found a conclusion an end 720TETT 11L 13, 14 ing H, Tf+ satells to end) -3701 » 19 ZigTT J 51 That which has SCULAIF 111 13 found a hole, crack, breach, लक्षणान्तरम् ॥ 13 Another loophole, opportunity (for characteristic entrance) रक्षणाभिधित्सया। 2 By. because | लब्धपत्ति ! 4 That which has 24 लघुपु ·योगभाष्य-कोप ( 186 ) लब्धस्थितिकम्-लिङ्गमात्रम् which goes lound existence, way of exis --19: . 21, 22, 23; iii. 43. tence, livelihood, pa'ency, 48; iv. 1. activity: functioning, manifes- armia ii. 38. tation, expression. i 23. * Zylgih i. 39 That which has attained fixiły, stability. -19037 - iii. 46 (Saltiness'; लास्थितिकस्य i.41. crystal-like gleam of com- Faian i. 30 On or in the plexion). stage or state ) which has fak i. 45. been gained, achieved. fox üj 13, 41 Alark; charac- 2017. ii. 13 That (birth ) which has secured (or got teristic quality; a manifestation. (From zi malâ, that determined ) a life-period, or into laya, absorplong life. (The new incarnation has its span of life detertion, dissolution, and therefore has come out of latency mined by Karma ). zoua: N. 51 One who has previously, by inference; or लीयते च गच्छति च, that which found light. 'lies' hid, and also goes forth; -feti iv. 16. i.e. all marks, qualities, which gat iii. 42 Having found or unfold and fold back, appear gained Ja i. 32, 33, 36, 37, 38, 39, and disappear, emerge and 40, 48; i. 22, 23, 28; . 6 immerge; see 9394). (Another and more common meaning of Finds, gains, obtains, attains. the word is 'the mark of sex'. (TH, to gain, to find ). the reproductive male organ. --- iv, 10. The etymology indicates why zx9rd ii. 4. this conventional meaning has arisen ). 79iv. 23. .-25-jï 2. 17, 20. -OFF- *. 19, mag i. 32; iii. 35. - 97 i. 45. zquitafernt . 26 By the REA77 . 19 Only ( a. or the, 'salt-sea'. or as a ) mark: --- iv. 9. principle; a mere germ of 14: ii. 42 (34, to gain. produclivity; a seed of mani- Gain; achievement ). festing power. (Dr. Ganganath tä: iv. 11. nere ·1 लिनमान:-वक्ष्यमाणा ( 187 ) योगभाग्य-कोप Jha translates it as 'solely A 1, 5 With the two mergent') eyes लिहमान, ॥ 19 STARTCA7972: 11 12 Born of लिङ्गमानस्य 1 45 greed, perplexity (siliness and लिगमाने ॥ 19 terror), anger - OFET I 19 लोभक्रोधमोहपूर्वकाः 1 34 Pre- लिहस्य। 45 ceded by', due to, caused by forta i 45 greed, anger, or confusion a 1. 10 (stupidity, and fear) ar 11 5 t. 17 (311, to covet, to -2-12 'love' ), Avarice, greed, 77. 1. 43, 111 25, iv 23 That craving which shines, is seen, is visible, STATEL 11 14. is lighted up; the world ha il 34 (214,777, to sce, perceive, alatast in 38 of the restless, to shine) the ever moving the dis- TERBAUT 1 49 By the 'worldly. turbed physical, familiar, sense cogni- leo u 29 tion or perception, by means nu 15 From, because of. of the ordinary physical restlessness, cupidity Uitgen 17 By the 'world mind, by public opinion, by qil, 114, 51 You, (=YTI, 'common sense. acç pl ) Convention TF: 7 -लोकम् 11 5 At ul 26 In the middle" 2724A + 25 Declarable', to be declared or mudsi' of, within or TEGT IN I Do (fem) amongst the lokas worlds T1: 7 Speaker रोकस्य ॥ 13 alt 11 24 Says (97, 10 Atmegagatat 11 26 'Hay speak, to 'voice'). ing the Loki loka mountains -यफ्न.11 for family'. surrounded by a cate 1 those mountains declare (27) al Ft. Jul 26 567 AT 11 45 The 'being, 117, 42, 11 26 declared', to be declared in senses common 5 Will say, will ·योगमाय-कोप ( 188 ) वक्ष्यामः-धर्तमान a moment; (that wliích ) is a hole or passage through going to be said. the ridge; breaking up. re- ETTA: i. 29, 40, 46 We will moral, of fic hindering say. envelope. veil, screen, shell, Enfo ii. 33 I will say. obstacle, wall, bar: clearing --07: jy, 14. the way; breaking through PET i. 53 From the speech, the obstruction; (I, to cover, the word surround, cnceal; also, to garu iv. 33 To be said; to choose). be answered. FRUTATE: iv. 3. -aaran iv. 33. civ. 24. gants: iv. 33. marat: ii 15. art: iv. 33. -quiji, 17. teaten far ii. 46 (Ada- af: iii. 17 Letter; articulate mantine knitting together of letter-sound; (also color, the parts of the body ). and 'caste' or 'vocational amar: m. 51 'Diamond-like'; class'). adanantine. quæ iii. 17. alita: ii. 51 Deceived: (masc:). zofafaili. 53 (They) describe; (a), to deceive; also, to go). say: (pl:; 20, to paint, to afarar i 30 Deceived; decep describe ). tive; ( fem: ). qus: jii. 17. az iii. 53 Mare. aog iz 17. Jelgafira: iii. 44 Call-follow at: iii. 17. ing': (like cows) running - giờ . 18; iii. 6, 26, 41; after their calves. iv, 3, 25 EGET i 34 of the ( animal or ad i. 1; ii. 16 Exists; (, person) to-be-slain. to be, hrappen, act, round), TIF iii. 44 Forest TARA * i. 34 Vomiting; throwing ania ii. 44; iii. 26. (p);). - ii. 15; iji. 26; iv. 16." out; (TH. lo 'vomit'). Gata: i. 24, 32; ii. 18, 34; iv. 31. i. 13, 14, 52 Existent; -TU-iy 31. (masc.). Trus: iv, 3 Breaking of the gahan TAIERA: jii. 15 'Succession ridge (of the field); making into', 'striding into', passing ·of do वर्तमानभायात्-वशीकृत्य (189 ) योगभाग्य कोष into the condition of being the | घर्धमानम् । 25 Increasing (वृध्। present to increase) चर्तमानभावात् ॥ 15 Because of वर्षम् 1 26 A continent or large the condition of the present country (of the earth) because of being present -वर्षम् 1 26 पर्तमानम् ॥ 16 23 1 13 14 12 वर्षाणि Im 26 --धर्तमानयो m 14 पलयातय | 26 Ring shaped वर्तमानयो । 24 bangle' shaped, (pl ) घर्तमानलक्षणम् In 13 The charac पल्यारतिना ॥ 26 teristic of being present -वते ॥ 23 वर्तमानरक्षणयुक्त ।। 13 Possessed -वशवर्तिन 11 26 -घशात् । 19 1 38 19 वर्तमानसमये !3 In the present -यशित्यम् ॥ 18 48 पशित्वम् 1 45 Having control time -वर्तमानस्य v || command mastery (over the elements and their products घर्तमागस्य 1 26 1 13 14 49 a mystic yogic power) ay 1233 चशिरपेन ॥ 39 पर्तमाना 124 ॥ 18 ॥ 14 -वशिन 126 iv 13 घशी 1 45 49 Conqueror con वर्तमानातीताभ्याम् ॥ 13 from troller sub jugator ( of the the present and the past elements -पर्तमानाभ्याम् ॥ 13 पशीकारः 40 Control वर्तमानीकरणे 11 12 In or for the mand mastery making present, the mani यशीकार 1 40 festing (of romething pre | वशीकारसंज्ञा : 15 (A stage of existent but not manifest at yoga of utter desirelessness present) the characteristic or quality or -वर्तमान 1 51 consciousness of perfect self -वर्तमानेषु control command mastery वर्तमानौ ॥ 18 चशीकारसशा। 15 न्यतयन्ति 1y 10 घशीकारसशायाम् 1 35 । 26 -चर्तितम् 1v 25,31 -यतिन्यन्ते v 12 -घशीकारात्। 40 --चर्तत 11 13 वशीकृत्य | 35 Having subjuga -पर्यते 1 3 led brought under control com m 13 m 49 ·योगभाष्य-कोष ( 190 ) वश्यता-यहति 446 ii55 Controllability. ardece i. 9 In the state of -a iii. 26. being do:. 2007 m. 26 'Vealth-possess-Taghat ii. 5 (Having a ing'; (a name of the Earth. thatness', a reality, an essen- - i. 9, 44, 46. tiality, like that of, or in ET iv. 16, 17 Thing; subs- 'common' with, true and real substance ); positivity (not tance; reality; entity; fact; real object; a thing objecinere negativity ); substantiality. tively and independently real; (a to abide, reside). TOFAITTC: iſi 52 Actual, real, ered i. 20; ii. 4; iv. 10, 11, 12, substantial summation, gather- 14, 15. ing up, accumulation; ( 64 from all sides, + 371, logether, 7ta Tl: iv. 15 Of thing and up to, +E, to take, to carry). thought, substance and know- Iedge, object and apprehension AFTAIF. iv. 15 'In sameness, thereof. similarity, equality of things'; afa794 iv. 14 ſhe thalness', objects being or remaining the same; of when the object is the a thing or substance; (its peculiarity, individuality, that which makes it a वस्तुसाम्य iv. 15. separate, distinctive thing). JETTET: iii. 52 Of the form of substance, reality, objectivity; as if real, substantial. gegylete: iii. 52 Fallen within TTECH iv. 14 The own- (the category of ) substance. form', characteristic essential agafat ii. 14 Because of re-cognition of things. nature of (a) substance; the reality of (an) object. वस्तुमानात्मका ii. 15 of the nature of all, or only and iii. 22 -वस्त्रम् FEET iv. 33 Of wearing cloth. mere, entity. garment, raiment; (Fe, to IFTTT iv. 16 The form, o wear ). of the form of, substance, JOTTA ii. 11 Do:; (pl:). IFT: i. 9 Empty of subs. tarac# ii. 5 Another thing. tance of reality. gela i. 12; iii. 45 Carries; flows; ag: iii. 52. blows; blows away; (ge, lo essence same. DETA: i. 49. .

·चह्निः-चायुरलः ( 191 ) योगभाग्य-कोप ing to flow, to carry ) 269771787# 1 27 Relation, dla 44 Fire condition, of denoter and de- 23, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, noted, name and thing 111 22, 33, 1 34 0. 8157217717TUT: 1 27 Loolar 5, 111, 1l 1, Y 3, etc dependent on, the 2771, ETT, 715 1 30, 36, m 17 'power' of the relation do Speech, voice, ATT 1 27,1 17 पापाणिपादपायूपस्थानि 19 -याच्या. 1 18 Voice hand foot, excretory, aralajAICT 111 29 'Wind, bile, and reproductie organs andphlegm, the vital currents fr: 111 17 The power, of nerve forces and gases, and farce, significance. ellect, of the digestive and assimilaof the sentence, the to be live juices, and of the mucous spoken', the 'speakable albuminous, and other semi ar 1 41, 47 The rest of solid and solid tissues (See the sentence forty, the works on lyur Jlci11 12 In the meaning of veda describe five kinds of the spoken sentence vita and five of shlishm', at 1 17 In the entence also.) a1CHTE U 30 Speech and mind anda úl, 22 By the wind --121-1 27 28 7 jy 10 arti, 27 Designator declarer, -971 uy 21 (Doctrines, views, speaker, signifier, indicator opinions, theories) denoter (See alati) 1. iv 20 912 In 17 Jigara : 33 'Vomit licker', -वाचकत्यम् । 27 (cf "The dog returning to --12TETET I 28 its vonit", far to lick) -JETIH 1!1 17 -79, 111 51 arahan 27 gigata45 Of the aerial or anar 15, wy 11 By speech airy -- 128 -- 119 JTETT i 27, 111 13 The de aty: 311 44, 45 Air, wind (ar, signated, indicated, denoted, to blow) the to be declared age 111 24 Poseessed of the might of the wind वाचकम् ॥ 17 TE1 11 13 ·योगभाग्य-कोष (192) चायुबले--विकल्पस्थ arg i. 31. aga ijt. 24 In or on the might tincts, innate dispositions, of the wind. inherent appetites. - Ü. 24. anglatada üi 26 By thc -Teafa iv, 19. law of the low of the wind; let: (:) ii. 27. by the laws of air-currents. maifea i 10.0" anat: i. 34; ü 49. it i. 12 Flowing; carrying, -araf: üi. 36 (See aifax-)-787 i 9 (Sec atla). arafa: . 36 From subtile, ag ii. 9. super, or clair-olfaction. Faliraya: iii. 48 Organ-lessarita: if. 53 (Name of a ness'; condition of being de- Rşhi). void of instruments or organs. ETAT-i 1, 15, 24; ii. 17: FATO:779: iji. 48. iv. 8, 9, 10 -fara: i. 17. -TFT , 24. aterat ii. 9 In-dwelling, deep --faction i. 6. scated', desire; inlierent - Famomį. 11, 42, 43; 1. 34. propensity. tendency, pro- | fring: 1.9 Doubt. (aslopposite clivity, inclination, 'primal of pineu, resolve); alterna: appelile, impulse, urge, yearn tive; hypothesis; imagination, ing, craving, instinct, innale fancy: illusion; supposition; disposition, honný, élan, (, theory; postulalc. to dwell. occupy, abide, referrisgaraan iv. 14 'By or or side; 16. to perſume, incense. the strength of imaginative or spice, Mavour; see 31 TOT: imaginary knowledge ; and संस्कारा. knowledge of imagined Eigat: i. 24: ii 13; iv. 8, 9, imaginary, fancied, fanciful, 10, 11, 12 Do: (pl:). illusive, objects. TR1719 iv. 8 Of do;. fusi. 36 Alternales; occurs HEAT iv. 10.11. as one or olher (of such and Af: iv. 24. such objects), GER: . 13. fatet 777# ii. 23 Plurality, multitude, of alternative arearest: iii, 18 of the gature (theories), of deep-seated desites, ins-FERIETET I. 43. or वासनाम् iv. 11 ·विकल्पहानि:-विक्षेपसहभुवः (193). योगमाय-कोप FeaT.: i. 44 Abolition of all non-making of 'transforma. doubt and element of unreality, tions', 'products', 'changes': fazegt: 11 23 Alternatives possible becausc of not producing views, ways of thinking: (pl:). any transformations. fastega: i. 9 Imagined: postu- farartfaszraka ii. 23 Because of lated. permanent' or continuous, - for fira: i. 42 unremitting, incessant frans- -are-- ii. 28: iii 48. formation, famtsircon ii. 28 Cause of ---Farafat (or fa) iv. 10. transformation. --facultat (or ft) oft iv. 10. faznicą iv. 2.3 Product; transformatot: ii, 17 Being transformation (with an implicaformed, corrupted, changed, tion of badness ); ('specially artificialised. created', 'artificial, as con- | --Falera iii. 13, trasted with agilat, Nature, fataleaner i. 31 Of the disand the non-artificial, untraught mind; of him whose compelled, 'natural state, and mind is distracted, maddencd; FETT, good form or manner; of one obsessed demented. fat, prefixexpressive of separa Salamaleiguf: i. 32 Impossition, division, particularisa bility of the distracted mind; tion, privation, opposition, (i. e, there could be no + , to 'create', to do ). such thing as distraction' at farceiar iii. 13 The designa: all ). tion of 'product', effect, farinn 1. 1, 32 Flung away': 'curdlement', 'precipitate'; or, carried away; possesscd, the consciousness that (it) obsessed, maddened (by some is a (specifiable) 'product', a one fixed idea); monomani- 'transformation', (not the acal; lunatic; mad. (fa+f219, homogencous, unspecifiable, to throw, Aling ). indistinguishable Original विक्षिप्ते I. I. 'plasm', root, source. ( Har means both 'consciousness'. -r- iii 26. and 'name' by which we befasigafadaria i. 32 For the come 'conscious of or re. sake of prohibiting, preventcogaise a thing). ing, precluding distraction, FerTTI TUTEL ii, 23 From the fathe: i. 31 Connale or 25 ·যাত্রীর ( 194 ) fakta-famaggio congenital with, or compa-faisai, 13 'Is taken round', nions of, distraction. revolved, considered. m-fals19: ;. 30 (Distractions, alaa~ iii. 26. diversions. 'flingings', away). -विचित्रः i. 26. -विक्षेपा: 1.30 fafan i 13; iv. 25 Variegatfasta: 1. 30, 32 Obsessions. cd; 'muckr-imagined-in-specialways'; marvellous; wonder- Panoramiqat 1.1 Become ful; (masc:). subsidiary or subservient to distraction; bye-product of fafarag ii. 15. fafazr . 13 (Fem: some ediobsession tions read foru). -faarna i. 24 ( By defeat or fanigar ii. 13 "Made multidestruction, form. multi-colored'; varie- --for i. 26 gated, - 1.17 falseri. 4 Having broken; with --alt: i. 17. breaks; (fufca, lo cul. fant: i. 17 Thought, reflection, sever, divide). cogitation, consideration, pon-area-i, 4. dering; opinion, view; (fat alasa: i. 4. T to Inove about ).. Paraz: , 4 Severed; cut up; Carti ii. 13 Revolving, moya broken; scattered; dispersedi ing about, (in mind,'; 'taking sporadic. (the mind) about or around"; } fafat: ii. 4. circumspection; consideration; foreghierarhij. 4 The state of question, problern, subject or being broken etc. matter foi thought and fast! ii. 49. (Break; stopreflection. page; cessation). Peerlei. 17 Devoid of fastur ii. 18 Conquest; victory. Thinking, cogitating, reason (Some editions read F:). ing. argument. Fantajare iï. 27, 28, 29, 35 -विचारा i. 44 (See निविचारा), Let him knasy; (iT, to know). -fart i. 44. विज्ञातपूर्वापरास्तस्य ii. 9 •of him to Frantiyra: i. 1 Accompanied whom are known the before with reflective thought, (espeand the after ends'; of one cially regarding subtile ob who knows the beginning jects). and the end.

·विशातारम्-वितर्फ विचारा० ( 195 ) योगमाय-कोप fatarch iii. 35 (To, the knower, 1 fanari. 44. perceiver faarifarisi i. 17 Devoid of, famagat: i. 42 The properties free from, 'gross functioning'. of perception. (Somc cditions Farerforeret almal pre TATTI read magat: ). i. 17 Because of association famam i. 49; iii. 36 fat i. 30; iii. 34 Special with, or accompaniment by. (a) knowledge': perception; con- 'gross activity, i. e.. (doubttinged. emotion-biassed) percrete 'science'; concrete Ception, or thought, of some thought. faniaaagad iv. 14 Apart from, physical object; (b) more subtile (bias-free, purely ra- 'not going with'. unaccompanied by, perception or known tional) thought; (c) mere feeling of joy; (d) mere feelledge. ing of self. (These four pro- FATTET ï. 28 Of concrete knowledge. (Some editions read gressively successive states and stages of samprajñața or शानस्य). 'conscious meditation 1971 ii. 28. faa iji, 14. absorption' may bc illustrated by an extract from a recent faat ii. 5 To be known; knowbook, which happens to be at able. hand at the time of writing, ~~यितथम् . 45. on what has come to be known --aan- i. 43; 11. 32, 33; as 'psycho-analysis', also the Hi. 26 cal psychology'. The extract faas: i. 17 ( The Bhashya cx. is in exact accord with the plains this as ) undisputed Sänkhya and Yoga coarse, unrefined, occupation doctrine, that sativa-rajasof the mind with a concrete, tamas, jñāna-icchhhi. gross, non-subtile object'. But kriyā, are inseparable, though aphorism ii34 explains the one prevails at a time; and plural form of the word as some western exponents of the meaning impulse to kill, etc'. old psychology' also have See part: ). noted the fact. "The working face ii. 33 On oppression of each instinct involves three by cvil thoughts'; when evil mental processes, the cognitive. passions disturb (the mind). the affective or emotional, or 'the gross, or ·योगमाप्य फोप ( 196 ) वितर्कविचारा or and the conative.....A very large part of Our actions and opinions are entirely determined by our complexes, and by far the largest parts are more or less colored by them, even when we are able to emancipate our judgments so far as to be able to act or judge to some extent independently of the bonds of our complexes. In purely rational thinking, which is a great deal rarer Ilian most people imagine, the affcctive bond is of a different nature. The love of objective truth is here at least a part of the affect involved": Tansley, Thic Neto Psychology, p. 68. "Complex is a newly technicalised word, with a special significance. which includes what is clearly indicated by the words 'emo. tional bias', 'passionate prejudice', 'interested thought', etc. One of the main objects of yoga-discipline is to loosen and dissolve these complex es', káma-jatah, matted roots of desire, hryaya granthayah'. 'heart-knots'; and thereby to purify and maximise sattva to the utmost, and free it from and minimise, first the lower and 1 then also the finer, rajas and tamas, as much as possible, complete abolition being impossible. The first important exercise for this purpose is to learn to discriminate between a word, its meaning. i. e., the object meant, and the knowledge or consciousness of the word, on the one hand, and the object, on the other. By persistent practice of such discrimination, there arises the ability to discriminate, in the total mental mood 'complex. what and how much is the clcarent of the 'affective', 'emotional'. 'passionate bias or prejudice, and what and how much that of 'pure reason', i. e. 'cognitional', 'intellectual, judgment. (a) Sa-vitarkā seems to be the meditation wherein this freedom from all such bias and passion, due to the rajas and tamas, of hostility to any one and wish to hurt him, etc., has not been secured; e.g.. the odium theologicun, and almost all political or commercial thinking i. e., 'meditation. When such freedom is secused, the meditation becomes vițarka-vikala: or nir-vitarkā, (i. 17, 43'). coarser ·वितर्का-विदेहानाम् ( 197 ) योगमाय-कोप Apparently this nir-vițarkā emotions; also, doubts; lanis the same as (b) sa-vichīrā cies; suppositions; arguings. (i. 17 and 44), purcly ra Fant: ii. 33, 34. tional deep thinking, absorbed faaniat ii. 34. reflection, especially with refaamid ii. 33. ference to 'subtile' objects, faanigra: i. 1 Accompanied by ideas, opinions, or superphy vitarka; (see वितर्का""नुगमात्, sical things. When even that supra). disappears, we have vichāra-faamiar: 1. 43. vikala (i. 17) or nir-vichārā; farang ii. 34. and this seems to be the me ---jii. 26. ditative mod or state of mis faarlaat iii, 22 Spread out; in which there is no think stretched out, (az, to stretch). ing. (i, 17) but only a yolu- aquifi. 15. minous fcel of pleasant casc, positive joy, bliss, (c) anand- farmacerie i. 15 Of the "thirst- -वितृष्णस्य i. 15. ānugatā, is left; as in the less', the desircless. proximity of a loved person, | faran ii. 31. resting in a com fag: jj. 5 They know; (face to fortable bed after a hard day's know). work, to takc a more common farge: ij. 9 Of the wise man; if less idealised experience the knower. (d) Asmiţa-nugata is the rapt, absorbed, mood in which even agt; ii. 9. that feel of joy has disappear-faciale: i. 26 The bodied. Ananda-vikala (i, 17), less' and the 'merged-inand only the feel of self Prakrti'; (see gfagyi ). existence, 'l-am-ness', remains. faecafeteratata i. 19 of the something like the consciousdo:. ness just before falling asleep, faqat iji. 43. but, in this fagtatą i. 19; iii. 48 of the wakeful consciousness, without Vidéha-beings, the bodiless' any sleepiness). ones: (a class of very highly farartt i. 42, 43, advanced jivas, souls, gods, auf i. 42, 43, 44. just short of, or on the thirefantast: 11. 34. Evil thoughts and shold of kaivalya, moksha). or when case, alert and ·योगमाप्य-कोप ( 198 ) विद्धम्-विन्यासः ledge felt i. 4,5. -Fog iv, 10. form ü. 18 Without. -Oyj 17. -altetji. 26 ( A face of faut iv, 6 Exists; is known.(luce deras). to know; also to exist; cf: -ARTT: 1.51 (Some editions cssc ist percipii). read --विनाशी). fathah ii. 24 Existent; being fang: iv. 12 Destruction; annicognised bilation; loss. (ay, to perish). fararea ii. 23. faizalagang ii. 13 'Prohibi- FEI I. 14 By learning, know tion', denial, of annihilation. --Fals ij. 13 (Transient; destructible'; 'perishable"). --097-i, 46. - ferata ii. 51. -fùam i. 11; ii. 4, 5, 23; iv. fallerait iii 13. 4.11. fafruit jt. 6 Application, em- -विद्याम् ii. 4. ployment, direction; appointiv. 25. ment; (fa + là + y). faenlandia i. 5 Opposed to, fazeni. 24 Freed; gone bereverse of, true knowledge. yond; cmancipated -Att i. 25. falagad i. 51; iv. 25 Rererts, forgia ii, 15; iv. 30 The knower; returns, retires, goes back, the wise man. ceases, turns away. (Some --fran iv. 6, 10. editions read निवर्तते). faunfa i. 35 (They) Lrcak, beat, farglii iv. 25 (Cessation, tear, batter down; blow away. because of satisfaction. Some (FAT, to blow; to cast away editions read frafa: ). --fruat qü. 35 ( Different waag ii. 38 In the "teachable", natured), 'guidable': 'leadable', the tofax 2277 i. 34 (Holding be-led or instructed; (plii of breath). ferrat, to lead, guide). futut ii. 53. farsz: i. 7 The Vindhya mountain. fraid ii. 38. forget i 25 Having put down'. fayagancia: ii. 26 of (the laid down, thrown down; sattva) which has shaken arranged in order. (fr++ off the ( taint of the ) rajas- A3, to throw). Testlessness of the 'afflictions, farma: jii. 29 Placing; arrange 'sins''miseries'. ment; laying out.

·विपच्यमानम् -विपाक ( 199 ) योगमाय-कोष faqat iv. 8 Fruiting; being "Satan is God inverted'. f9+ malured; (93, to cook). परि + ई). fafada iii. 26 (They) revolve; forten: iv. 30. (pl:; fêr+of+). विपर्ययक्षानम् । 30 Falsehoodknowledge': false or erroneous fagfastaraa iii. 51 By (me.) knowledge. revolving. facialfari. 24 The innate, forgiftada ü. 13 May, or would, ingrained, inherent, indwellexist transformed. (? into the ing, 'infiltraled' 'inſused', 'inunchanging from the changesteeped", 'in-soaked', 'perful); or (interpreting the word meating', 'pervading', tendenin a sense which is the reverse cy to of the usual sense) may 'speerroncous knowledge. (Sce alerat). cially' (fà), and all round faridagiharanfaa: i. 24 Per- (af), exist (aña) unchanged; meated with the propensity lo or, would change while being erroneous apprehension. unchanged ( a self-contradicfaq#997 ii. 28. tion ): (the context requires aqua: ii. 3. some such peculiar interpre- Faqstan iv. 3. tation ). (Some editions read aqua tet i, 9 'A-mount-ing' grazia). -faqtiaq ü. 5. agafa. 5. faqdan iii. 22 ‘Gone to the other, fagaianFT: i. 48 A faint 'smelle, the opposite, way'; opposed, flavor, savor, trace, distant reversed, turned round; (F+ touch, of error, perversion, +, to go). reversal, “throwing upside fañar i. 2. down', topsy-turvy-dom'. -fareu i 11. thrusting away from the right --faceda course. (Some editions read विपर्ययः B Turning the other way विपर्यासज्ञानगन्धः वि+ परि + अस् to throw). round"; inversion; perversion; distortion; error; erring": fastaniline is 4 In or at "straying': mistake; delusion; the time of 'error-notion', errom 'turning the truth upside down'; demon est deus inversus', i.e. 7974- i. 24; iv. 8. lo error, i6 neous belief. topsy-turvy; (cf. -faqatay iii. 45.

·} conse - योगमाप्य-कोप ( 200 ) विपाक-विभूतिपादः -- ii. 13, 34; iij. 43.- (object). (fa+a+, to 50, 55; iv. 189. draw, drag. plough). - 7. 13. Pareiajar . 27 of the hidden, f* i. 24; ii, 13; iv, 8 disappeared, merged, absorb 'Cooking'; maturation; ripen ed, dissolved; (pl: some ediing; (the result of the process tions read अविलीनानाम् : see of maturation, viz; प्रलयम्). quence, result, fruit. product, favah ii. 15 Extended: (a + fruition. fà +977). 5+ 7. to 'slide'. move ). PICTATO: . 13 Lack of -विलवा . 26 (See अविष्ठया time for maturation; 'absence and प्लयते). of maluration-time'. THTH i. 42; v. iv. 15 Divided farmacist ü. 13 (Capable of) off; separate; (fa+#57). 'sprouting into maturalion'; विगतम् ।.6. pulting forth the sprout of health i. 42. maturation. -3 ix. 23. -fara. i. 19; ii 3. 13; ii. Farise iv. 33 Having distinguish- 22; iv. 8. ed, distributed; 'distributively'; farqle# ï. 34. discriminately, faqat ii. 5, 13, 34, -Fatü. 17. fararnaa: iii. 18 Causes of frui- FATTE: . 42 Pcins separaltion or maturation. ed, distinguished Parafiga . 13 Facing to --ff--i. 6. 18. wards ripening 'with face foar in 17. turned to fruition'; tending Phy: iii. 17 Division, to bear fruit; rcady to put at: ii 18. forth, or come to, fruit; on fayegh Pervasiveness; oinnithe point of, or approaching, presence; all-pervading greatfruition. ness and glory; (fé+ to be fanficut ii. 13 The commen in a special, impressive. great, ccr, initiator, of fruition. glorious manner). fan.. 15. fani iv, 10 of the omnipresent. -F48—- . 25 (Distant). Falas ji. 1 The "faol. -fage üi 36. 'quarter', section, chapter, of -SEHERI. 49. or on 'great beings", excelfanny iji. 25 In or on a distant leaces superplıysical acconi ·विभ्रमः-विरोधिन्यः ( 201 ) योगमाप्य कोप plishments, powers, splendours, fromHITEZ ii. 50 of the (yogi glories, perfections. who is) becoming desireless. fra: 11. 24. foretatt iv. 21 For frecdom faragáfasura iii. 13 Because of from attachment; for desirethe wonderfulness of the lessness. 'crowding', the mutual stress, FACIANETTI i, 18 'The idea, the crush, squeezing, struggling, thought of. cessation from wrestling enjoyment"; (or, as Vāchaspati AE.. I (Stainless ). explains it, that extreme vaifagmi iv. 30 Free; liberated. ragya, desirelessness, which is) fagtitt iv. 31. the 'cause of the cessation, the -fagli: ii. 27. non-being. of the functionings fagiftro . 27 Freeing; frecdom. of the mind. (See 77a:). feryat: iii. 13 Dis-joined'; fax1496497277agår i 18 Piem separated; (masc: fo+y). ceded by the practice of the faya: ii. 13. thought of cessation, laya, fàger i. 13. nothingness; or, by the practice faütalog ii. 28 The cause of extreme vairūgya as the of separation, dis-junction'. cause of extinction, cessation, fan- i. 18. Faalneg . 23 Of separation -farm ii. 5. (of mental activity). dis-junction FIRESTT i. 24 Because of confaüthiazavau: ii 28 Disjunctradictoriness, opposition tion, and hetereity (otherness, -age 1. 55. change into another form), and figura ii. 15; ni. 13 Are op- "holding on (stalihty, are posed ( to each other): conthree of the nine causes ). flict ( with each other; fa+ fat : i. 16; 1. 4; 11. 13 Desire 7, to obstruct, oppose, beless; 'passionless'; indifferent; siege, enclose). *dis-affected'; 'dispassionate'; fa69: 1. 20 'Other-formed"; (Fort T3 to color, to tinge, without form; dulerent in 10'affect' with attachment). form. Arpih i. 2 Detached, satiated, facrataii. 15. ceascd from attachment; -farcianie ii. 5; iv. 3. Lauf: 1, 51. FRETET iv, 29. -Aaratfara: i, 5. 26 (neu; ).

·योगभाष्य-कोप (202) विरोधी-विवेकविषय. adati, 51. fidenceyras ii. 28; iv. 29 (Up facut iii. 6 Jumping across to, till) discriminalive know- : having skipped over, crossed ledge (arises). Over. faa seurat: ii. 28. facit i 51, -fan-. 55. - faraiera: ii. 44. faa waarin iv. 26 'Low", --faat: ü.51. inclined towards, the knowlêre# iv.22 Hole; hollow; cave; ledge born of discrimination. .chasm. PEENNAS: ji. 55 of the --fra fala ii. 17. (yogi) 'sharing in.' possessfaaaa iii. 26 Revolves; turns ing. the knowledge do:. round. faania . 28 Increases; (TT, MF 3TAIC üi53 From thic knowlcdge do:. to increasc. to grow). fara ü. 15 Do: (pl:). partit iii. 52, 54 Born of faasid ii. 19 Is discriminated, discrimination distinguished: (fa+fèret, to far 1377 iii. 18, 49, 52. divide, separate, discriminate). PO FIT 33 fafaragra ii. 19 Do: (pl:). faramararatufiqh ii, 52 ( Karina fogra: i. 28 Increase; expan. 'belonging to'. connected sion. with, the veiling of, i, e, ). fergrepigia ii. 19 The stage veiling, barring (the rise of) or condition of expansion. discriminative knowledge. fa- j 55; ix. 27. fattarejena i. 12 By the Faham fa: ii. 26 'Discriminaperseverent practice of the tion-cognition': discriminalive discriminative vision. Inowledge; awareness of the fairfatat iv. 26 Inclined todistinction between Purusha and Prakrti, Self and not-Sell, wards discrimination. God and Nature. (fate fara, facilita: iii50 The idea. 0, to tell, relate, declare, notione consciousness, aware made latwn; to know). ness, belief, of destination. faarema: i. 2; ü 26, 28; F 797801916: ii. 26 The ſlow, iv. 29. current, stream of discrimina. Matenfaeg: fi. 27 of the live consciousness form oi do:. Garazhagi i. 12 Inclining ·+ faatria:-firin: ( 203 ) योगमाय-कोप towards the region of disa ferty: üü. 35. crimination. -T: i. 10, 25, 43; . 19;' femia: i. 12 The stream, ui. 35, 53. current, of discrimination. faderlän: i 20 of him who fazia: j. 22 Special degree; surseeks discriminative know passingness; excel·lence; peculedge. liarity; (sec fafig:). Farfa: ii. 15 0f the discrimi fatt: 1.22, 35, 49; ii: 15, 51; iv. 24 Special; particular; nalor; (faz, to separate). faal: 1.5, 27. differential; specific; "that which marks off from the --forufa ii. 45. test, Lanta ii. 34; iii. 43; iv. 3. farametrtfa 1. 10 Makes keen, fasta TIT 11, 20 'Untouched' acute, refined, purified'; (, by specifying or differentiatto tear away, destroy; TT, ing qualities the autumn, 'destroys'. 'clears farangaziazish, iv. 25 The germ away', the dirt, the mud and or seed of special and true mite, caused by the rains). vision. faturitatea aia iii. 5 Becomes lucid, faglyafira: iv. 25 Of him who limpid, pellucid. sees the 'minute peculiarity': of -Aafe-i 4. the deep seeker, the profound fafire: iii 15, 35 Differentiated; investigator, who the distinguished; specialised. (fa precise differentia and propria; + fry, to distinguish, to leave (the yogi who has seen the a residue behind). true nature, the being, of the ---falatut i. 44, 50. Self). afir ü 20 fertit: iv. 25. fara 1. 4. fastratora: i. 19 'Specific' -afgi4 iv. 22. transformation. fag: iii. 35 Very pure; (1a + faratzafaqat i. 25 In or on the Th, to become pure). learning of particulars. fagle: ii. 52 Purity: purifca- factory ii. 19. tion. fastnet i. 49. -fatt ii, 19. -1-1.7, 25, 43; ii. 19; | fast: ii. 19; i i. 44, 53 Special, iii, 1 , 44, 47; iv. 12, 13. specific, particular forms; speci. sees faste. 19.

·योगमाप्य कोप ( 204 ) विशेषाणाम्-विषयः fications; parlicularisations; Fargitet i 36 'Sorrowless'; concretions; materialisations. serene; tranquil. -au ii. 19. fastiat iii. 49. faztutur . 19. विश्वभेदसमापनम् i. 41 Become -a91 i. 22, 23, 34. transformed to, having 'attainfatura i. 13. ed' lo, conforming to the विशेषानुग्रहणम् iv. 12 Special diversity of the world'; hayfavoring or helping. (Some ing taken on, assumed, die editions read विशेषानुग्रहम् ). form of all sorts of diverse fegyeicara i, 49 Because of things. Fasanen i 4) Tinged with having a special, particular, diverse objects, or with the concrete object. diversity of objects, or with fazara i. 49. all sorts of things. familiarizat i. 7 Pre- Faszam i. 41 Appearing dominantly cognitive, disas, showing forth, the form of criminative, or determinant all sorts of objects. of the specific, demarcating. Fasarelytag ii. 12 Towards the distinguishing, differentiating, trusting particular or peculiar charac- --faq- i. 1; ii. 15. leristic or aspect of a given agafatat: i. 1 Bearing the object). wondrous venom, or the venom विशेषाविशेपलिगमात्रालिङ्गानि . of non-equilibrium 19 (a) Specific, differentiated, -1894-4.11, 15; ii. 51, 54. particular, concrcle ( as fumi. 12, 15, 16; i. l; opposed to abstract ), (b) 27. 48. non-specific, generic, abstract, -facrat i. 14, 32, 47, 49; ii, undifferentiated, (c) archety- 20,51; iii. 17, 48 (Some pal, and (d) differenceless, editions read एकवुद्धिविषयम् imperishable, homogeneous. in iii. 17). ( See लिङ्गम् and अलिङ्गम् ). fogg: i. 43, 45; ii. 20, 50; fanta iii. 17. ii. 16; iv. 14, 18 (fa, specially, og i. 49. f to bind, fasten, permeate, fatto: ii. 19. pervade). Object; range; dofotost: ji. 19. main; subject-.nat'er; object fapag ii. 19. of sensuous enjoyment.

·fartalamarna ( 205 ) योगमाप्य-कोप -faTani ii. 17, 22. faragha TTATI I. 30 Crava -विपयत्वम् i. 45. ing of the nature of attraction --fatuit ii. 4, 20. towards sense-objects; "greed -faqatna i. 8; ii. 17, 20; for con-junc-lion with objects lii. 35. of sense' farazara, iy. 23 Because of fatagane . 14 At the time objectivity, objectness, being of sensuous pleasure. 15 विषयसुखम् . object. Sensuous fargenza: i. 15 Of him who pleasure; the pleasure yieldsees the defects or evils of ed by sense-objects. sense-enjoyment. --forrgem277 iii. 18 In comparison syith faramarea iv. 26 'Heavysense-joys, fronted' with, heading or sensuous delights. gravitating towards, heavily --for9464 ii. 23. inclined in the direction of forget i. 11; ii. 4. sense-enjoyment. faqata: i. 12 The stream of -F1999 i. 37; iż 54. sense-enjoyments. fa491 i. 44, 49. -faraghy 1. 35, 49; s. 23; j -famosi. 7, 44, 49; ii. 35. 17, 41; jy. 12. -fara: 1.5; iii. 26. R997 1. 32. Fart: iv. 17. farantamar 11. 5! By the mirage, the 'deer-thirst'. of -agentura 1. 33. sense-objects. faragionin ü. 30. firepraat i. 35 Having an object: -विषयाणि 1.4. FTTTTAR iv. 23 of the nature ( fem:). of 'object'. fergaat i. 35, 36. faqatalia: il. 51 (?) Withfaggatta: inl. 51 The winds, out cognisance, reconnoitre, strong breezes, storms, of thought, of the range of the sense-objects, sense-attracbreath, but, instead, by a tions. sudden effort ). fazafata: iji. 47, 53 Special Farmiggiaa: ii. 15 Permealed or peculiar object. with (craving for ) senseaggleraar wie iv. 23 Show objects. ing forth, reflecting, both fatarata ij, 28 Another object and subject object.

·योगभाष्य-कोप ( 206 ) विषयान्तरे-वृत्ति fatum ii. 4. being with a passionless mind'; Formatter . 3, 43 Becaus: of filled with the image, the non-existence of object; for thought, of a being who las lack of object. ri en above all passions. faTamaan iv. 19 Object-show- arafagyi, 37 Having for ing; object-reflecting. object the passionless; i.e., a -fatutari. 35. being who has Transcended TUITEICOTICI ï. 51 From ideahuman passions tion of objects. ATTAAT I. 46 (Name of a me familout iy. 23 By the subject. ditation posture). -~-विषयी --ii. 20 (7he subject; -j. 20 Determinedvigour; the knower or experiencer of indomitable and irresistib's an cbjcct). energy). Fiv, 16. mag-i, 35. and i. 15. # 13. 20; ii. 34 Virile fago 1. 4; iii. 1. power; cnergy; semen; vigor; --07104 1. 8 scminal virility. ---fatūra: iii. 51. -धीर्यम् ii. 34. faag ii. 31. Fle: ii. 38 Gain of cnergy. funciona i. 32 Stream -alfen ;. 20. ing with dissimilar cognitions ofgai xi. 34 By the breaking ideas, thoughts, fierceplions'. down of the other's) itsengih. facsim: iji. 17. ogilo ii, 23. -fatett: iv. 14. fagra iv 33 is slain, defeated, her: jj. 17. 44: is. 14 Trec. LIET: i. 7; ii. 4; ii. 13. destrosed (, lo kill}, fortfajji. 42. 49 Roams; plays; -994 ii. 9. 13; iv. 15. -int: i30, 35. a muscs or enjoys oneself: (fat to lale away). -: j. 11; iv. 18 fart: iv. 10 Pleasure.places; ETY: 1,5 (P); seceta:). Aloods, places of Torication, modes, funclionings of the FORTU siše 42 Hlasing played mind, about, enjoyed himself. art: i. 5, 11; ü, 11. पीतरागविधालम्पनोपरकम् i. 37 - , 2; i 15. Tinged with the support (as --i. I, 18: i 5, 20; object of meditation) of a ir. 9.

·aft: ii. 50. योगमायकोष (207) वृत्तिः-वेदनीयस्य of moods, or manifestations, -qia: i, 4, 35; ii. 4, 20; ii. functionings. 39; iv. 22. -I i. 15. ETUT iv. 23. Ife: ;. 10; Ü 43 (78 to exist; } ~ i. 19. seç quid); way of existing, Terat: iï. 26 ( A race or class (also of earning one's living) of perennially youthful and modification, state (of mind); beautıful gods). function; functionins, activity; | qilautta: ji 15 Afraid of the operation: working, venom (or sting) of the qra: i. 7.9; iii. 47; iv. 10 scorpion. haft: 1,5. ETTêreg iv 9 'The uplerat: i. 30. rising, coming inio manifestamen ii. 20; iv. 22. tion, of the cal-maturation'; fii. 18. reincarnation as a cat. Apa ij. 1, 43 By mere priv. 9. functioning activity, stirring. az ii. 17 Knows; (fas, 10 qen: jij 43, 48 Artainment of functioning, operativeness. 36 (Knowing: existence; finding expression. but here the word is used in Ilang i. 35. the technical sense of super- वृत्तिसंस्फारचक्रम् 1 5 'The wheel physical sense of foucli ! of rood and seed': the rota- -27.1. 18, 38., tion of serm and manifesta- -azarii 26. tion, conduct and tendency, -acara... 38. functioning and disposition, para iri 38; iv 19. habitual practice and acquired T 111. 36 From the power character. or faculty knoten as yodana; TH0447 n. 4 'Same-formed ( see-19-). ness, uniformity, similarity, Lagani ii. 12 ( To be known, identity, with the moods." inferred ). azalta: ji. 12. 13. maai-i. 17; ii. 19, 20; iv. 22. - izzig ii. 34. Tii. 33. High ii. 13. Erfatt i. 15; ii. 13 Excesses meu ii 13. know ). -वेदन-iii -:. 41.

·neu:). येयन्ति-चैपम्यम् (208) योगभाप्य कोष वेदयन्ति i. 13 Make known Garuda, the king of the birds, declare. (Some editions read in Purina mythos). वेदयन्ते). वैनतेययले ii. 24. वेदयन्ते . 13, iv. 22 ( The / वैनाशिक: iv. 24 'Annihilator'; sages) know, or declare. 'nihilist' ( in philosophy ); -घेदाय iv 21. denier of the existence of येदितव्यः iii. 13 To be known, Atau and of life apart from borne in mind; (masc:) the physical body. वेदितव्यम् i 1; it. 21 Do: वैनाशि: iv. 21. (n वैरत्यागः। 35 Abandonment of वेदितव्या i. 35 To be known; hostility. (fem:). वेदितव्ये ii. 13 (Two) do: (neu:)./-चैगग्य-1.2 -वेदिनम् iv. 21. वैराग्यम् 'i. 15 Absence of desite, -वेलायाम् ii. 18. attachment, passion or craving --चेश- 13. for the world; detachment; -शयितुम् iv. 3 dispassion; surfeit; disgust वेम 1.34 Palace. with, revulsion from the चेष्टित: iii 26 Surrounded world. ( चिराग). -चेष्टिता:i.26. वैराग्यम् i. 15.16, 18. वैजयन्तः in. 26 ( The name of l-वैराग्यात् iii. 50. the palace of Intra, the king | वैराग्यात् i. 20. of the gods), -वैराग्याभ्याम् i. 12. ness' freedom from all desire). -धेराग्ये iv. 10. चैतृष्ण्यम् i 15. वैराग्येण i. 12. --चैदूर्य-- iii. 26 (Lapis Jaruli; | वैशारद्यम् i. 47 Lucidity. ( Sec sometimes used for मरकत or विशारदीकरोति) cmerald, and also for इंद्रनीलः -वैशारयात् i. 36. or sapphire). -वैशारये i. 47. चैदूर्यप्रभानुरागात् iii. 26 Because | पेशारघे . 26; ii. 49. of being tinged with the lustre | -वैश्वरूप्यम् iii. 14. of sapphire. वैश्वरूप्यम् ii. 17 'Omniformity'; वैनतेयबल: iii. 24 Having the universality. strength of the son of Vinati', | -चैपम्यम् i. 30 ( Inequality; -~-वैष्ण्यम् i. 16 ( Thirstless वैराग्याभ्याम् i. 32.

·वैहायसम्-व्यपदिश्यते ( 209 ) योगमाय-कोप dissimilarity; differentiation; ge 1. 43. f+A). mint a. 13. ATTER 1.51 'Spatial; acrial: Tati. 13. cclestial, -40* ii. 53 (Of the dis. 7-i. 16, 44; ii. 14. tracted). - ii. 4; iv. 9. 297 iv. 16 In the state of the 2777 ji. 5 'Made clear', thrown mind being) distracted; when inlo relief', 'picked out', 'out distracted (fà, away from, lined', 'shown cut', manifested. without, + 378, front; not at- (वि+म; see अभिव्यक्तिः). tending to what is in front). - ii. 5. a iv 12 By the to-be-mani- 547791: iv, 13 Manifest and fested. subtile. Engura iv. 8. 9 Are shown forth, 07417: iv. 13 0f manifest made manifest. nature; or 'manifesting their -27594171 ii. 15. nature' Eyrúa iv, 9 Would be manifested. -7771 iii. 50. 6797E9FITA*XT: i 16 From or --ET35-1. 11, 43; ii. 4; ji. with (the guņas with ) mani- 13; iv. 9. (The cause of fest and unmanifest qualities manifestation; that which or functions; (dis-gusted ) evokes, stimulates, induces, with the sun is ) whether manifestation). manifesting or not manifesling -73FR iv. 9. their properties, ie, in their stafss: i. 24. manifest as well as subtile-gateur iv. 10. form. valet iv 11 Developes; brings -fiti iv. 8 (Manifestation). out; throws into relief; shows - i1. 23: 13, 14, 17; forth; unfolds; precipitates; discovers; discloses. causes; iv. 12. -व्यक्तिकम् iv 12. (273). -Enftat iv. 12. 529@gra i. 9, 24 is qualified, ETFILT: 19 By manifestations. characterised. indicated; is Er ij15. altributed, assigned (as attir Efsfach iv. 12 Attained bute, or deed). lo specific manifestation. glur i. 24 Do: (pl:). ET# iii. 13. grua ii. 18 Do: ( dual ). 27 ·योगभाष्य कोप (210) व्यपदेशे--याख्याताः a व्यपदेशे।.9 In characterisation. intercepted, interrupted. (वि+ व्यपदेश्य-i. 44: ii. 49. अवधा), व्यपदेश्या: in 14. व्यवाहतस्यात् iii. 13 Because of व्यपरोपणात् ii.34 being hidden. interrupted, व्यभिवरति in 17 Strays away; obstructed. behaves unfaithfully. (वि+अभि | व्यवहितानाम् iv.9. +चर, to move about). -व्यवहितानाम् iv.. व्यभिचारा: 1.31. व्यवहिते1. 25. --व्यय- 19. --व्यवहितेन . 17. व्यवतिष्ठते 1.5 Stands, rests. (चि+ व्ययायी 1.33 Adultercus (वि+ अव स्था). +अब+अय, to 80%; to go --व्यवधि-ii. 53 to a person of the other sex'). व्यवसायव्यवसेयात्मका: iii 49 Of~व्यसनम् ii. 55. the nature of 'determination', व्यसनम् . 55 Addiction : ascertainment, and the deler habit that carries away', minable, the lo-be determined, 'carries a person off his feet', to-be-ascertained. (वि+अब+ 'Alings him away from the सो. to put an end to. to finish). right path', 'misleads'. 'leads व्यवसायात्मका: iii.47 Of the, astray': (fa + 276, to throw). nature of determination; (pl:). agrafa ii 55 Flings, carries, व्यवसीयेत iii 47. -व्यवसेय-1.49 व्याकरणीयः iv.33 To be con. व्यवस्थितानाम् iii. 49 of the strued grammatically': to be 'seated', established, existing, cxpounded in detail; to be manifesting; (pl:). put specifically: (fa + 31+ y). -यबदार-1.433:11.17. व्याकरणीयम् 1 17 व्यवहारः 1.9 Behavior, conduct;व्याक्रियेत iii. 17 Would be interbusiness; convention; mutual preted. intercourse commerce; ध्याख्यातः 1 5.22 (Has been) (वि+अब+ह). explained: (masc; fax +31+ -व्यवहारम् 1.23. ख्या; scc रयातिः), व्यवहारम् i.32. व्याख्यातम् .. 45%; ii. 20 Do: व्यवहारात.43. (neu:). -व्यवहित--ii. 25. व्याख्याता i. 44 Do:; (lem:). -व्ययहित-1.49% 1.36. व्याख्यातात.43.44. प्पयाहितः.9: Screened; hidden; व्याख्याताः11.13 Do (Pl:). whirls, away. or ·व्याख्याताः-भ्युत्थान ( 211 ) योगमाय-कोप ETIQTrat: iv. 1. Eienaafót iii. 10 By (the renforgra ii. 19 Will be ex mind) having the 'exhibitionplained; (pl:). quality'. 571679 i. 11; iii. 52 To be fatafirdait: ji. 13 Of exhibiexplained, to be made known. tion and inhibition, 'getting- Erfa: i. 30 Illness. up and holding back', 'going न्याधि m.30 Do: forward and withdrawing'. -fa- i. 12. letling oneself go and holding 579977T: 1. 29 Illness etc. oneself in, pro-gress and reat ii. 39 (Name of one of gress, process and re-cess, the nervousivital forces ). advance and restraint. -791974 ii. 5. न्युत्थाननिरोधसंस्कारयोः ii. 9 of E71TTA 1.5 Misfortune, ill-fare, the two tendencies, the exhibievil 'happening'; (acc: ). tional (wakeful, outgoing) and ----971- jj. 17; jy. 12. the inhibitional(indrawing), the Eelart: iii. 13 Operation"; func- ! processive and the recessive tioning: activity: business: youtafATTAAT: i. 51 work. (A + 371 + I). 1 Together with (the disposi- NTC, iii. 13, 14, tions) born of exhibition, in- TINTERTO i 18 Only by their hibition, and rapport (absorbr operation cd meditation, communion). TITIET I 14. व्युत्थानम् ii. 13 Exhibition ETTTTTTT iii, 14, (as opposite of inhibition): ETIQITOT ii. 13. wakefulness; 'uprising' 'get- 2014 iij. 39 Pervasive: (+ ting up', 'standing up'; display 3719, to find; 'all-finding'). (as opposite of retirement); ETITE: i. 7 Changed. inverted, activity: patency (as opposite reverted, turned round; marke of latency); dynamicily (as ed off ; (masc:). opposite of staticity); tense- --cartiler: iii. 44 (Differentia ness; tumescence; impulsivetion; demarcation; distinc ness; impelus; momentum, tion. agraragint: 11. 9, 13 Propeninafaa i. 3 In the 'exhibi sities, dispositions, to exhibition-mind', the up-risen, 'ram tion; exhibitive proclivities. pant', active, exhibitive (mood ERETICIPAHIRT i 50 Beor state of ) miad. cause of the overpowering, the ·c., fat yances, योगभाष्य-कोप ( 212 ) syturacies 72477927 defeat, suppression, of the LEHTH ii. 15 Being carried, wakeful, exhibitive, out-going. borne, rushed, whírled along, tendency. (The correct reading seems to EJEMPEFTTI9794 i. 50 The च्युरामानम्, i. - receptacle', 'capsule', 'cyst", उहमानम् , passive form of यह 'seed-pod', 'serm, of the ten: and it is so printed in the dency to outward activity. Poona Anandāshrama cdition; EYTUTAFIRA TOT i 14 By the but the editions by Balaram exhibition-tendency. and by the Bombay Governranta iii. 37 In or on exhibi. ment Central Press. print tiveness, dynamicity; in the CATATA, probably by instate of out-turned-ness; when advertence) the mind is in the outward | Ant ii. 32 Going: (49, to go). exhibitive mood. ~-प्रतम् ii. 31 ( See मदावतम् ). व्युस्थाने i.4. LaR ii. 31. Eyfiaafan: ii. 1 One with af ii. 30. 32 Vows; obseraroused, wakeful, uprisen, ac. live mind. व्युत्थितवित्तस्य iii. 37. eyliinat ii. 52 of those whose vision is 'arisen', 77 ii. 45 Able; "might-y'; outward-turned, extro-spec- ( 74. to be able ). tivc. (therefore erroneous ). -717. 18: j. 17, 18, 21. 64 iii. 26 Organised; mar. - j. 6, 23, iji. 17. 50; shalled; arranged in order; iv 22. frmly bound together (fa+ae). ii14. 15. 21 Ability: - iii. 27, 29 (Organisathat which might do'a thing; tion; arrangement ). "might': power; force; energy; ELE. 27 Organisation; syspotency; potentiality. tem; place; order; (military) Tarsalagmi ij. 4 Of those formation (of an army, as in ( afflictions, moods) which squares, or with wings, etc. exist only as potencies, fa+5, to reason, to arrange -7974: ii. 6,!23. in an ordered manner). -Tut: i. 6. 17. -464 ii. 151 iii. 29. 1777: 1, 49 Possible; able to be ZETITA P. 45. done; (masc:).

·-731 iv. 19. - शक्यम्-शब्दसङ्केत ( 213 ) योगमाय-फोप JTF1# ii. 15 Do:; (neu:). in-itself; the 'thal-measure', 975 à .i. 18 Doubts; suspects. that only', 'root-form', of sound. (See F17). at ii. 13 Hundred. TETATZa iv. 14 In the TOTAE FITOTA: jü, 26 A Hundred form of pure sound. thousand yojanas in extent. Yazan: i: 42 The propertics or (Some editions tead-147-). functions of word-sounds. -27 i 26 (Some edi- raèa iv. 33 'With', by means tions read --T6). of', the back' of (mere) IT iii. 13 In the place of words; (riding on airy words the hundreds. only, without substance or --a iv 9. Teality). 7-2; i. 18; ii. 36. 37378Tt; ii. 17 of the word In: i. 42. 49; iii. 17; iv. 14 and the notion (cognition); Sound; word. of the tern and the concept. 757aGuglinu ii. 41 Inferred | ERA iv. 14 In the form of from sound-apprehension; sound. (Some editions read (some read iz SATA. शम्दतम्मात्रमावेन) i.c., the conditional cause of i7 latoa iij. 41 Having sound the apprehension of sounds). for object. 7 gramerglaarida:1.9 'Bound Tera i. 35 Consciousness of up with', dependent on the superphysical subtile sound. greatness or poser of 'verbal शब्दसकेतश्रुतानुमानज्ञानविकल्पस्मृति- knowledge', word-perception, graet i. 43 On the purifiknowledge of words. cation (i. e. the clearing yaaningar. 9 Following away. ) of the memory (ic, upon, arising out of, the cog the associations born) of the nisance or perception of the conventions of language and sound or word; 'pure verba of evidential and inferential lism'; merely verbal know and hypothetical knowledge: ledge ( an image conjured up in other words, when the by words, without any reality mind has been freed from all or substance behind it; a pre-conceived notions, binics, concept without a percept). pre-judices, arising from the शब्दसानानुपाती iii. 52. conventional meanings of ENFATIH i. 45, ji, 19 Sound (calch-) words, from hcarsny.

·and sense योगमाप्य कोप ( 214 ) शब्दस तस्मृति-शपरम् from (hasty) inference, and 274marating: i. 42' By from (mere) inagination and (doubtful and indistinct ideas fancy. or) suppositions (foncies, pagamiaafat i. 42 On biases ) connected with the the clearing away, the 'puriword, the sense, the cognition; fication, the correction', notions regarding the righting, of the 'memory language, thing, and thought. the associations, due to the Terengea Stijl. 17 Word, object, conventional usage of words. and idea. Fakta: iii. 17 Accompanyqu'ay ii, 17 01 do: ing (but not inherently con- 7=UTATTI i. 27 The relation nected with) the word. of word and meaning, sound 757777 i. 7 From word, or sound. E: ii 19; ji. 44; iv, 19 -a iji. 44 iv 21, Sound elc.; (pl:), fa i 7; iii. 44 By word or TETTE: iii. 47 00;; (sing:). sound theran ii. 55 The cognition 5725TETTE: ii. 32 Stretched on of do:. a bed or seated on a seat. Tallafaquare iv. 18 Like such -Tair. 10. objects as sounds, etc. 57007 ii, 15, 33 Refuge; shelter; 72g i. 55. place of shelter; house. Teatritt: li. 55 Contact with, or 'use and emplos ment --- . 38. of, sound etc. actoratuar iii. 43 'Not looking TagNama üt. 13; iv. 14. to', independent of, the (phy- T1u*aataji, 21 Disappear sical) body. ing, 'screening off, of sounds calages iii. 43 Of the (mind) etc. I mat+27). fixed, seated, in the body. गरीरम् 28; iij. 44 ( I, to 7914: iv. 19 Word-meaning, crumble). 'That which is in. 7571fara frente la: i. 42 cessaptly crumbling'; thc body. 'Pierced through', penetrated (blanit-smrti, i. 17, says that or permeated with, ideas for shaira is so named because hazymotions doubts it is made up of 'sbat', six, regarding words, objects, and Things, as chief components; cognitions thereof, it is the sheath or locus of oztatt iii, 41. OT ·TITETERS ( 215 ) योगभाप्य-कोप the mind, manas, and the five a i. 36;ii. 15. sense organs) --a iy 23. CITET I, 28. af :. 14. TTĪTIMIÆ . 28 fa: i. 15. Tatra iii. 43. Taxm: iii 14 -TIT . 38. शान्तोदिताध्यपदेश्यधर्मत्येन jii. 49 MIÆ iii45 The opera By being of the nature of the tion of the body, etc attributes past, present, or TOGETTAZI iv, 10 Look future, (the “subsided', the ing to, waiting for, dependent Suprisen', the ‘unpredicable' or on, such means as the body indistinguishable; sce sa:). etc. शान्तोदिताव्यपदेश्यधर्मानच्छिन्नेपु . dig in. 38 In other bodies. 44 Amongst or On (abscitafutai TCAITH iv. 10 Of tract concepts) undemarcated. the size and form of the body undetermined, unspecified, unonly. defined, by the attributes, viz., TIR. 38. | past, present,or future, (subsid- 70 . 5; ii. 38. ed, uprisen, indistinguishable 275717at ii 5 The line or the or unpredicable); i. e. on abscurve of the moon; the cury- ! tract timeless concepts, uning moon; the lunar crescent. connected with any concrete Tarzagraat ii. 34 By the 'letembodiments. ting fall, the stroke, of wea शान्तोदिताव्यपदेश्यधर्मानुपाती iii. pons, etc. 14 "Running after or with or 11-iii. 26 (Vame of a vipa, through the susside, the continent, island), manifest, and the unmanifest 371a; iii. 12 Placid; restful; attributes. peacefuli reposeful; unexcited meat ii. 12 Subsided and tranquil; calm; ( 7 to sub uprisen; past and present. side, be extinguished, become tit: ii, 15 Bodily, physical. peaceful, also to inspect. The titre ir. 10. shanţa quality is connected -- i. 50. with saţtva, also with the trizauzeti ii 13 Paddy-grains; 'past'; as ghora is with rajas tice-grains and the 'present', and mûdha -ET- ii. 26 ( Name of a wit htamas and the 'future) dyipa or continent), ·योगमाय-कोप ( 216 ) शाश्वतम्-शुद्धमुकः pagh iv. 22 Eternal, Valmuefa: ii 48 By cold and 271820013: ii. 15 The doctrine of heat, etc. (the) elernity (of the Self, ac i. 32 Cold and heat. Purusha). -C-- ij. b. Tisafii. 24 Eternal --शीलत्वात् i. 2. -761A iv. 13. iza ii. 18; i 35. -E-, 35; 1.1, 30. -Tiar: it. 44, 47. a Tar: ii. 23 Contained in the-mart iv. 14. (appurtenant, science -jag iii. 23. -DIETH ii. 15. - To iïi, 29. Ta i. 1,24; ii. 15 ( - Fiv. 7. to teach; Lal scire, to know). I i. 33 While ( masc: ) Teaching; science. Chriya ii. 13 By the ‘aris- Ti ii. 32. ing', the coming into opera- शारत्रानुमानाचार्योपदेशोपोद्वलनार्थम्। fion, the becoming active, the 35 For the sake of the 'dawning'. of 'white' or good development or confirmation karma, good or happy'deof the teachings of Science of servingness', desert, merit. the inferences therefrom, and 187,071 iv. 7 White and black"; of the instructions of the good and evil. Teachers. Inizmgaiv 13 The teach-1-fi. 5. ing of (a or the ) science. grena: 1. 5 The belief, idea. I. 28. awareness, of purity. TITECT i. 33. gilanteita: i. 5' The Trattut: i. 24 Of science (or errontous notion of pureness. wisdom) and of glory, cleva ta: ii. 41 Of the pure (person). tion, greatness, superiorily, get i. 5. supremacy. 17: 1.20 Pure; purified, --TER — i. 27. -fart: iii. 39. 16 i, 29; ii. 35, 50; iv. 25 ( Some editions read विशुद्धः 109. ii, 32 In the head in ii. 35). shard', 'head-case', skull.. sanar: j. 26 (One of the LETRIH ii. 45 To the rock. highest orders of the gods, -fig iy. 22. Tag: i. 51 Pure and cman. Tiv. 7.

·सुद्धा-श्रद्धा (217) 'योगभाष्य-कोप शुद्धाi.2. cipated. (Some editions read-शेपः . 41, 47. शुद्धः केवलो मुक्तः). -शेपम् 1.9. शेपासु 1.13 In the remaining: ---शुद्धि-ii. 41, 43. (fem:: pl:). -शुद्धि-i, 16; i. 2B. -शैथिल्य-1. 47 Laxity; (lax- -शुद्धिा ii. 1,41. ness; looseness). शुचिम् . 40; ii. 57. -शैथिल्यम् iii. 38. शुद्धिसाम्ये iii. 55 On equality | -शैथिल्या iii. 38. of purity; in case of equal -शैला: 1. 26. purity. -शैल-ii. 26. शैलस्थः 47 शुद्धिसारूप्यम् ii. 55 5ame-form- Seated on a ness', uniformity, of purity. mountain. -शुद्ध 1. 28. शोचतात. 47 To the sorrowing. Fraguait: iv. 3 of purity and grieving. impurity. शोचति 1.5 Sorrows, grieves. -शोच्य: 1.47. Tj. 22 In dry (straw, grass, dead wood). शौचसन्तोपतपःस्वाध्यायेरवरमणिधा- गुप्येत् iii. 22 May dry up. नानि ii. 32 Purity of body, contentment of mind, asceti- -शून्यम् iii. 3. cism, study of spiritual sciences, self-surrender to God. शून्यम् . 3, 13; iv. 10 -शौचयात् ii. 5. Empty. शौचम् 1.32. 40 Purity; cleanli. -शून्याi. 43. शौचस्थैर्यात् ii. 41 Stability, -शून्पा . 15,44. establishment, sleadiness, con- -शून्यानाम् iv. 34. firmation, of purity. -शून्यायाम् i. 43. शौचात् ii. 40 From purity. -डयन्त: 1.26. -श्याम. iii. 26 ( Blue; dark). Zlot ifi. 26 Peaks; horns. -दयामाक-iv.3. शृणोति iii. 22 Hears; (शु, to श्रधानस्य i. 20 of the trusting, hear). the believing;(977, truth + TI, -शेरते iv.8, 28. to do, to hold) --शेष-in. 49. श्रद्धया i. 14 By faith. श्रद्धा-5.35. 28 शून्यः i. 18. -शुन्यम् ii. 55. ness. -शेपः . 18.

·योगभाष्य-कोप ( 218 ) थद्धादि-शिष्टपा Naif iv. 10 Faith etc. than the 'testimonial' and the श्रद्धावीर्यस्मृतिसमाधिमज्ञापूर्वकः1.20 'inferential consciousness Preceded by i. (cheerful, resoyargataT: i 43 Of testimony and inference. lute, earnest) faith, ii. zealous energy, iii. retrospective and Yangatahero: i. 49 Object of introspective memory. iy. do:. attentive composure and | श्रुतानुमानशानसहभूतम् i. 43 'Born collectedness, y. (discrimina: with', accompanying, know. tive ) consciousness, ledge derived from testimony --eratua i. 35 (Some editions and inference read श्रद्धीयते). aigard i. 43 Testimony and -9-1.7. inference, Pracaaar: iv. 14 Possessed of fear lü. 41. 'credible speech'. (pl: ); ya: ji. 23 From 'revelation', or trustworthy: (i. e. persons oral testimony. whose words would be worthy sa ii 18 Is heard. of respectful credence ). strut: iïi 17 By thc (letters) being heard au-- 1.33 (Hearing ). 4h: i 55 From the good. get iv 33 Excellent (fem:. -79017TH j. 41. — Jauta iv. 25. aita: i. 7 Of the hearer. Dram: jfi. 17 By the hearers. -90 iii. 36 (See alfanu). jaagt iji 51 Ear and eye. धावणात् iii. 36 From the zitasairaramuffat i. 19 Ear, 'auditory skin, eye, longue, and Yaq i. 49; i, 30 ( 23, to hear). 21174 i. 41 The ear. The 'heard"; 'revealed'; 11TH iii 17; iv. 14. scripture; revelation; lesti- talet: j. 41 Of ear and mony generally, ākāsha, space (or ether) श्रुतानुमानज्ञानयिकल्पशून्यापाम् i. 43 -श्रोत्राणाम् iii. 41. Wher (the intelligence is ) sjanlar ii. 18 By the ear etc "empty', 'void of', freed from, tru: jii. 17 Student of, or the imaginations, associations, versed in, scripture arising out of testimonial and relati. 1 Slides' away; reinferential knowledge. lases, loosens TIGAA4741 i 49 From or figurni i. 16 Close-jointed. - ü 36.

·लेप्माणा-संयोगविभागधर्माण (219 ) योगमाप्य-कोष CAFON:di. 29 gg: j. 19 Sixth - i. 26 (Verse). ATT ï. 19 Sixteenth; (masc.) Baywa ii. 34 With the conduct asa ii. 42 To the do; of the dog. (fem: ) sat ii. 34 Dog, -A- IT-. 31. Sate: i. 49 Inspiration, in- : ;. 14, 26 He. breathing. : i. 1; ij. 2; ii. 11; iv, 3 ctc. STIETEE: ži, 50 Preceded by - jii. 28, 31. inspiration. 444: ill. 4 (A technical word MAT: H. 49 Of in breath meaning concentration. coning and out-breathing, inspira. templation, and absorbed rapto tion and expiration. ness, all three together'; medi. Saregat: ii. 51. tation; restraint. (@T TH, -STIFTTHI: 1. 31. to regulate ). salegale: ïi. 50. #TH:ſi. 30; iii. 4, 5, 6, 16. 18. saa: 11. 17, 26 'White'. (Possibly 23. the earlier form of the English enam iii. 6, 26, 27, 28, 29. 32. word was 'shwite' . ggggg iii. 5, 6, 16. saa ii, 17 Shines as white; - iii. 41. whitens. -97 ii. 16. 17, 21, 22, 35, 41, 42, 44, 47. TiTTT iii. 26, 52. 97 , 19; i. 26 Six. GUAE iii. 16, 19, 21, 24, 30. 9574 iv. 11 Six-spoked; having 34. six spokes. Buna jïi. 23 Because of, qast: iv. 13 of the form from, absence of meditation. of the undifferentiated six. yii. 23 Combincd, joincd. Que*: ii. 24 Barren, sterile; -4- 1.17. eunuch. (Some editions read 57171: ii. 17,23 (+, to 9054). join ). Junction; combination. queigenda ii. 24 By or with stato: ii. 15, 17, 22, 23; iv. 19. the story of the sexless, the sun aw ii. 23 The causa eunuch. (Some editions read of, or caused by, conjunction, que). fuftinin ii. 18 Having ·dry up. योगमाष्य-कोप (220) संयोगस्य-संसाराने the properties of conjunction an inseparable pair); doubt; and disjunction, combination alternation. and sepajation, संशयम् i.35. ATTET Ü. 15. Firda iïi22 Might or would संयोगस्वरूपाभिघित्सया ii. 23 By or with the wish to declare the Hearoni iv. 11. form or nature of the combina- |-: . 40. tion. Fanta iii, 13 Because of merfameux iic 25 That which is gence, assimilation, absorpnamed conjunction. tion, "together-produced- -TTCT ii. 22. ness"; (such close association alma ii. 23. with, clinging to, its cause FOTO:79: ii. 23 Absence of as amounts to disappearance in it). conjunction at ii. 15; iv. 10 (+u, to tiatit i. 23. move ): ‘procession'; trasmi- -iata iv. 19. gration: the world-process. - fara iii. 34. BETTER iv. 11 The wheel of -eiere i. 35, 36; . 36. the world-process. tifata i. 17(+ fars, to 'wit', datangan . 52 Binding to know ), Consciousness, to the world-process. ETCAPTITT I 12 Heading to -Fit: i. 21 (Speed; rapidity; wards world-activity; "heavy intensity ) fronted towards worldliness. --FT117 i. 21. HERRIARIOT 32 The decay -ia ii. 12, of the seed-germ of (the tendency to ) procession.' -- iv. 22. संसारस्य iv. 33. --Cat . 39. RATÈGI ii, 15 The cause of ideia iii. 39; iv. 19. the world-process; the cause -- viaRoma iv. 21. of 'procession'. of births -Haat í. 7: ii. 17, 20. and rebirths. -714—i. 30. FATTA: iji, 51 of the fire of Fito: i. 30 ( + it, to sleep; the world', i. e. the misery of that which sleeps, or goes tothe procession of birth and gether, with its opposite, in rebirth. awareness ·or Herrenulaa: ( 221 ) योगभाप्य-कोप arierig ii. 33; jii. 51 In the Agent ii. 15 The pain burning embers, the fires, of (-ful-) ness of (i.c., due the world-life. to, the creation, the setting Haftu: i. 25 The 'moving', up of) tendencies. revolving, wandering, reincar- ) SEAT 11 iv. 29 By decay, nating, evolving, worldly consumption, of the 'seeds (jivas ). ( terms, 'cell-vehicles') of --UETATI: ii. 19. impressions and tendencies, siapa ii. 40 May contact; GEETH i. 11. may come into contact. _#ffirmat: ii. 9; iv. 9. sig i. 2; ii. 19 (*+ TSFATE: i. 18 Remnant of to create; to emanate; to throw forth ). Integrated, tendency; remaining as mere aggregated, evolved tendency. emanated, together with; born ESITA iii. 9 'Tendency-scmaindercd'; having only the together, mixed up, associated, tendency left; left as nothing colored or tinged, with; attachelse than a mere tendency. cd to; latent; potential in. HERTTAElFra iii. 18 By duu ii. 19. tigerfa ii. 19. 'vision' of tendency; from, because of, by means of, HATT- , 50; ii, 15, iv, 9. observation, ( in meditation ) -*FIC. 19, 51; ij. 5, 15, of the (hidden) tendency (of 23; iii. 10. one's own or another's mind). --Fi iv. 28. FIFTTTTTTTerziart ü. 18 For HERTT 1:50 ( 8+ Fr, to do ). do:. "Well-doing'; 'con-secra-tion; ni iii. 9, 13, 15; iv. 9. refinement; purification; sacra- definit i 5, 50, 51; ii, 13; iij. ment; impression; education, 18; iv. 9. refining, polisbing; stamping BITIOTI i 51. with a tendency; tendency; - Fram ini. 10. disposition: potentiality; apti- #FFITTA ii. 10. tude; inclination; faculty: Farfaitai i. 50 Excessive bent; stamp; acquired cha impressing; great consecration; racter; propensity; disposition. excellence, surpassingness, of Fest: i. 51; iji, 10. the re-fining, the culturing, - ·योगभाग्य-कोप (222) संस्कारान्सकल्पता (Some editions read संस्कारा acting (only) in collaboration ETT:). ( with another); because of संस्कारान् 1.51. interdependently joint causa- HTTTTTFür. 9 The other tion. wiseness, transformation, unftrarc ii. 20. change, of implanted tendency -- Tignarft iii. 46. DVEST7372: 1.50 The 'receptacle'. -- ju. 17. 'gland', 'capsule', 'cell-reser 1 -art- ii. 17. voir', germ, of the tendency. FE17t: i. 15. CAPERIT ii. 50 By or from Creattor iii. 10. a single unique or sudden effort iftat: ix. 27 FEITEET: iï. 51 Begun once, or Bertemu: iv. 9. once for all, or suddenly. Bent: i. 5, 51. 6: ï. 13. HETTI i. 2 Approximating afti ii. 55 Attachment, addictowards, tending to become, tion. (97, to cling, adhere, leading on to, resulting in, a embrace propensity. -संस्कृता iv.9. --AT: iv. 21. FLOTT: iii. 18. -: iši 13. tieTag ii. 13 Placing; organis-45: iii. 17 Blixture, con-fusion, ing; arrangement; position; adulteration. (4+). connection; con-stitu-tion;con- : ii, 13. struction; formation; form; 7: iv. 15 'Distant smell. structure. flavor, sayor', i. e. 'touch', Nah ii. 46; ii, 26. taint, trace, of mixture, pala 4: i 43 Peculiar 'plac adulteration, alloy, confusion. ing, organising, arrangement, mistakabilily for cach other. structure. Fet: lii. 45 Will-imagination'; FET ii. 17. mental picture; determination, संदत (orts) कारिणा iv. 24 By resolution, resolve; formation The co-operating, co-working; of clear and definite picture by (a thing ) which acts in in the mind; ( F, ARTF, well, conjunction ( with another ). clearly, 1954, to form, lo FITT iv. 24 Because of image ). co-operativeness; by reason of Amefar iii. 45.

·swelling.. सङ्कल्पसिद्धाः-सङ्गदोपान् (223) योगभाप्य-कोष lagi: ji. 26 Perfected in an ii. 17. imaginative-will, in resolve. - an iii. 17. सङ्कल्पसिद्धिः iv. 1 Accomplish. | सङ्केतेन i. 27. ment, perfection, of determina- taiï. 17 Is indicated. tion, of will-and-imagination, signified. of the power of the will ( so ij. 50 To shrinking, that whatever is determinately contracting, imagined, becomes realised, afatite iv. 10 Contracting materialised ). and expanding; contractive 67CTIT iii. 45. and expansive; shrinking and Anglanfart: ii. 44 Obedient to will-and-imagination: following. acting or shaping laterfatait iv. 10 Do:; (fem:). according to, the resolve. -: i. 16 (Transference). --सङ्कीर्णयोः ii. 35 (सं+t० -सङ्घमाया: iv. 22. -EAT . 20; iv. 22 scatter; scattering together, mixing up : agad i. 7; i 30. Luft i. 43. -Far ii. 20. Agated: ii. 50 Calculated by Astuf i. 42 Mixed; con-fused; or in numbers. alloyed; adulterated; Crowdcd; also narrow, tight. -सख्याने iv. 29. of iïi 17. -Terifů: ii. 50. -a-;. 43. -Eft: ii, 51. a: i. 49. FIFA: 7. 50 By numbers. a: i. 27; iii. 17 (An, or a, mu. - TEFET- iv. 24. tual, ) understanding; agree --Art. 13. ment;convention; wish; desigo; -and ii 34. intention; 'sign'; mark; tech- - ï. 30. nicalily. 7 ü. 39; iv. 21 (Attachpagina i 27 Made or creatod by coavention or agreement ). ment. iv. 21 (They) go toagreat ii. 17 Because of gether with; go in accord convention-mind, of an underwith; fit in with standing or convention, it iü. 51 The demcrits, fixed association. evil consequences, faulls, ·versc. योगमाप्य-कोष ( 224 ) सहसयाकरणम्-सत्त्वपुरुषयोः defects, of addiction and sun ii. 26; ii. 49. attachment. Het: iii. 26 (Name of a 4754791FTTH iü.51 Not mak race of gods). ing', avoidance, of attachment 6a: iv. 12 Of the existent. » and egoism or conceit. (83,- TT ii. 5 ( Of the same to sidik into, to become 'that•ness', essence, nature, attached, and fH, to 'smile' quality ). with self-satisfaction ). Farg i. 4 Of the existing, the साहीतत्वात् iv. 11 Because of real, the good and true; (pls). being bound up with, grasped -- ii. 19, together by Tiy. 25. arctar: iv. Collected; Hü. 17 To being or exisconnected together; clasped; tence. accompanied ETTETET ii. 19 01 (the Mahat. HAU: . 26 Summarising țațiva, possessed of) mere being or existence. h: jjj. 44 An organised assem ii. 19. blage; ( to strike; afa ii. 13, 49 (In the condi- 'struck together', 'welded together' ). lion of) there being. ata i. 3, 5, 30,32; i, 4, 27; iä. Cara üi. 44 Collection; 'strik- 13, 21. ing together': organism. -- FIATT 14 ('Well-mak- Garantii. 5 With moon and ing'. 'good'regarding, honorstars, afrua ir. 4 With minds'. ing, faith, reverence). PETTATI. 14 flonored; honoring; treated respectfully. - i. 15; ji. 13. da i, 48 (+17, to know ). -473 1. 24; i. 17 iii. 35; iv. 34. Consciousness; seatience; that by which a thing is known, a q: iv. 21 A living being. name; designation. Hagafari. 2 Composed of. Falegaalala: i. 25 The of the natue of, the altribute learning of the specific proor aspect (called) Sattra. perties, name, etc. Ayat: ji. 35, 55 Of afn: i. 8. Sattya and Purusha. -संज्ञा i.15.

·सत्यपुरुपान्यताख्याति:-सत्य ( 225 ) योगमाप्य-कोष Fraga714arenlà: ii. 2. The the non-identity of Satyva consciousness or awareness and Purusla. of the otherness'hetereity, #9g7174Asetaa iii. 35. . difference, non-identity, of - i. 2.36; iii. 35, iv, 31. Sattva and Purusha. (Some 11 11.5, 17, 18.52; iv. 21 editions read सत्यपुरुपान्यता- (FERTA) Existence (as Arreufàs ) cognisable, through cognisability); goodness; harmony: सत्यपुरुषान्यताख्यातिमाअप्रवाहिणः iv. encrgy; fortitude; stamina; a 27 Flowing, streaming, with living crcature; the Sativaonly do:. (Some editions guņa, the principle of cogniread-मवादारोहिणः). lion. (See TT:). सत्यपुरुपान्यताण्यातिमात्रम् i. 2 | सत्यमात्रम् iv. 21 Only Sattva. (Consisting) only (of) the rufe: ii. 41 Purity of Sattva. consciousness or awareness of highero i. 55 By the non-identity of Sattva (ie. door.way', by means, of the Praksti, in even its finest purification, the relinement, of subtlest form) and Purusha, Sattva. the Self, the Spirit. Traghet iii. 51. सत्त्वपुरुषान्यताख्यातिमात्ररूपप्रतिष्ठस्य | सत्त्वशुद्धिसौमनस्यैकापेन्द्रियजयात्मiii. 49 Of one established in ediatrasalar ii. 41 Purity the form of do:. and clearness of intelligence, सत्वपुरुपान्यताख्यातिमात्रस्य ।। 49 chcerful-mindedness, Oi (the yogi, or the mind, the pointed-ness, control of the soul, consisting) only (or) the senses, and fitness for vision consciou Des3 of the Selt, of the non-identity of Saţțva -ATT I. 47; ii. 41; ii. 1B, and Purusha; of the soul 43, 47, 49. whose whole being has been Fierit ü, 26; iij. 35, 50; iv. 21. resolved into mere awareness Aigra iii. 35. of 'the otherness of the Self AF917 iv. 19. than the not-Self'; ("l-am-Ara ii. 17. Not-This"). -Ai, 24. Ringtaifa197741 jj. 26 Tlieta iii. 18. consciousness, idea, belief, of 4. 30. 29 oneor awareness ·योगभाष्य-कोष (226) सत्य:-- :--सन्तोषसुखम् a Aia: i. 11 'Existent'; having at i 2 Similar. (#, saine, been; (fem:, pl: of ant) similar, together with, art, to fafagram . 36 On.consec; 'similar-seeming'). firmation of truthfulness; on TATTFargt i. 32 Streaming unshakeable fixity in the virtue similar cognitions; , flowing of truthfulness, with a flow of similar ideas. HTH i. 45, 48; ii. 4, 30 True; Ineo i. 32 By or truth. because of a continuous stream OTTHETHIETTI: iii. 26 (A race of of similar cognitions, ideas, very high gods ). awarenesses A# l. 26 ( The name of HETA iv. 9. the seventh beaven', -Kata: ti. 14. superphysical subtile world or ag: ü 18; iii. 15. plane). an i. 1.35 Good and real; ARTE . 26. having real existence as well Faqat iji. 45 True-willed as excellence. ness"; the state of one whose 9: i. 12 Suddenly'; at once; will alvays takes effect 'truly immediately. irresistibly, indelcasibly.. Aizmi. 8 Ey (a cognition ) Tat: jii. 26 (Arace of the which has something real for highest orders of gods). , ; object; (is not concerned with unrealities, emptinesses). -AFFI iv. 25 UTH ii. 6: iii. 13, 15 ( Loc: aaa 1.. 24 With' reason; -in iv. 17. sing: of Fæl, being; fem:). having a cause; well proven. सासु ü. 13 (Loc: pl: of EFTI). Rafha-. 25. HET iv. 18 Always; ever; per Earth ii. 5. petually. --. 18. ut i 24; ii. 20; iv. 34. afa i. 24; ii. 29, 52 (3767. dariy, 18 The slate of to be). Are. (Some editions being always 'known', ever omit the word in iii. 29). cognised. tam . 32. watafiq ii, 20 Conditioning: ii 32 Contentment; (+ of unbroken, constant, aware 37, to be satisfied, pleased). ness of objects, waitgan iſ. 18 The joy of -AT: ifj. 12. contentment.

·सन्तोपोत्-समम् (227) योगमायाको seven kinds. -farat ii. 35. Higia ii 42 From or by PHAT ü. 27 Sevenfold. contentment, ANTI 27 Or seven kinds. --Fqufd iv. 21. para fat ii. 34 Twenty-seven, -R24 d. 19. Agost f. 51 Sevenfold; of Alamat: ii. 18. afatgart i. 4; ii. 17 FASIH ii, 27. Helping, doing good, bencát-2429A*: . 13 With endurting, supporting, by mere proxi ance'; endurable; tolerable. mity, mere juxtaposition. (afa + 2a + 27, to endure. सनिधिमात्रोपकारिणः ii. 18 Do: This is different from 77474 :, (pl:). (a + f +971). 9 v). atst: i. 46 'Seedful"; seeded; alafrut: iii. 26 Placed; de 'with seed'; having an object; posited; studded; ( + fast objective. fazt. to enter). -# iii, 26 (Asscmbly; as- Afgaa178179 iv. 13 Only sembly-hall). peculiarity of position or ar- A: i. 19 Egual; 'same'. rangement, at ii. 14, 15 Next with- Ala fattuare ii. 32 Than the out 'inter'-val; next after; 'nearest means, the most casily next in succession; (A1, well, available necessaries. together : सन् , not; अन्तरम् , --=479: ii. 1. 'inter'-val). -TIET iv. 7. FARFATTA 11. 15 Immediacy. fara iv. 7 of the renoun Rantati ii. 14. yarato iv. 21. ata: ii. 5 'Co-spouse': 'a rivalia: ii. 15; iii. 22 On all spouse'; an enemy. acftatc: ii. 13 With a counter 8ta: i. 13, 14 Accomactor'; 'neutralised'; 'counter panied; following; coming balanced'; neutralisable; re with and after. (94, with, mediable. or well, siy, after, 317--7, lo iii. 15, 26, 29 Seven. come). ARTIT ï. 26 Seven-isled; –rainat iv. 12. having scyen isles or conti --afara7 iti. 44. Dents, Ang iii. 39; iv. 3 Evenly: cven- Cers. sides.

·to go). or योगमाय-कोप ( 228 ) समय-समाधिपादः ness; same; similar; of the AR-151; 11. 4.7. 16. same level. myfi: . 46, 51; i. 3; iv. 29 - 74— . 31 (, with, (, well + 41, on all sides + Elf, to do', hold, maintain ), #Taat ii. 31 'Cut off' 'Holding' and maintaining the delimited, conditioned by conmind steady; 'collectedness' of ditions, reservations; defined mind; absorbedness; absorpby 'mutual agreement tion: raptness; rapl-ure; rapunderstanding, or by 'terms'. port; entranced attention; -Arhiv. 20(That which goes"). meditation; concentration; con- --- i. 11. lemplation; fixedness; commu- HAT iv. 12 In or at the time. nion; Irance; ecstasy. (Asm- FAUa ii. 52 By time. 7) explanation; reconcilia- LEA: . 31. tion; solution and satisfaction -: ii, 23. of doubts; co-ordination; ARU: š. 38: ii. 18 Able, compejustification. tent; 'having the same mea- Faifa: i. 1.2.11. 17, 18, 20, ning, intention, will'; 'equal 23, 50; ii. 19; iii. 3. 23. (to the task )': 'equal in Ang iii. 12 The 'absorppower"; 'ad-equate', tion-mind; the absorbed, rapt, profoundly attentive mind; -A . 23; iv. 31. the mind which is tending to- Fored i. 25,35; iv. 12. wards absorption. Turf: ii. 13; iv, 28. Fulfa ii. 50. TRH i. 43. AAAFUTAH ii. 46 "Even-scat"; AUF iii. 38, 55 Born of, (the name of a yoga-posture). resulting from, produced by, raptness. Farver: s. 39 Function FHF i. 50. ing in or pervading all the : iv. I. organs. समाधिजान 1.51. समादित्सते . 30 (सम्+आ+दा). -समाधिना ii. 27. Wishes to take up. समाधिपरिणाम: iii. 11 Having 74: . 29 raplness conscquence; - Mái. 35. resulting in absorption; or, the ERET: i. 17 (Sec Alfe!!! result of rapiness. --- i. 20; iv. I. समाधिपादः i. I The name of the as ·समाधिप्रज्ञा-समानकालम् (229) योगमाप्य-कोष first chapter, 'foot', 'quarter, FA 912 ii. 12 Because of, or relating to Samālhi. from, the breaking up of do:. ARIM i. 50; in, 5 *Absorption- HTSH . 2; i. 51. consciousness'; the condition ZIA: i. 21,22,23 Achieveor state of 'sublime intelli ment of do:. gence or consciousness' during EATHETAFITH 1. 30 Of the samadhi. (Some editions read means, 'accomplishers', 'secur- समाधिजा प्रशा; sec प्रशा). ers', 'achicvers', helpers of filwaqianieti . 49 Apprehen do:. sible by the do:. Anifefafi ii. 45 The successful Catanialaant 1.50 On the accomplishment of samadhi. gain of do:. Faratga 1. 20, 32; i. 11 Is FATTAUTA: 1. 50 Of thc (pro collected', brought together, pensity) born of do:. gathered up, brought into CATFERTIGT: ji. 5. rapport, brought to attention, AATTUTA I. 35, 42, 43, 44: fixed; reconciled, explained, iv. 23. solved ( as a contradiction, a anfaatan i. 51 Hostile to dilemma, an antinomy, is solved). ESNEKTHI 44 The true FARITHICH , 32 Being collectform of the rapt conscioused, synthesised, co-ordinated, justified. explained. ness. anarqua: j. 32 Opponents aurita: iv. 14 Is to be 'gathered, aarà: i. 47; fïi. 7. of, hostile lo, rapiness. understood, explained, found. Amati. 30 On the gain harati9. of samadhi. FATT . 37 In samādhi, rapt Amma i. 21, 22, 23 Fruit of or absorbed meditation. Farat i. 10 Anifatal iii. 38 By the power AEG jy. 14. of do:. at ii. 23; iii. 39; iv. 8 Same- समाधिभावनार्थः ii. 2 Having for like'; of the same measure", purpose, the realisation of do:. "similar"; equal; (also the name - ii. 12. of one of the vital currents or RATAi. 30 of the 'stage' nerye-forces), of do:. HATASIZÆ iii. 14 At the same doi. - do:.

·योगभाष्य कोप ( 230) समानजयात्-समुदाचारात् . time; simultaneously: syn| समापनम् i. 36; ii. 47 (सम् + आ+ chronously. पद्); come to pass, happened. समानजयात् iii. 40 By conquest accomplished, finished; come of the current of vital force to a denouement, a final devenained samāna. lopment; consuminated. -समानम् . 24. समापनस्य i.42. समानम् ii. 13. समाप्ताधिकारा ii. 2 That whose समानसत्योपनियन्धने iii. 35 Equally function, business, work, office, inseparably bound up. with the duty, is over, finished, completsattya-guna. ed. discharged. समांना 1.9. -समाप्तिः iv. 32. (सम् + आए, to समापत्तयः1.46. find, to gain; completion, finish- --समापत्ति-ii. 47. ing). -समापत्तिः.41 (Some editions -समाति. 18; 11.54; iv.33. read समापत्तिः as a separatel -समाप्तौ iv. 34. -समाप्तिम् iv. 28. word, not compounded with समारूढः i. 42 ( सम् + आ + गह, to the preceding words). mount). Mounted on', 'ascend- समापतिः। 42 (Some cditions ed to'; entered into; accomomit this word ). 'A coming to plished in. pass'; 'a be-falling', happening. | EHIETT: iii. 52. occurrence: developement; e- समाहितचित्तस्य i. 20.31, 48; ii. ventuation; denouement; out- 1: ill. 12, 37 Of him whose come, effect, result; issue; emind is collected, absorbed in vent; consummation. (सम+आ meditation. +पद् to go to moves to -समुच्चय-i. 25; ii. 34 (सम् + happen cf. सम्पत्तिः, good उत्. up + चि, to gather. A8- lottune. wealth: आपत्तिः, thering up; bringing together). misforlune; विपत्तिा, calamity, destruction निष्पत्तिः, fulflments | समुदाचरति ii. 4 (सम् + उत् + आ + etc.). चर्, to move); up rises: breaks out; operates; behaves; moves समापत्तिः। 41,42, 43.44. forth; comes forth; is active. -~-समापत्तिम् iii. 42. समुदाचरन्ति ii. 4 Do: (pl:). --समापत्तेः 1. 42. समुदाचार iii. 13 Conduct; --समापत्तः।.43. activity; way of existence. --समापन्नम्।.41. -समुदाचारात् 11.13.

·समुदाया-सम्प्रयोगः ( 231 ) योगमाप्य-कोप secure. agi iji 44 A coming to palan iii. 16 Brings about; , gether'; a group, (+38+ causes to happen; produces. आ+ई or अय). (42+97; caus:). -समुदायस्य ।. 15 Africha i. 34 May or should Ach iv, 10 To the ocean. H977: ii. 26 Oceans. Idem i. 14 Gathered, perform- Agraraatórz i. 20 of him wło ed, accomplished; (masc.). has developed, or in whom afsplazax iii. 22 Folded up, has been born or grown, semi lumped up, gathered up into nal energy, vital 'virility' and a ball, rolled up. vigor. -सम्पिपादयिषया i. 13. ChTiv. 30 With destruc- | Figarà i. 36 Knows. tion of root'; will c-radica- FESTFIT: i. 17 ( Af+9+; tion; rad cal cxtermination. सम्प्रज्ञायते किश्चित् यस्मिन् सः). garan iv. 30 Do:. That in which something is #6: iii. 44, 47 Store; collec known; conscious of some tion; gathering, crowd. (AR object: objective (as distin- + he, to guess, to infer, to guislied front 34-677871A, i. c, bring together in mind). purely in-turned and subjeclive. 'un conscious of any -1796 iii. 45, 46 (Wealth: object other than Self). riches; perfection; excellence. Arama: i 1.2, 11, 17. See समापत्तिः). सम्प्रभातस्य iii.7. -FOTOT i. 28. | graag i. 2 Is known -A7979 ii. 5. wafaglefarzaur i. 27 By the A1997 is. 5 To wel-fare, weal-tb. continuity or permanance of fraud i. 28; 1. 13,26; i: 17 the mutual understanding, ie, iv. 31 Becones; happens; agreement ( or convention or comes about; is fulfilled; evencustom of accepting and using tuales; becomes accomplished, a certain word-sound in a cerachicvcd; arises; desclopes; tajn sense, for a cestain thing), grows into. (See Farga: ). griafaqat iii. 17 By acceptance, Arenalii. 13. acquiescence. (सम् + प्रति + पद). -odaji. 52. Fra 1. 10 In or on waking up. AF934dr iii. 18 By the (person) - Ati- i. 30. beholding --TYTT: ii. 44 ( Meeting, in. HEFU iji. 44.

·समानम् , 13. योगभाष्य कोप ( 230 ) समानजयात्-समुदावारात time; simultaneously; syn- समापन्नम्।. 36; ii. 47 (सम् +आ+ chronously. पद्); come to pass, happened, समानजयात् ii. 40 By conquest accomplished, finished; come of the current of vital force to a denouement, a final deve- Bamed samāna. lopment; consummated. समानम् i. 24. समापनस्य i. 42. समाप्ताधिकारा ii. 2 That whose समानसत्त्योपनियन्धने iii. 35 Equally function, business, work, offices inseparably bound up with the duty.is over, finished, completsattva-guna. ed, discharged. समांना 1.9. -समाप्तिः iv. 32. (सम् + आप् , to समापत्तयः.46. find, to gain; complction, finish- --समापत्ति-ii. 47. ing). --समापत्तिः। 41 (Some editions -~-समाप्तिः ii. 183; iii. 54; iv.33. read समापत्ति: as -समाप्तिम् iv. 28. a separate -समाती iv. 34. word, not compounded with the preceding words). समारूढः i. 42 (सम् +आ+ne, to mount). "Mounted on', ascend- समापत्तिः। 42 (Some editions ed to'; entered into; accomomit this word ). 'A coming to plished in. pass'; a be-falling, happening.] -समाहारः iii. 52. occurrence; developement; e- समाद्वितचित्तस्य i. 20.31.48; ii. ventuation; denouement; out- 13. 12.37 Of him whose come, effect, result; issue; emind is collected, absorbed in Vent; consummation. (GR + 371 meditation. +पद् to go. to move. to -समुशय--1. 253 ii.34 (सम् + happen; c सम्पत्तिः, good उत्. up+बि, to eather. Aga. fortune, wealth; आपत्तिः, misfortune; farofai, calamity, thering up; bringing together). destruction; निपत्तिः, fulflment; समुदाचरति ii. 4 (सम् + उत् + आ+ etc.). FT. to move): up rises; breaks out; operales; bcbayes; moves समापत्ति:i.41, 42. 43, 44. forth; comes forth; is active. -समापत्तिम् iii. 42. --समापत्तः 1. 42. समुदाचरन्ति ii. 4 Do: (pl:). समुदाचारः ii. 13 Conduct; --समापत्तेः। 43. activity; way of existence. -समापन्नम् i.41. -समुदाचारात् iii. 13. .

·समुदाया-सम्मयोगः ( 231 ) योगमाय-कोप - AFET fii 44 A coming to hruikala iii. 16 Brings about; gether'; a group (HA+34+ causes lo lappen; produces. 21+ or 377 }, (an+q; caus:). -समुदायस्य i. 15 Higua i 34 May or should BOSH iv, 10 To the ocean. secure. 1997: iij. 26 Occans. Fina: i. 14 Gathered, performagrariüeg i. 20 of him who ed, acconiplished; (masc.). has developed, or in whom aliafogah isi. 22 Folded up, lias been born or grown, semni. lumped up, galliered up into nal energy, vital 'virility' and a bali, rolled up. vigor. forfora i. 13. ZAITH iv. 30 «With destruc- grià i, 36 Knows. tion of root'; will c-radica- na: i. 17 (97+*+T; tion; rad cal extermination. सम्पशायदे किश्चित् यस्मिन् सः). Farat iv, 30 Do:. That in which something is ETFIFI iii. 44, 47 Store; collcc- ! known; conscious of some tion; gathering; crowd. (95 object; objective ( as distin- +3771, to guess, to infer, lo guished from 3-FATIT, i. c, bring together in mind) í purcly in-turned and subjec- E FT iii. 44. tive. 'un-conscious of any -1996 P. 45. 46 (Wealth; object otlier than Self). riches; perfection: excellence. Fraga: i 1.2.11, 17. Sec समापत्तिः). सम्प्रशातस्य 1.7. --TECT i. 28. innig i. 2 is known -AT?# 11. 5. Faiano facgazt i. 27 By the RITZA 1.5 To wel-fare, weal-th. continuity or permanance of firmare i. 28; xi. 13.26; 1:17 the mutual understanding, i.c, iv. 31. Becomes; happens; agreement (or convention or comes about; is fulfilled; evencustom of accepting and using tuates; becomes accomplished, a certain word-sound in a cer. achieved; arises; developes; tain sense, for a certain tling). TafTent iii. 17 By acceptance, grows into. ( See Farfa:). acquiescence. (सम् +मति + पद्). 40917 jj. 13. 190a iii. 52. ratt i. 10 In or on waking up. AFTSTE iii. 18 By the (person) --22~ i. 30. beholding atst: ü. 44 ( Meeling. in- ·योगमाय-कोप ( 232 ) सम्प्रयोगे-सम्यग tercoursc, converse, commu- |-enag ii. 28, 34. nian). -Faii 9. - ii. 54; iii. 21. marca i, 24 Is regarded as att i. 15. possible; is possible or in- 2012: i, 20 Placidity: lucidity; ferrible. cheerfulness; (something more afha~ ii. 18 (Alixed up). positive than 'peace'; as a A i. 1 Breaking-up; atsilvercd looking-glass is sometenuation; abolition. (Ordinarithing more than pure, transly, fa, to break, joined with parent, glass; see SHIT:). the prehx #, means the HIGH iv. 23 very opposite, viz., to attach; -8fqu iv. 17. but here : mcans attenu- -Arabia iv. 15. ation. breaking up). afara. iv. 16 Being 'bound -A— i. 33. up', 'tied up', connected to Arata: ii. 4 'Face-to-facegether. ress; inclination towards; fac- -- ii, 27. ing towards. -AFTU: i. 24. 27; ii. 5; ii, Argelag ii. 4. 42; iv. 6. arraitąà ii. 4. In the state of Fotot: i. 7, 24, 27: ili. 42 Con an object ) being 'before, the nection; relation; "binding face', being in front. together'; (axuta. to Tiesa: ii. 13 “Fainted togebind ). ther'; welded together; mix- HEFTTHC iii. 41 By medita ed up; amalgamated; comtion on (the) relation or con pounded; precipitated together. nection (between two things). Area a i. 43 'Well, true, FTPUTC 111. 17; iv. 34. right, knowledge! EFFETT iv. 16. FOOTSTEU ii. 28 -AFİY: ii. 39 (Knowledge). Trigala ü. 15 Well-seeing'; ta: i. 13; iv. 12 Birth; com right knowledge; wisdom; the ing into being: possibility, vision of the Truth. grirala ii. 13, 15; iv. 8 Becomes Firaalaidą iv. 15 Because possible. (A#+, to be). of, basing on, looking lo, de- Anicu: iv. 12 Becoming; (fem:; pendent on, relying on, true pl:). vision or right knowledge.

·ness. सम्पगदर्शिनः-सर्वधर्मात्मषु ( 233 ) AITAITT479 सम्यग्दर्शिनः iv. 23 The 'true- | सर्वज्ञवीजम् i. 25 The seed of the seeing': the seers of the truth. omniscient; the omniscient AG: i. 20 'Same-formed'. seed; the principle of omni- -a - jii. 26. science. arie i. 26 Of emanation, creanga i. 25. ation, evolution, manifestation. Hagleraq tüi. 49 All-knowing- (09, to 'surge out, to emanate, to throw forth ). gia: i. 2. 32. 44; ii. 13,50 - M: iii. 37. From or on all sides. --सर्गात् iii. 13. BarAlzfor iii. 44 All tanmā. --Aniag i. 26. tras, things-in-themselves. mnisaig i. 27 In other creations, adatfat: ji. 44 Going every worlds, systems. 98: iii. 31 'Serpent where; all-reaching. -ala: i. 26 (Liquid clarified as iv. 29 In all ways. butter) Frion i. 44; ii. 30. 31. - ii 45; iii. 16. TifaTTa ii. 54 Having for ga: i. 32; ï. 5: iv. 53 All; object of knowledge 'all ways', (masc:. sing:). methods, manners, laws what- Guia ii. 32 Offering up of all acts; assigning of all acts so ever; pertaining to all ob jects whatsoever, past, pre- (to another, liere God; feeling sent, and future; omnisciently that whatever the aspirant cognising all the contents and does is done by Him, or for all the methods of all the Him). world-process, in all time and para 111. 17 Of all con- Space. jugational forms; of all 'actiz 13. 30 Always; ever. causers. FICUTFAGF 1. 23 Capable end ii. 37 Existing in all quarters. of doing all deeds. RATIA , 1 Of all actions. सर्वदुःपक्षयकारणम् ii. 15 The cause party iv. 11 Of all the pri of the destruction of all pain. mal sins, miseries, afflictions. Ang i. 44 in or on (abs- ARTI iv. 5 Of all minds tract concepts having (the Fa: i. 25; iij. 49 'All-knower": seed of the nature of all omniscient. (particular) attributes. 30 ·states, योगभाष्य-कोप ( 234 ) सर्वधर्मानु०-सर्ववृत्तिप्रत्य० Adgaigutraa: ji. 19 (The three Rivalta gran ii. 33 By the guņa-s ) 'accompanying, run 'gift of freedom from fear' to ning through, all 'functions.' all beings. i. e, by complete Aastataglag i. 44 In do: harmlessness. सर्वनिरोधात् i. 51 By inhibition | सर्वभूतोपकारार्थम् ii. 30 For the of all. good of all beings. Anag iii 17 In all (complete) Ayag ii. 31 In all 'grounds", words. stages, conditions FagTTATZITUT: iv. 16 Common planes; towards all objects. to all 'persons.' han ii. 15; ii, 33 All; ( neu:. nag 90# ii. 23 of all puru sing: ) shas, persons, cgos. Fog i. 32, 35, 43; č. 5, 45: par la fachtrafica iii. 48 Con iii. 14, 18, 22, 26.33; iv. 13. trol over all the transforma- 21. 24. tions of Nature or Matter. adalasan i. 37 "Atten- RiMimar 35 Of all living dance', 'near-standing', combeings, breathing creatures. ing-up. self-presentation. anog i, 33 Amongst all do:. accrual. of all gems, precious pastatytas: i. 23 Capable of things. cognising, perceiving, knowing. understanding, compreat ii, 15 Of all forms hending, being aware of, all / Fatih TÄHiex iv. 23 Rethat is cognisable. flecting or showing out all forms. Farafigraca iii. 49 Being Faaranna ii. 13 Because of the supreme ruler of all states or forms of existence; supremconjunction with, admixture of, all characteristics. (Somie acy over all states or things. editions read zohna, af77917 ii. 18 All conditions of whih seems incorrect being, forms of existence. Erdagarcanaa ii, 17 Knowledge Heifaa iii. 17 All-knower. of the (meaning of the) cries. Tafa749 iii. 54 'Having-allvoices, languages, of all be objects': cognising all objects ings, all creatures fixaica i 30 The good of afarag ii. 31 With regard to all beings. all objects. ma1717 ii. 30 Of all beings alarmed i. 18 In the conat once.

·ings. सर्ववृत्तिनिरोधे-सरिवारा (235) योगमाष्य कोप dition when all mental active concentratedness, distraction ities have " set subsided, and concentration. dis-appeared. garsą ii. 19; iv. 23 'For the Tefatta i, i On the inhibi sake of all'; 'going to all tion of all mental function things'; all-including; allapprehending uda519 Eur í. 2 Because of watereganatatet ii. 20 Bethe non-use of the word 'all'. cause of determinate cogni- Tim iii. 41 Of all cars. sance of all matters. gde i. 32; ii. 9.14, 15; iii.-13; FRITTOTETORET IV. 31 'of the iv. 10 Of all; (masc:, sing:). (knowledge) which has gone t: i. 11; iv. 11 All; (fem, beyond, transcended, all veilplu:). ing foulness'; of pure, stain- Faizah ii. 14 All-natured; less, un-erring (knowledge). all-comprehensive; (ncu:). ratinai iii. 49. Of the all-na- i. 17; ii. 4, 15, 17; iii 26; tured. iv. 14 All; (masc:, pl:). Partaja: iri. 49 All-natured; all-FME i1. 28; iii. 41. en-souling; (pl:). mägii 4; iii. 26, 51. Ferit i. 47; iii. 13. për ir. 31. Gairah . 18 All-lielpful; aiTUT Fart: iii. 26 Like heaps all-favoning. of mustard-grains naifituaalergiqa: in. 17 -af- 11.26 **Turned away" from, depriv- 1 afegit: i. 17,46 "Reflcctional, ed of, all-denoting potency. *reflective"; "thought-accom- Haihtunamalga: ün, 17 Deter panied'; ( samihi, absorpmined' by, or filled with, the tion', 'absorbed meditation of potency of denoting all things the nature of) abstract-thinkwhatsoever. ing. astelarii. 11 All-objectness"; ( Afaritenagat: ii. 26 Rejoicmany pointedness; distracted ing in the discriminative contemplation of subtle or abstract Aariatit: iï, 11 objects; enjoying abstract, Hafalantynet: 11 Of allrellective, thougłıt-ſul meditapointedness and one-pointedtion. of distractedness and Afaat i. 44 With cogitation' ness. ness ·a- योगमाय-कोप (236) सवित्रशैलायतंसा-सातिशयत्वात् (on subtle or abstract matters). Fayat: iii. 52 of the two 'to- (see विप्तक...रूपानुगमात्). gether becoming. i. e. of (two aferas cladar: i. 26 With things ) which are born towonderful-hill-ornaments'; gether, are simultaneous. dorned with grand mountains AG i. 43 Accompanyingi and mountain-scenery. 'born or existing with.' afari. 17. 46 (See faraat... - Mi. 26. GAT). Biassed, prejudiced, - Fifo iji. 26. cmotion-tinged, con-fused me At i. 20; ii. 4; 2. 15; iv. 7 etc, ditation concerned with ex- She. crnal sensuous objects. FEZTETUIII. 18.52 'Siglıting": alaattungar: iii. 26 Rejoic direct cognising. ing in the 'mixed', 'emotion- HISTETTUIT ii. 18. tinged', contemplation of con- FAITEITE TUTTGT iii, 18, 19 Because crete objects. of, by, from do:. सविता.. 42 ( See सवितर्कः). Artiq iji. 26 Should be afant i. 42, 44. directly scen. (Some cditions Afaqifikt ii. 5 Of ( the seed of read -करणीयम् ). karma) with its developments, Erzaryndar iii. 51 of one who maturation, fruition, is cognising directly. Panorar: iii. 14 'With operation' | ETENEDORA ii. 27 Perceived Idiactively functioning. rectly. Eiv. 14, 15. RISTRATOR . 16 Being At i. 27. 30.51; ï. 10, 15, 23; 'fronted', 'faced', 'sighted"; beiii. 13. 44, 52 Together with. ing brought before the senses, सहकारिवर्णान्तरप्रतियोगित्यात् 11.17 perceived, directly cognised, By delimiting or restricting | -Arisa ii, 18. connection with other co-op-griezfor ü. 18. crating letter-sounds. TAITEI iv. 15 in the Sarikliya FUET 7. 53 By separate doctrine. theory. view; on the ness, distinction of the accom• 'side', 'wing, of the Stükhya. panying, the co-efficient, the FInara: iv. 21 Sankhya and concomitant moment of time. Yoga doctrines etc. -a: iii. 17. ma778917 i. 25 Because of 'exceedability, of being re: - iv. 11. 32. lative to things which are com- - ii. 32.

·साधन-सामान्यमानम् ( 237 ) योगमाय-कोष paratively larger and smaller; FITOA iv. 15. because of being comparative marrone Tu ü. 23 Common- -- i. 13; ii. 15; iii. 51; factored'; possessed of a iv. 7, 10. common feature or factor. MTAH iii. 8 Triad of means, Afrach i. 50; iv. 11 Having (i. e., contemplation, conccn a function; possessed of a tration, absorption). specific functional operativefranfaa: j. 55 The poinling ness or activity; functioning; out, enunciation, enumeration, activc; 'officious', holding a of the means. definite office'; inspired by a Eragri. 1 The 'foot, quar. specific momentum; restless; lor, acction, part, chapter, on unreposing: full of 'right-andthe 'means'; (the name of duty'. the 2nd section of the work). ffett ii. 24. 277777 i. 28 That which accom- tie i. 19. plishes; means of achieving -ANTT iv. 7. or accomplishing (sołncthing). qe i. 17 'With-bliss'; blissful; (erre, lo accomplislı), accompanicd with 'cnjoynient'. ---ETUTTET L. 16. --977907--ii. 32 (The name of -ART iii. 17. att ii. 32. a parlicular ascetic practice). -Aigara i. 30. - FIAT 4. -A1tfit ii. 15. -Faczt: i. 18. Atamla ii. 28; ii. 1. 4 Alcans; -Amería i. 35; ii. 17 ( By or (pl:). because of ability, capacity, - at 1. 18. adequacy: scc Fai). -- ua ii. 7, 8. FIA1797 IN, 44. EUR*iri. 7. TAIPTF i. 32 Common; similar; Alstafa iii. 43 Accomplishes, general; abstract; universal; brings aboul, causes to be *equalness'; samencss'. achieved. (Some editions read | FAFYAUTETTA ili. 47 Of साधयन्ति, pl:). the form of only a general Turcosi. 43 Common; gencral; nolion; of the apprehension ordinary; current; univcisal. of only the general. AUCTA iv. 15 Commonness. HAPATH iv. 24 All or only -साधारणत्वाद ii. 22. the general ·योगभाप्य-कोप (236 ) सचित्रशैलावतंसाः सातिशयत्वात् (on subtle or abstract matters). Nata: iii. 52 of the two 'to- (see वितर्क...रूपानुगमात्). gether-becoming'. i. e. of (two AFRIGTet: iii. 26 With things ) which are born towonderful-hill-ornaments'; a gether, are simultaneous. dorned with grand mountains ad i. 43 Accompanying: and mountain-scenery. 'born or existing with.' AART: i. 17.46 ( See fanmi... GEM. 26. Tinata). Biassed, prejudiced, for iii. 26. emotion-tinged, con-fused me Er i. 20; ii. 4; ii. 15; iy. 7 etc. ditation concerned with ex- She.' ternal sensuous objects. ETRIT TOTH ii. 18,52 "Sighting'; ufaazetawa: ii, 26 Rejoic direct cognising. ing in the 'mixed', 'emotion- -साक्षात्करणा ii. 18. tinged', contemplation of con- RTRITIFICUTIT , 18, 19 Because Crete objects. of, by, from do:. सवितर्का.. 42 (See सक्तिः), साक्षात्कर्त्तव्यम् in. 26 Should the afgaert i. 42, 44. directly seen. (Some editions afarql957 0. 5 0f ( the seed of read - 010). karma) with its developments, Frencia: iii. 51 of one who maturation, fruition. is cognising directly. Amora: iii. 14.With operation' TRICYCH . 27 Perceived Idiactively functioning, rectly. -Hiv. 14, 15. ETETTFERTATUTA ii. 16 Being 61. 27. 30. 51; 1. 10, 15, 23; 'fronted', 'faced', 'sighted'; beiii. 13, 44, 52 Together with. ing brought before the senses, सहकारिवर्णान्तरप्रतियोगित्यात् 11.17 perceived, directly cognised. By delimiting or restricting-Argilengti ii. 18. connection with other co-op-Ellefos ü. 18. erating letter-sounds. ELETTET iv, 15 In the Sinkhya Ex ii. 53 By separate doctrine, theory, vicw; on the ness, distinction of the accoin- 'side', 'wing, of the Sankhya. panying, the co-efficient, the Alamoga: iv. 21 Sjúkhya and concomitant moment of time. Yoga doctrines etc. Haya: ii. 17. Arfagista i 25 Because of -28 1. 32. 'excecdability, of being re• - iv. 11, 32. lative to things which are com- ·साधन-सामान्यमानम् ( 237 ) योगभाष्य-कोष paratively larger and smaller | साधारणम् iv. 15. because of being comparative. Hartolan ü. 23 'Common- TTi. 13; ii. 15; iii. 51; factored': possessed of a iv. 7, 10, common feature or factor, ETTAITH iii. 8 Triad of means, afin q i. 50; iv. 11 Having (i. c., contemplation, concen a function; possessed of a tration, absorption). specific functional operativepealiza: ii. 55 The pointing ness or aclivity; functioning; out, cnunciation, enumeration, active; 'officious', holding a of the means. definite office'; inspired by a 8799977: i. 1 The 'root', quare specific momentum; restless; ter. section, part, chapler, on unreposing: full of right-andthe 'means'; (the name of duty the 2nd section of the work). ff. Itt ii, 24. craq ii. 28 That which accomi Affari. 19. plishes; means of achieving Avr iv, 7. or accomplishing (something). FEI i. 17 With-bliss; blissful; (art, lo accomplish). accompanied with 'enjoyment'. EFT U. 16. -Har iii. 17, -Fa-. 32 (The name of a particular ascetic practice). - Arart ii, 32. -AYATT 1. 30. -सामर्थम् i. 4. Arafa ij. 15. -arqui:ij. 18. Fatfa ii. 28; ij. 1. 4 Means:-Azia i. 35; ii. 17 ( By or (pl:). because of ability, capacity, _77979 i. 18. adequacy; sec 074). --A ii. 7, 8. --##F# iii. 44. साधनेभ्या 1.7. HAFTE . 32 Common; similar; perfet iji. 43 Accomplishes, general; abstract; universal; brings about, causes to be 'equalness'; sameness'. achieved. (Some editions read ( FATTAIFFEUFETCH ï. 47 of साधयन्ति, pl:). the form of only a general FIETOTI i. 43 Common; general; nction; of the apprehension ordinary: current; universal. of only the general. ATTITUitah iv. 15 Commonness. FR-TA197 iv. 24 All or cnly -FTITUITATC ii. 22. the general.

·genera and योगमाप्य-कोप ( 238 ) सामान्यमात्रोपसंहारे-सिद्धदर्शनम् FIAFYAZITETE i.. 25 In a --Alth jui. 55; iv. 15. general conclusion (or induc- -Hati ini. 55. tion ) only. -Arari. 17. FIAF: Tagi: j. 44 A AIET i. 53. conglomerate of Jacoor iv. 23. propria. greuta: i. I Belonging, appermarole cha: i. 7 of the taining, extending, common, genero-specific; of that which to, pervasive of, a}} 'grounds', is both abstract and concrete, stages, modes of the mind). one as well as many, general manten: j. 31 Do:; (pl:). as well as singular: (psycho- Elega: i. 18 With-rest'; leanphysical, spirituo-material); of ing on': having an object: that which has both general objective; lied to or inclusive and special, common and proof, referring to, some object; per, features. las 'similarity (masc:). in diversity'. FIFTH iii, 20. HIFgfenai He ii, 14, 44, 47. ETCFTAT: i. 17. Aparfa997 i. 49 Having only alaharji. 17 To the dewthe 'general' for 'object'. lap-possessing; to the animal) ALTIT ii. 44, 47. possessing a dewlap, (i, e., a STAFF ii. 15; ii. 13. cow ) etc. ATAIFAITE tugatar i: 7 Pre-Abgmfor iii. 47 With or includdominantly determinant ing egoism. cognisant of the common or -HITETTO iii. 26. generic turo or quality: | iij. 26. chicfly of the nature of or con- -AGEN. 26. cerned with general notions, falantaa: i. 1 of the white Argirua i. 49; iii. 13. 14 By and stainless body. way of generalisation (induc --s i 44, 47. Lion-deduction); generally fas: i. 26; ii 38 Accomplished; Speaking perfected; (masc; fete, to go. STEFT 1. 13 of the present to command, to succeed', 10 (birth). be accomplished, to be finish- साम्यातिशयविनिर्मुक्तम् i. 24 Free cd and effected completely ). of, beyond, possibility of being fegulay iii. 32 Vision of perequalled or excelled. fected beings. or ·sure. सिद्धम्-सुत्रप्राप्ती ( 239 ) योगमाय-कोष fear i 20: iv. 9, 12 (Neu:). -6-1, 5, 42. first li. 37; iv. 1 (Super -ga-ii. 14. 15: iii, 18. physical) accomplishments: quanfet: ii. 5 Belief or con perſections; extra-ordinary sciousness of pleasure or pleapowers; occult powers. santness or pleasurableness. fast: 11. 39; iii 48; iv 6. सुसरयातिम् ।.5. for gara ini. 17 As if, or as one, galant iv. 24 The pleasureaccomplished; also, as scal, ingad'; the pleasure-ward fixed, achieved, certain, per mind; the mind tinged with fected, proved, established the feeling or tone of plea. -facit iii. 45 famii28. GOTI iv, 15 Knowledge of agrii 26. pleasure. fagi: ii, 44; . 51 'Accom- yach i. 28 in pleasurableness. plished' or 'períccted' beings: Taliagarrafa i. adepls. 33 OF (mental moods) having fetit iii. 22. for objects joy, sorrow, merit, FATTI IN. 32, 45. and sin, (or, the joyful. the fari. 30. sorrowful, the virtuous. and -furg: ii. 43, 45. the sinfu! ), respectively. falta: ii. 28; 11.49 (Sing; of GAT: ATEN: i. 11 Pleasure, pain, fago:). and perplexity, faf . 46. Engigaldat: j. of the fara H 35 Indicative, nature, character. or tone of. prognosticative, of or ensouled or inspired by, plishment. pica'ure. pain, and perplexed fat i. 24 dullness, or dull indifference, fasta 113 1, 47 Bccomes or confused ignorance. accomplished; accrues. (fered, , gog:rat: ii. 18 of pleasure 'ccclcre, to go: sec feru: ), ---- iii. 26. 5073177792 ii. 55 Devoid of Erat ii. 13 Vell-dsings'; good or virfitous deeds: well acid iv. 11 Pleasure and pain, done, virtuous, meritorious, TONA) i;. 34 On obtaining doings. pleasure. Accom. - and pain. do:

·. ineans, योगभाष्य-कोष (240) सुखफला:--सुवर्णकार: yafet: ii. 14 'Pleasure-fruited'; genta iv. 24 For the sake of fruiting, resulting, in pleasure; pleasure. pleasure-producingi (pl: ). geruf ii. 15 Desirous of, scek- Tii. 46. ing, wanting pleasure. - C# ii. 15,42; i. 18. TentareUTITA P. 15 In the state Taxi. 10; i. 15, 42; iii. 18; of pleasure. iv. 11 Pleasure; pleasantly. graag i. 23 In, on, towards TEIEFTITOTT: ji. 15 'Pleasurethe happy. tendency-germ'; innate disai, 7, 15. position created by experience gaz- jii. 26. of pleasure ECE337iv. 13 Very Trivial; Ja pitag i. 33 Amongst sordid; to be ignored. those who have found plea- fax iii 26 (Name of the sant enjoyment. capital of heaven). सुखसाधनानि ii. 15 *Accom- quafli, 26 ( Name of the asplishers'. bringers sembly hall of the gods). abour, of pleasure. Gafafyadan iji. 26 Firmly -TEET ii. 42. fixed in ( its ) place; well- ETET i. 15. 28. established; well-jointed; with a firmly articulated organisation; strongly genera iv, 15 Like pleasure, 'stituted and in-'stituted. atti. I of the excellent body; GETTHT: ii, 15 Experience of or having fine bodily enjoy. pleasure. menis. सुखानुभवात् ii. 15. E#7774 jji. 26 ( Name of an gaat ii. 7 Sleeping with'. elysian garden). hiding in, going with, accom. gue iii. 26 ( Name of a panying, resulting from, promountain ); the axis of the duced by, pleasure. Earth; the North Pole; the सुखानुशयोi.1 gold-mountain gergelagati ii. 7 Preceded by GHT: 26. remembrance of pleasure -ET- iii. 26 ( Alcohol ). gerne . 7 Of one who got ii, 28 Gold-smith; knows, feels, recognises, plea: *gold-maker'. (Su-vaipa, is, literally. 'good-color': the En: ji 26. gara iv. 11. con etc. sure ·dense or gross. सुवर्णमाजनस्य-सूर्यद्वारे ( 241 ) योगभाष्य फोप English word 'sovereign', for Knowledge of the subtle, the the gold coin, is perhaps the bidden, the distant, same as this ). 944=rzlediarekt i. 49 of the GROHTAJEiii. 13 Of a golden subtile, the hidden, the distant. vessel. सूक्ष्मव्यवहितविप्रकृष्टातीतानागत ज्ञानम् Emaiet ï. 28 Of gold ü. 36 Knowledge of the sub- Tantzemar iii, 13 "Otherwise tle, the screened or concealed, ness' of gold; change of gold the distant, the 'bygone' or into some other substance. past, the 'oot-come' or future. gugi. 35 is well believed in. arcata ii. 18 By subtile and (Some editions read श्रद्धीयते). FERA979 i. 35 Very subtle war . 2. subject-matter. (Some editions 941: iv. 13. read सूक्ष्मविपयम् ). UTFATTO N. 51 By belief, LEHTI ii 10. over-canhdence. overweening TEAT: ii. 11. conceit. of ( his own ) firm- FEATUA i. 43. fixed-ness, thorough 'steadi'TEANGAt: ii. 1 Made subtle; sublimated; transformed into iv. 28. the subtile; subtilised, PER i. 40. 46; ii. 25. -9 ii. 44. geag i 35. -. 41, 49. mij. 35. 94: , 50, FFF i. 2, 4; ii. 23 Thread'; i. 17. 45; ii. 11 Small; aphorism; theory; principle: subtile; fine; (masc:). outline; plan. ( FRI, lo 'sug- - i. 51. gest', to reveal, hint, indicate; AH , 43, 45. also , to tie, bind, 'sew HETH ii. 44 Subtile form. together; that which suggests and binds together , many सूक्ष्मविपयत्वम् i. 45 The state of meanings and much meaning having the subtile for object, in a few words). EGAfaToki. 35 Having the subtile for object. Erdig ii. 33 In other aphorisms. a99f997 i. 44 Do:; ( fem: ). FET i. 43. ugyayafafanden ile 25 l Egard ii. 26 On the gateway of 31 ness.

·योगभाष्य-कोप ( 242 ) सूर्यप्रचारात्- स्थान्युपनिमंत्रणे - iii. 21. + con the sun; (the sushumni-nerve, -FIFI. 50. or the brahma-randhra ? ). area iii. 26 By or from the Eflagratiara iv. 10 Praise, motion of the sun presents or alms.giving, and ii. 26 la or on the sun. obeisance, etc. tagare formatlario i. 36 -29- ii. 30. By or in the form of the luminosity of the sun, moon, pla- 97 ï. 30 Theft. -Fi 30. nels, gerns. -944-iv. 14. Frutat i 10. 30 Dried up, -TAT: ii. 19. shrunken, sapless; cheerless; <ii. 40. worried; repetitive, echoiag; -Eu ii. 19. wandering; scattered; Egt: ii. 19. fused; jumbled; hollow. ( Frit, fa ii. 19, to be heaped up; also, to be Lacri. I. scattered ). fart: i. 15 (Pl: of mt). F1 9844 iii. 22 “With initiative'. Fanny ji. 4; ii. 13. 'with active steps'; actively aft iii. 13 Woman. helped and supported; energe- 1 FITESTEU ii. 28 of the (one) tically operative. (See fatecidea of (a) woman फमम्) स्त्रीपुii. 4 19### iii. 22. ---FICT iv. 32. 1972797 ii. 46 Supported by . Fuld. iv. 11 To 'stand' or 'stay'. apparatus, by some mechani-1-araw iii. 26; iv. 34. cal means or external object. FYRIC I. 5 From the place (of tilt i 45; ii. 13 Subtleness; origin). subtilty. Futarea ii. 32 Standing and Dietara ii. 13. sitting 197764 — ii. 41. Fanfara: üi. 51 Place holders'; alaneut 41 'Good-minded local (gods). ness'; cheerfulness; placidity ma ii. 24; ii. 13. of temper; lucid-mindedness. Furat: iii, 51 With places, offices; Fiatz iv 21 Sheaths, stems, with authority or control over 'trunks (of trees). places. रकंधानाम् iv. 21. Tirgulad iii. 51 On being ·स्थापयंति-स्थिरपदम् ( 243 ) योगभाप्य-कोष invited by the local authority, -efa- j. 2, 51; ii. 15. 28; the super-physical entity in j. 44, 47; iv. 14. charge of the world, plane, -feafarmin i. 39. tract, felag ii, 28 Cause of rifa ii. 3. steadiness. Man iii. 17. fafafadert i. 35 'Binder', tier, -fga: iii. 17. establisher, of fixity; helpful -RIGH ii. 17. to steadiness of concentration. startrata iii. 14 Of the 'stand. Rafalaramî i. 36. ing, staying', unmoving; of the fafaraxi. 33, 36, 37, 38, 39, immovable. 40 The level, condition, स्थावरेषु ifi. 14. 'state', 'stage', of 'steadiness. Farela i. 9 Will stand or stay. Fealaaarg: i. 47 Flow or con- ( F21, to 'stand' or 'stay'). tinuity of stcadiness and fixity. fega: i. 9. 27; iii. 14 Standing: Falah i. 34. staying: established; fixed. fefaentara i. 36 By clear- -f97a-. 26. ness, keenness, lucidity, of faa i. 27. fixity. tan iv. 14. fesfazileg i. 18 Inclined in feraet i 41. the direction of, disposed tofecar: iii. 26. wards, having the character gat: iv. 12, 16. and nature of, steadiness, स्थितानाम् ii. 11. feafa: : 13 Steadi'-ness; 'staid'. Ara HEFIT# . 23 On the ness, slaying power; 'stand'ing; decay, attenuation, consuming 'status'; fixity; firmness; away, of the propensity to establishment; 'estab'lished rest, to be 'steady'. condition; 'state'; the 'stable ferracaa: i 51 Causes of 'steady' desite which con'sti'- steadiness. tutes the 'staying' power that feat i. 13 For 'steady' fixedfixes and estab'lishes the mind in one course, makes it fuati, 35. cling Grmly to one object; FEUE4t i. 23; iv. 33. desire; inertia; tamas; 'stead'- ferra: iii. 5 Firm-fonted; firme fastness. based; firmly grounded. --fff- ii. 18. स्थिरपदम् 1.31. ness, ·योगमाय-कोष ( 244 ) स्थिरसुखम्-मयम् featgan ii. 46 Steady and and 'space-making' (i. e casy or comfortable. giving or making room), F: j. 17; jj. 11 *Thick', iv. ll. 'stolid', 'solid'; dense; gross; -ocà ii. 15. large. zarar: i. 3 Vibrating ; sur- MUSETEATTEF i. 41. 'Accom; ging; heaving: struggling; plished" into gross or dense energising: 'sput-'tering, form; (that which has ) -951m. 19; ii. 36. assumed, taken on, put on. FITAFANIR i. 45; . 19 The a gross form. root-matter of touch; tact-in- FYRETTHER . 41 Showing out itself. a dense or gross form. 6958919 i. 43 Tangible; possesse Feata iii. 44 By the word ed of touch or tangibility, 'sthúla'. the quality of tact: palpable. FTET: ii. 11. sarafazi. 35 Consciousness of Fyzrakaatatan i. 41 Tinged touch; tactile sensation. with a gross 'support', a gross Fiža ii. 15. object -7980 , 17. Fyra i. 40, 46. Forfa iji. 45 Touches. ( ETT - Fyda ii, 18. to touch ). Füstg iii. 31 'Steadi’ness; mo- FOTIH i. 32 I touch. tionlessbess. meget ij. 30 ('Aspiring'; desir- -triq ii. 41. ing too high, too much, or wiongly) Fift : i. 41 Crystal; marble. cally-iii. 29 (“Sinew”; tendoni - - i. 26. muscle). 39 esforzish iv. 23 Like the fanat: i. 45 Smooth; fluid; liquid; lubricant; oily; ( also, fazanain: i. 47 Clear light loving, affectionate ). į of knowledge. स्नेहः ii. 44 Lubricity; oil; -ü. 51: liquidity; luidity. 948 iii. 51 "Smile of selfannagonfazara-1997arfa iv, complacence; conceit; self- 14 Moisture, heat, bending, confidence; arrogance; also, ness. (i. c., the property of the 'smile' of wonder. (FEU making other things bend) to 'smile': Fla, to wink). - půū ii. 39. crystal gem. + ·सयात्-स्वक्षणे ( 245 ) योगमाय-कोप HU17 iii. 51, tiadat: i. 13 Causes of mem- Oh iii. 14 Remembering, by; or caused by memory. (FR, to remember, to 'me---aia 1. 11. mor'ise). FERIA Fii iii. 17 of the nature Erfari. 11 Remembers. of memory. - matar í. II. Taula i 20 On the coming mafi. 32 Recollector. up, the arising, of memory. Wat ii. 28 Remembered. Fiqalar: Ö. 3 Flowing, streaming; Fragii. 10,11; iv. 21 Memories. operating; functioning. (Some -स्मृतयः ।.6. editions read स्पंदमानाः). fyra: i. 11 Memory. Fria iv. 16 Would be; may be; fafa: i. 11. Inight be. - Flai. 20. Falla i. 7, 30, 43; 2j. 1, 30; ii. la- i. 35, 43; ü. 7. 8; 13; iv. 19. iii. 14; iv. 10. By: i. 10; ii. 35; iv. 14.18 Do:: ragneaa: iii. 18 Causes of (pl: ). memory and causes of misery-ala: i 12; ii. 3, 15 (Torrent, (i e., klésha, wretched, mise- 'stream', flow, current). rable, pain-bringing, irrational, - Dagt ü. 15 male-scient, wrong-knowing 67: iï. 26 Heaven. 'desire", a-vidyâ, etc.). Fi, 12 Own. paraferet i. 43 On the clear- AFARIH ii. 15 Brought up by one's own karma. ing up of the memory; (the affigfag:negat: jfi. 26 Exfreeing of it from biassing associations, and making it periencing the pains earned by one's own deeds. precise and exact) Furia : 1.35 Cognisab!c by स्मृतिम् i. 11. one's own 'instrument' of faktit: iv 21 Confusion, knowledge, sense-organ. inter-mixture, adulteration, of FILC 1. 27 In (their) own memories. cause. Fladprat: iv. 9 of memory miai. 50. From ( its) own and of implanted or induced work or effect. tendency or 'acquired or FTRAO ii. 16 In (its) own mostamped character'. ment. i.

·योगभाप्य-कोप ( 244 ) स्थिरसुखम् स्मयम् fiatan ii. 46 Steady and and 'space-making (i. c easy or comfortable. giving or making room ). : i. 17; i. 11 *Thick', --- iv. 11. 'stolid', 'solid'; dense; gross; |--Fuga i. 15. large. zarar: ii, 3 Vibrating ; sur- FUTE FICA1927 i. 41: Accom, ging; heaving; struggling; plished' into gross or depse energising; 'spul-'tering. form; (that which has ) -93–. 19; ii. 36. assumed, taken on, put on. TITA(7H i. 45; ii. 19 The a gross form. root-matter of touch; tact-in- FIGETHER 1. 41 Showing out itself. a dense or gross form. Faiq i. 43 Tangible; possess- Fesna iii. 44 By the word ed of touch or tangibility, 'sthula'. the quality of tact; palpable. Fa: i. 11. स्पर्शसंवित्त 1. 35 Consciousness of FETO TITTA i. 41 Tinged touch; tactile sensation. with a gross support', a grossa ii. 15. object. egy iii. 17. fya i. 40, 46. gefa iii. 45 Touches. ( FORT, ya . 18. to touch ). Fdqiii. 31 'Sieadi'ness; mo- TERTITA I. 32 I touch. tionlessness. EQTT ii. 30 ('Aspiring"; desirrduia ii. 41. ing too high, too much, or wrongly) 15: 1, 41 Crystal; marble. ary-iii. 29 ('Sinew'; tendon; -Efte- j. 26. muscle). Eftirf7c7 iv. 23 Like the Gratti ſii. 45 Smoodd; luid; crystal gem. liquid; lubricant; oily; ( also, gizon i. 47 Clear light loving, affectionate ). of knowledge. नेहा ii. 44 Lubricity; oil; 5-iii. 51. liquidity; fluidity. 997 iï. 51 'Smilc' of self- मेहोण्यप्रणामित्यायफाशदानानि iv. complacence; conceit; self- 14 Moisture, heat, bending confidence; arrogance; also, Dess, (i. e., the property of the 'smile' of wonder. (fi making other things bend) to ‘smile'; Fiz, to wink). - Füū ii. 39.

·-स्मृति- समयात्-स्पक्षणे ( 245 ) योगमाय-फोप 17 iii. 51. Flagaa: ii. 13 Causes of mem- WTO . 14 Remembering. ory; or caused by memory. (, to remember, to 'me- |-galarg i. 11. mor'ise ). TEA*: iii. 17 Of the nature tfa i. 11 Remembers. of memory -daar i. 11. they tuta i 20 On the coming mafi. 32 Recollector. up, the arising, of memory. स्मृतम् . 28 Remembered. Friągiat: ii. 3 Flowing, streaming; Far: i. 10,11; iv. 21 Memories. operating; functioning. (Some -T477 1. 6. editions tead ETERIAT: ). Fyfa: i. 11 Memory. Fra iv. 16 Would be; may be; aft: i. 11. Inight be. -i. 20. 7919 i. 7, 30, 43; ii. 1. 30; ii, - į 35, 43; j. 7, 8; 13; iv. 19. iii. 14; iv. 10. ty: i. 10; ii. 35; iv. 14.18 Doi; Flameaq: iii. 18 Causes of (pl: >. - Elia: i 12; ii. 3, 15 (Torrent, memory and causes of misery 'stream , flow, current). (i c., klesha, wretched, miserable, pain-bringing, irrational, EAT . 15 male-scient, wrong.knowing : iii. 26 Heaven. 'desire', a-vidyā, etc.). खकम् ii, 12 Own. Farfagregat i. 43 On the clearngaan ii. 15 Brought up by one's own karma. ing up of the memory: (the rafgifag:nagar: iii. 26 Exfreeing of it from biassing associations, and making it periencing the pains earned by one's own deeds. precise and exact) KIFTET: 1. 35 Cognisable by Fafani. 11. one's own 'instrument of mfahrt: iv 21 Confusion, knowledge, sense-organ. inter-mixture, adulteration, of met u. 27 ln (their) owa memories. Flapfitiat: iv. 9 of memory frala i. 50. From ( its) own and of implanted or induced work or effect. tendency or 'acquired or respot ii. 16 In (its) own mostamped character'. ment. cause.

·5 own mind con- योगमाप्य-कोप (246) स्वगुणैः-स्वम् eru: iii. 51 By (your) own self-standing': self-upheld; virtues, high qualifications. self-based; self-maintained. Gra Te H. 23; iii. 38 01 (one's) | anlagt: i. 26. qafHitam iii. 54 Arising out afaia . 23. of one's own intuition; born 03: i. 47; ii. 26 Very clear of one's own insight. (See or pure. (E+ 347757). प्रातिभम् : प्रति+भा, to shine waat: iv. 16 Self-dependent; out, to appear in a flash). self-willed; self-reliant; self- agfrancafgiàqara iv. 19 By 'organised'. ( See ah). recognition, awareness, Basi ii. 17. sciousness, of the movement of Batanghafa jïi. 53 ( The one's own intelligence; li. e.. two myrobolan fruits) distin by Apperception). guished by the experience of taglamig na iv. 22 Appercepthe moment plus place or po tion of one's own intelligence. sition or location of cach. yao iv. 19 Of (one's) own iii. 22 In (one's) own body intelligence TEATTUNCAA iv. 20 Cogni vatrat i. 7; i 30 For the sance, clear ideation, notion, transmission of one's own of one's own and another's knowledge ( to another ). form or nature -57919: iv. 12. RAMATEICAH i. 38 (See next -H-- . 40; it. 44. word). -1919 iv. 16. 72gfa: i. 32 Different in खमनिद्राज्ञानालम्बनम् i. 38 Rest fown-being' or nature: dising or depending on. directed tinguished, divided, diferento, the knowledge of experitiated, by (their respective ) encc occurring in the condipatures. tion of dream or slumber. HOH iv. 25 "Own-being,:. far faculcat jv. 14 Like the (one's) owa (characteristic * stuff of dreams. way of ) existence; essential ahal iv. 14 In dream, etc. or fundamental nature. (*+ i. 11 In sleep or dream, , to be). DxT: mi. 51 To the dream; 4, 43; ii. 17, 40; iv, 2, 3 bkc. Own; one's own; the owned Rafagg iv. 15 Self-established; property; ( one's) own Self.

·स्थमाहात्म्येन-स्थरूपहानात् ( 247 ) योगमाष्य-कोप TheFia iv. 14 By (its) own agarayı i. 3; iii. 50 Do:; greatness. (fem: ). Full iv. 3, 23 Of 'own-self"; Freyafagt iv. 34 Do:; (mase;) itself; themselves; one-self; agar mig i. 19 For by oneself. the sake of discrimination of FITOFAR iv. 21 Inhibited by the separate forms or natures its own 'taste', 'juice', 'hum (of the guņas ). our', inclination, wish, instinct. खरूपम् i.9; ii. 15, 18.21, 29; FTTHIET i. 9 Flowing by or iii. 44; iv. 16 Owo-fort; according to its own taste, essential and fundamental na own humour'; Rowing, strea ture or character. ming, welling up, of itself, FTEVF i. 43, 44; ii. 18, 21; naturally; self-maintaining; iy, 14, 19, 21, self-persisting. 5599afa: i. 27 With the 69: jji, 52. light of its own form'; lighted --69. 44, 47, by its own form; self-luminous. 750 1. 41, 43; ii. 6, 18, 28; Efnisfàgg iv. 33 In (regard iii. 13, 15; iv. 23. to souls) abiding or existing Brea: iv. 12 From, by, or of, in their own pure nature (as its own-form'; specifically; merc consciousness, without by nature. any particular accretions ) Eht iv. 19 In mere pure teta: iy, 12. own-form', (*thing-in-and-by. Kena iv. 17. itself' ). Keulah i. 29: ii 44 Vision of own-form'. of the exact FEET jy. 12 Manifestation and true form of essence; the of nature, of 'own-form'. seeing, recognition, vision, of ze iri. 44 By the word the Self. 'sva-rúpa'. There ii. 6 On gain or Equat iii. 3 Devoid of 'oworecovery of the true owa-form form': free of all self-refer, or nature. ence, all self-consciousness, angfag: i. 51. i. 25 Sell-TEYTTI i. 43 Do:; (fem:). established; established in its warnet i. 44. own-form' or nature. Tahtag ii. 19,21 By loss of Fragaragari. 2. own-form'; by loss of charac- ·योगमाय-कोप ( 248 ) स्वरूपा:--स्वव्यंजकांजनः + ;leristic, specific, distinctive, the attainment of heaven, or nature. of the condition of the 'bodi- TT: ill. 17. less gods'. or of that of beings -Ti. 41, 43. who arc dissolved in and identified with the Root-principle IYISATT: ii. 54 Imitating, of Matter or Mother-nature. functioning, according to' one's ‘own-form'; pursuing, af: iii. 26 The "Svar-world; FROT i 13. one's own nature or natural the mental plane; the heaven: bent. world. Thathiraait ji. 13 Oa or in manifestation of own-form'. patalàogat: . : il 13 Very small; very little. 11 "Littleinner essential nature. enemied'; meeting with feeble - Ar jy, 22. resistance; needing to make F91991707 ii. 18 Ascertainbut small hostile effort to ment of own-form' or peculi. conquer (their opponents); or, ar naturc. (being of the nature of) weak FEITUTTON14 ii. 20 for the chemics; offering feeble sake of do:. opposition. Tatilfitat iv. 33 Existence of fregamatta . 54 In the 'own-form absence of contact with their i. 3 In ‘own-form' or ( appropriate ) objects. (fundamental nature or cha- afarist9917 ii. 54 On 'nonracter. contact with 'owa-objects"; ani. 44; ï. 39; iſ, 3, 13; in the absence of conjunction iv. 12. or meeting with their appro- - Tot ii 17: iii. 50. priate objects. Taigtis: i. 23 Gain of, re- Fira: i. 11:43 "Manifester covery of, recognition of, of its own cause', the developer, 'own-natnre'. manifester, thrower into relief, स्वरूपोपलब्धिहेतु: i. 23 The of that which manifests, deve means or cause of realisation lopes it, throws it into relict; of do: or. showing forth, bringing Anim ü. 36; 22 Heaven, out, making infcrrible, that clysjum, paradise. which has brought it forth in स्वर्गवैदेह्यप्रतिलयायमाप्ती i. 1500 manifestation ( as the father ·स्वव्यंजकांजनस्य-स्वसंस्कार( 249 ) योगभाष्य-कोष procreales the son, but the RIGTi litzat iv, 9 Manison, being born, makes the fested by do:. man a father at all. creates ainda ji. 4. his paternity; reproducing its FTINTA IN 13, 14 'Ownproducer in turn ( as seed and operation', own-business; plant and seed etc. ); or, dis. characteristic function, clinctively tinged, marked, azt iv. 12 Engaged stamped, characterised, by thc in, 'mounted on', riding on'. special circumstances or con its peculiar or appropriate ditions (as distinguished from activity or functioning. the essential cause ) which 47720 iv. 21 By the word sva. have immediately stimulated / FERTILITZ. 38 From ( one's ) its birth and growth, (as the own body. differences and peculiarities Fam iii 13 Sister'. of soil, climate, weather, tem- FAHARTiii. 44 'Own.common peralure, etc, give peculiar (characteristic); ie, the qualities to the products from specific properly 'common' the same kind of essential to all its own variations; the cause, viz., seed; as the same generic attribute of each, (as pair of parents give birth to 'shope' of all pieces of solid children with more or less carth, 'liquidity' of all sorts different faces, figurcs, tem of Ruid water, etc.). fcraments, owing to the differ- Facian: 1. By their own daent moods or conditions in signations. which the several conceptions स्वसंस्कारमानोपयो (or भो ) गेन । have taken place . and the 19 With (a chitta or mind) gestations been carried on and which has to do with only its completed; so that the pecuown 'tendency' or tendencies; liarities of the subsidiary or, which enjoys or utilises causes are manifested by, and for enjoymeat, only the feel of be inferred from the its own propensities or dispopeculiarities of the secd-prositions (and not any concrete ducts or children), bearing on manifestation of them: as a it the marks of its manifesting person indulging in conscious fanciful reveric may enjoy स्थव्यंजकांजनस्य iii. 13. him:ell'). 32 can cause.

·योगभाष्य-कोष ( 250 ) स्वसंस्कारविपाकम्-स्वामिनि खसंस्कारविपाकम् । 19 The BE-jji. 36. maturation, the ripening, into -ES ix, 26, fruit, the exercise or ſulhlment, ETETTI: 1. 1, 32 (+ 371+ of one's ingrained disposition to go; to go to one-self). af ü 51 'It is well'; 'may it Self-study; the study which be well (with you); 'fare-well! leads to knowledge of tlic NFH ï. 46 (Name of a Self; study in general. posture of meditation) --ü. 1, 32. FER M. 53 'Having the syastika-mark'; or, auspicious, Eiv. 7. gentle, affectionate. स्वाध्यायम् i. 28. Atu: ii. 132 'Self-seated'; self-ESTETITUUTTASSETE i. 28 By the 'wealth', the 'fullness'. the con-lent; self-contained; leal- 'perfection', of study and of thy. Hai, 23 In one-self. yoga practice. FEIRA 1. 51 In its own. TETTO SET Ü. 44 Of him who is devoted to study. Tarifet: ii. 23 of the 'powers or faculties of the FATTI ii. 44. 'owned and the owner', an i. 28. i. e. Prakſti and Purusha, BITHA17: i. 32 Apprehensible FIFTEERT . 40 Disgust with in or by (one's ) own-exone's own limbs, i. c., body, perience. 091 ï. 40 In one's own body. ETHITāsim iv. 10 Self-natured; Fraalaga iv. 19 Established natural; ( neuter ) in one's own Self; supported parfait iv. 10.25 Do:; (fem.). by one's own Self. -EAST iii. 13. PATAYTA ii. 23 Become one's FM ix. 19 Self-showing: own Self, one's own essential self-lighted, self-luminous. ( nature. Bizant: iii. 11 Do:; (dual). + 371+ HIR, to shine). EMFATTEFTAĦ iii. 35 Dependent aiga ir. 19. FAZ M. 17 By one's own. on itself. BIFRETH 1969: i. 32 Flouring, -q- ii, 23. ignoring, repudiating, trayers- enfica: 1.4; ii 17, 23 (Sec brit) ing, of one's own self-ex- l iii. 49; iv, 21. perience, self-consciousness, A i. 24; i. 18.

·स्वामी-हिंसका (251) योगभाप्य-कोष at ii. 23, 33 The owner, proutfeath iii. 26 (The Purāņic prietor, possessor. name of a country or continent). Erf: ïi20 For the sake of self; a iy. 24 'one's-own-interest'. - iv. 25. Erdia iv. 24 For 'self-sake'; for Off97a7 ii. 46 ( 'Elephantone-self. scal"; clephant-posture', the Fredrat iii. 35 By meditation name of a yogic posture of on the fact that the Self is) fericit iii, 24 The strength Meditation ) for Self (only, and not for of the clephant, etc. another; that all things are created iri. 24 in or on the elemeans to the Self, are desired phant's strength. for the sake of the Self; while aant: ii. 11 To be abolished, the Self is its own end, is endabandoned, avoided. (ET, to to-it-Self. Cf: 37174AED FIRST ai fordi wafat i Brhad Upani) az ii. 15. 80, to move, to abandon ). fem ii. 39; iv. 25 ( A particle cra: ii. 15 of the avoider. expressive of surprise and ETT 25: iv 28 Avoidance; enquiry), abolition; casting off; des- FitCTA I. 30 Appropriation; truction; cure; remedy. acceptance. 6194 ü. 15, 25, 27. ellefcant ii. 33 I will appro- | FAKT . 26. priate and make my own. gra ii. 15. a 1. 55 By own wish; of one's own accord. 1974: i. 26 The means of an ii. 23; iv. 12 By its own. abolition, means of avoidance; way of curc; remedy. : ii. 15, 27, 28. -Elof: iv. 9. 69 iii. 26. grath=717 ii. 5 With (eyas ). Qar: iv, 30 Slain; defeated, pregnant with coquetry.' suppressed. (EI, lo kill ). fai 2; 11. 2; iii. 6; iv. 3 etc. -ER iv. 24. Verily; indeed; in sooth; in la ü. 31, 33 I will slaz.. truth; in fact; as a fact; as a hair. 11. matter of fact, ega iv. 33. fent ji. 34 Slayer; injurer, ·योगमाप्य कोष (252) हिंसा-हेयपक्षे e. cause -hi- j 30. -aa: i. 51; ii. 13, 27; ii. 18. fatii. 31,34 Slaying: slaughter; -o- j. 17. violence; malevolence. (ft. T: ii. 17,23. to kill ). -za: ii. 15, 17. féeta: 11. 15 Done by slaugh. T: 1.-24; iii. 15 Cause; reason; ter's produced, created, caused, motive; occasion. by murder, by killing. 29: 1, 4, 45; i. 19; iii. 53; iv. 3, FÉHICT: ii. 35 (Thoughts, in. 11, 15. fentions. of) killing. etc.; -haft: 1. 5; ii. 14. malevolence, etc. cala ii. 14. fogg: ji. 33. -harata i. 50; ü. 13. farmapaso: i. 30 From the हेतुफलाश्रयालम्वनैः iv. 11 By 'causes of slaughter'; i. cause, effect, substratum and from actions which object or "locus' ( i co, error, destruction of life. pain, mind, and pleasant-pain- FETTT: 34. ful objects ) FT- iv. 9. EFT , 15 The doctrine of --f# ii. 30; is. 22. origination by a cause. fear ij. 12; i. 13 Having Eati ii. 17. abondoned. ( 67, to cast off). Cats if. 34. (Some editions read lenleg ii, 43 Slays; destroys. the sentence, in which this ( few, to slay ). word occurs, with_ij. 35). mf. j. 26 ( Snow). --- 2. 26. fecunt iii. 26 'Colden"; ( name - ſi. 26 ( Name of a of a country ). 'mountain-of-gold': Cf. The and iü. 9 They ) weaken; south American Andes, 'moundiminish; decay. (, to go. tains of gold or copper', from to move; to abandon) the old Peruvian word anta, ET-iii. 17. -gují. 39, TO ï 25 The cause of Equrahi. 36; ii. 1 In the what is to be aroided. heart-lotus', the cardiac garą ii. 16 (To) avoidability. plexus. Og i. 16; . 18. 50 On the üi34 In the heart". (Gr. side of, in the class or categophren), ry of the to-be-shunned. copper).

·हेयम्-हादपरितापफलाः (253)
योगभाष्य-कोप
हेयम् ii. 16 To-be-avoided. void, free, of the thought of
हेयम् i..15, 17, 25, 27.
aby object as ) to-be-avoided
हेय: 1. 15.
or to be grasped at or sought
हेयहेतयः ।. 27.
after; i. e., free of all dislikes
हेयहेतुः i. 17 Cause or source of
and likes, free from all desires.
the to-be-avoided.
-दुयते iy. 15 (or 16), 21.
हाद. 17 Joy.
हेयहेतुः 1. 15, 17.
हादपरितापफला: 1 14 Fruiting
--हेयाः । 10, 11.
joy and sorrow'; having joy
हेया ii. 35.
and sorrow as consequences,
हेयोपादेयशून्याi. 15 Empty, de as resultant fruit.
॥ इति ॥

·SOME OPINIONS ON THE WORKS OF DR. BIAGAVAN DAS. THE SCIENCE OF THE EMOTIONS. (3rd edn., 1994; translations, of the earlier oditions, of 1900 and 1909, have appeared in Dutcli, French, Spanisli, Norwegian; an epitome, of the 3rd enlarged cdn. has boon published by Miss K. Browning, M. A). "Flas for the first time introduced order into this confused region of consciousness"; Annjo Besant; phe has repeatedly relorred to the work in her own books, and gava lectures on it in Britain, U. 8. A., India, shortly aftor the first edition was published. "One of the most original and suggestive publications'; The Indian Review, Madras. "Tho correspondence and tranemutation of the emotions, and the method of practical application..come all & revelation": Ernest Wood. The late Shri PT Srinivasa Iyengar, then Principal of the Vizagapatam College, published a summary of it in a series of instal. mente, in the Theosophist. G. Costor refers to it in ber book, Yoga and testern Prychology (pub: by tho Oxford University Press, London, 1934), and includes it in "the selection of readable booke" given at the end of it. THE SCIENCE OF PEACE (1st edn., 1904; 2nd, 1921). "Metaphysi. cal questions cxpounded with raro acumon and folicits"; Annie Besant "The gifted author of The Science of Peace"; Edward Carpenter in his book, The Drama of Love and Deuth. "The view that is here indicated seems to approximato rather closely to the views that have been more or less definitely suggested by some of the Oriental philosophers. See, for instance, The Science of Peace, by Bhagavan Dag": Profesgor J S. Mackenzie, L.L d., Litt. D. Co-editor of Internalional Journal of Cthics, in tho Thicosophist for May, 1913. THE SCICNCE OF SOCIAL ORGANISATION, OR THE LAWS OF MANU, (1st edn., 1910; 2nd, Vol I, 1932, Vol. II, 1935; Vol. IIT, In preparation). "A work of the highest excellenco and value... Has the indefinable quality of distinction"; the late Professor E. A, Wodehouse, M. A., ( Oxon ). "A revelation of tho sciontific principles which underlie our old social organisation"; tho late Maha-maho-padhyapa Pandit Aditya Ram Bhattacharya, M.A., Professor of Sainskit, Muir College, Allahabad, later, Vice-Principal, Central Hindu College, Donares. "Simris grand"; tho late Nai Bahadur Lala Baijnath, or-Judge. "Amongst the most illuminativo contributions to the study and understanding of the all-important eubject it treats of"; Dr. Sir S. Subramania Iyer, ex-Chief Justice of the Madras High Court. "A rare combination of deep learning ·and folicitous phrasing"; Annie Besant. I also owo a debt of gratitude to many Indian wsiters; in particular I would mention the writings of Bhagavan Das, whose book, The Science of Social Organisation or the Laros of Alanu, I have used extensively in the introductory chapters"; E. J. Urwick, Preface to The Message of Plato. "The most interesting exposition of the Indian caste system with which I am acquainted is that which has been supplied by Bhagavan Das in his two writings on The Science of Social Organisation, and Social Reconstruction"; Prof. J. S. Mackenzie, in his Fundamental Problems of Life (1928). The Vedic Magazine, the monthly organ of the Gurukula, Kangri, published a series of articles summarising the work. Mrs. Adams Beck, in her Story of Oriental Philosophy 1930) transcribes and quotes extensively, and with high appreciation, from this work; "Bhagavan Das has written a remarkable book on The Larts of Afanu.. This is a passage of extraordinary beauty and insight.." etc. So also Lala Lajpat Rai in his Unhappy India. The monthly Prabuddha Bharata, of Calcutta, organ of the Rama-Krishna Mission, in its issue for August, 1932 6858, at the beginning of a eulogistic review, "This is a marvellous book." The Vodern Review of Calcutta published a very appreciative review, Dr. G. H, Mees, in his books, Dharma and Society (1935), and The Human Family ord India (1938), quotes repeatedly from this work, and, expounds the same main ideas, ably and freshly, with variations here and there. THE SCIENCE OF TIE SACRED WOND, OR THE PRANAVA-VADA OF GARGYAYANA, 3 vols. "This unique treatise... The author's eluci. dations of the many statements in the text surpass in value his work which gave to the world two bigbly important works, The Science of the Emotions and The Science of Peace"; Dr. Sir Subramania Iyer, ex- Chief Justice of the Madras High Court; he published a synopsis of the work in a series of instalmente in the Theosophist. THE SCIENCE OF RELIGION, OR SANATANA VAIDIKA DHARMA. "Worthy of careful study by the younger goneration of Hindus"; Sir Gooroo Dass Bannerjee, er-Judge of the Calcutta High Court. "I have again read it with great profit and pleasure, with admiration for tho learning, earnestness of spirit, and elevated enthusiasm of the author ...The presentation of the principles is very attractive to the English. educated mind"; Sir P.S. Sivaswamy Aiger, ex-Executive Councillor of the Madras Government, and ex-Vice-Chancellor of tho Madras and the Hindu Universities. "Has given mo much pleasure...Ancient learning formally presented in a way intelligible and attractive to modern modos of thinking"; Sir John G. Woodroffe, (ilien) Judge of the Calcutta High Court, author of many publications on Tantra Shastra, Serpent-Pourt, Shakti and Shahta, etc., and co-editor of many Tantra Texts. "...An original production..laying down liges ·( 3 ) of thought which are extremely suggestive and full of independent interest...offering new points of view from which to survey worldproblems"; Shri Satish Chandra Mukerji, M. A, B. L, ex-Editor of the Dawn, Calcutta. "A production of striking excellence.. The fine poetic language is as noteworthy as the profound learning, the clear analysis, the vigorous logic, and the broad humanity of the book.. I am astonisbed at the felicity of expression and beautiful turn of phrasing in some places"; Prof. P. Seshadri, M.A., (then) of the Central Hindu College, Benares. "I have read your articles and book with interest and deep respect. They remind me strongly of Ruskin's views on social and national organisation. I feel deep sympathy with the purpose which you and Ruskin had in view in your writings"; Sir Michael E. Sadler, (1918, Vice-Chancellor of the University of Manchester, ex-President of the Calcutta University Commission. ANCIENT VS, MODERN SCIENTIFIC SOCIALISM. "Full of use. ful suggestions... Every politically minded Indian should read it. The author is an acute observer of events and has logical acumen of the very first order. This strange (for India is asked to go back to the time of Manu) and brilliant thesis (brilliant for it seems to be proved that what Communism and Fascism are trying to establish had long ago been more successfully established by Manu;" review in the Poruard of Calcutta, dated 28-1-1935. "The subject matter is one of profound interest.... The Great Indian Lawgiver Manu has given us the plan of individual and social life with its planned education, planned family life, planned economy, planned defence-sanitationjudication, and planned religion-recrcation-art. But how many of our economists know any thing about Manu and his comprehensive plan of lifo 7......The little book deserves to be widely circulated and read"; the Ilindustan Times, Dellii, datod 45-3-1935. "The Indian reformer is taunted &9 suporficial, and a reconstruction is demandod, which will be thorough and at the same time suited to the tradition and the special needs of India. Few attempts have been made to meet this demand; but among then, the solutions offered by Dr. Bhagayan Das morit honorable mention. A life,bag been devoted by him to the analy. tical and historical study of Indian problems. His known mastery of Eastern and Western thought las enabled him to offer singularly fresh interpretations of the old Indian Social Organisation and of its adaptability to modern requirements. His views demand the attention due to great erudition, acute reasoning, and kulowledge of the world... He claims that the Hindu Scheme offers the middle course between individualism and socialism and alone reconciles conflicting claims. Each system which is criticised is described in the words of its latest exponents, the results of its working are given on the observations ·of competent critice, and the, theory is judged by its practice.. A suggestive work, animated by the spirit of real altruism;" review, in the Hindu of Madras, dated 20-11-1934, by R. B. Prof. K. V. Rangaswami Iyengar, M. A., (for some years Director of Public Instruction, Travancore, and then, for some years, Principal of the Central Hindu College of the Beuarcs Hindu University ). "In this rebirth of Indian civilisation, the student and scholar concerned with the science of sociology comes across solutions, hoary with age and sanctified by centuries of vogue, which the superficial critic often either does not see, or seeing dismisses as fantastic. The venerable Dr, Bhagavan Das, better known by his unadorned name for his wide culture and saintly simplicits. has discharged a noble duty by addressing himself to the task of inviting public attention to the principles of ancient scientific socialism in comparison with those of its modern counterpart. In this study he shows up the contrast between a socialism that is based upon a materialist interpretation of history and a spirituo.materealistic interpretation thereof, between one that fosters class war and one that promotes class co-operation, between one, again, that stands for equality and one that stands for equitability. In other words, the contrast is between dictatorship, on the one hand, and a balanced distribution of power in societs, so as to reconcile individual speciality with social solidarits, between a wholesale break with the past and healthy preservation of tradition which makes the past live in the present and tho present herald the future. In this system of ancient socialism, religion, family, and property are not abolished but are purified, by a control of priestcraft, financial jugglery, and individual selfishness. This is the argument of Bhagayan Das' thesia, and he pours into his work such a volume of learning knowlege, and wisdom that it is impossible to cull out from this ocean of culture samples of its waters to prove to an ignorant, superstitious, and perverted world their true life-giving character. Yet wo la ve to taste a few drops of this eternal spring, and satisfy our doubting minds that we have in our culture and in our institutione a 'wen. and truly laid' foundation of social system which applies, on a large scale, to society as a whole, the simple ideal of the joint famils........." Dr. B. Pattabhi Sitaramaysa, in the Trirent of Madras, for Oct, 1936, art: "Indian Socialism rediscovered". Mr. Jo. Henri Buchi, of London, discussed the book, in two articles, entitled, "Manu, Mars, and Engels", in tho Hindustan Times (Delhi) in Aug-Sep, 1935. THE ESSENTIAL UNITY OF ALL RELIGIONS. This book has grown out of a paper read a: the first All-Asia Education Conference, held in Benares, in December, 1930. The first section delle on tho ·world's 'Need for Scientific Religion', and explains the three aspects of Religion. The second, expounds the Way of Knowledge. The third treaty of the Way of Devotion. The fourth lays out the Way of Works. The fifth deals with the One Way to Peace on earth and Good-will among men' The sixth discusses the relation to the subject, of 'E lucation and the Elucationist'. Tuo soventh forms the Conclusion'. Over 450 passages, from the Scriptures and Sacred Books of oleren living religions have been quoted, mostly in the origine), transcribed into toman script with translations in English, and have boon arranged in parallels, in appropriate sections and sub-sections, in the elucidative setting of exposition and comment. They prove how identical are the teachings of all the living religions, not only on all cssential points, but evon on many of those of socondary inportance. There is no copyright in the book. Shri Rabindranath Tagore, in a lotter to the author writes: "Your work on Universal Religion has a profound significance for Buffering humanity to-da, torn by sectarian bias, bigotry, and general apathy for the abiding vertjes of life. It was greatly needed to reveal the fundamental plane of unity where the human mind meets in its diverse realisations, and to manifest the kinship of the great founders of religions who in different ages and countries have come with the message of the divine spirit of man. I am deeply grateful to you for your book." "The book is full of apliorisms which delight us by their clear insight and ruthless pruning away of unessentials. Dr. Bhagavan Das makes a moring plea to us to enjoy rather the search for agreements than tho usual critical scarch for differences. Ho cmphasizes those agreements and builds them into & working philosophy and scheme of education"; The Theosophist (Madras) for April, 1933. Sir S. Radhakrishnan, the most brilliant exponent of Indian Philosopliy to the west today, wrote "..I shall certainly ask my students to read The Essential Unity of all Religions...I really believe that a book like this should be made accessible to all interested in the religious future of our country", " When the first All-Asia Educational Conference met at Benares in December, 1930, Dr. Bhagavan Das delivered a magnificent address on The Essentral Unity of Al! Religion 8 ... now revised, enlarged, and published in book form.,Anything from the pen of Dr. Bhagayan Das is worth perusing, because not only do we find his deep learning in overy page of his writing, but his sincerity and devotion to service of fellowmen pervado the whole of them...."; The Leader (Allahabad), dated 9-6.1933.

·"I have read and re-read with great interest. The Essential Unity of All Religions by Dr. Bhagavan Das... It is a remarkable contribution to a more reasonable and intelligent method of airiving at the truth and unity of religious ideals. The marshalling of thoughts as well as the quotations cited..show wide range of study and patient research. The quotations of numerous texts.. are very apt and exact, while the parallel passages cited, to illustrate the similarity of ideas of the Reformers and Founders of different systems of religion, are unique and remarkable for their forceful elocidation. The fascinating pages of the book tend to arrest the attention at evers turn and clearly bring out the important fact that the religious minds of all Ages revolse in the saino spiritual grooves that the ossence of all religions is the same, that there is hardly any conflict in their ideals, and that rancour and discord of sects and sectarianism aro mainly duo to misunderstanding and lack of appreciation of one another's views. To the student of religious history, who desires to solvo the probleni of religious conflict and to understand in a rational nanner the origin and development of religion itself, this unique book will bo especially useful. It should bo videly read and included in the curriculum of colleges... The Universities of India will do well if they recommend and prescribe such books for higher study"; Maulvi Wahid Hugain (Advocate, High Court, Calcutta; Law Eraminer, and ex-Extension Lecturer, Calcutta University; Secretary, Bengal Presidency Muhammadan Educational Conference). "An opportune contribution on the subject. The author writes with a thorough knowledge of the principles of different religions scriptures. His knowledge of our Vedanta Philosophy ia unique...He is just the person to have undertaken the task of bringing home to all, the fundamental unity of all religions. Ho has shown that the fundamentals of all religions are one and the same... A book like this was greatly needed at present when our unfortunate country is torn asunder by bigotry and communalism. I hope it will be included in the curriculum of our Colleges"; Acharya Dr. Sir P. C. Ray. "Has appeared at the right psychological moment, wben the Beveral religions are being made the ground for dissensions of all oorts, on the one hand, and, on the other, the minds of our young men are being weaned from all Religion on tho ground that thot is tho solo obstacle in the path of our political advancement. A porukal of tho book will show that no religion sanctions in any way the animosities that hayo cropped up and are cropping up in our country, but that, on the contrary, all religions provide the same reasons for universal brotherliness and good will. The animosities havo their root solely in motires which are superficial, sordid, often Immoral; thoy aro due, not to religion but to ir religion. The book descrics ·to be placed in the hands of every young man, and also to be brought to the notice of all those elder persons who are wishing and working for the true welfare of the younger generations. The scbolarly manner in which the main ideas have been presented makes the book fit for serious study in our Universities and Colleges. It will bring spiritual profit and pleasure to any person of intelleclual tastes who will keep a copy by him, and dips, now and then, into the collections of fice parallel texts from the scriptures of the several religions, arranged amidst interweaving and systematising exposition"; Maha.maho-padhyaya Dr. Ganga Nath Jha, M. A., D Litt.. Vice-Chancellor for nine years of the University of Allahabad. "This small book of less than 300 pages, cannot be adequately praised. It is an inspired psychic plea for the unity of all religions. It is almost poetic in its expression like a Sufi song, which, whilo expressing deep. philosophical truths has the capacity of taking tho reador unawares by Beauty and giving some rare touch of the souls inner rapture. In a very clear, simple, lucid style the author discloses to us the real aime, objects, and the Ideal of all our various conflicting religious strivings, and finally convinces the reader of their ultimate essential unity. The work is done with admirable care and masterlinees and is replete with apt and carofully chosen quotations from almost all the scriptures of the world, and the sayinga of many great religious masters and poets. There is hardly a page wliich does not contain a rare and inspiring quotation, and there are pages after pages where one softly glides on fron quotation to quotation of rarest charm and beauty as well as of greatest spiritual wisdom. From the beginning to the end, the book is delightful, captigating, inspiring, The author performs his work so well and is so successful in it that one can safely say that after reading it even the most obstinato sceptic is bound to modify his views and get a broad vision of Truth ...Thero will be many who will be inspired and guided by this book and will find their way greatly cleared and illumined. Religion is something very intricate and complex. This little book poin's the straight way with an unerring finger and is a very good guide to an individual wanderer as well as for the masses, and specially for India it will be of great help and use to dispel the dark clouds of superstition and ignorance that are floating over the atmosphere today... It is an extremely dificult task to apply the pliilosophical terms of one religion to another, for there are intricacies of thoughts and conceptions that differ greatly in their inner sense; but the accuracy with which it is done in this book is striking and extremely praiseworthy. The passages selected from various scriptures are appropriato and correct and its quotations do supply very instructivo material for a comparative study of religione;" Syed Ibrahim Dara, .

·profound scholar of Islamio mysticism and also of Indian philosophies, religions, and yoga, in the Triteni, of Madras, for Nas-June, 1933. in a letter to Dr. Bhagavan Das, Syed Dara wrote that "Sbri Aurodindo Ghosh" (in whose Ashrama at Pondicherry he as then studying) "considers it a good book." "Dr. Bhagavan Das has rendered a public service in bringing out such a useful and informing work... In these days of communal conflict and aggressive self-assertion it is a solace to be able to turn to a volume which attempts to prove that religion has its roots in Unity and not Strife... Every student ought to have the chance of going through this book to help him to realise that his own particular religion is but one aspect of a great harmonious whole and that the well-being of the individual as also of the race lies in trying to got at this Fundamental Unity... With his keen spiritual perception, brilliant intellect, and wealth of scholarship, Dr. Bhagavau Das was preeminently fitted for the task...which he has accomplished with such remarkable success;" Dr. G. N. Chakravarti, M.A, LL.B, D.Sc, D. Litt., Vice-Chancellor, for six years, of the Lucknow University. "I read some extracts from your address on The Essential Unity of All Religions and found them extremely interesting and instructive. I am now glad to learn that you have expanded your address into A book, and have no doubt that the book will be welcome as a real contribution to the religious thought of our country"; Dr. Sir Mo. hammad Iqbal, M. A, Ph. D. Bar-at-Law, of Lahore, the most fainous Urdu poet of the time. CONCORDANCE-DICTIONARY TO THE YOGA-SUTRA-BITASIYA. "An important and instructive glossarg.index"; M.M. Dr. Ganga Nath Jaa, M.A, D. Litt. "Not only a concordance but a vers full dictionary also;...bears ample evidence of the author's well-known masterly capacity of going deep into the meanings of words and Tant com. parative knowledge of eastern and Western laro.. Simply indispensable by every one who wislies to study the Yoga-Bhashisa with tho wish to judge the meanings of words and phrasce independently.. Even more indispensable to one who wishes to studs tho Samskrt text through the medium of the English language and in comparison with convesponding ideas of western psychology and philosophy:" Dr. Mangal Dera Shastri, M.A., D. Phil. ( Oxon. ), Principal, Goverient Samskrt College, Benares. THIE MANAGER, INDIAN BOOK SHOP, BEKARES CITY.